The discoueries of the world from their first originall vnto the yeere of our Lord 1555. Briefly written in the Portugall tongue by Antonie Galuano, gouernour of Ternate, the chiefe island of the Malucos: corrected, quoted, and now published in English by Richard Hakluyt, sometimes student of Christ church in Oxford
         Tratato. Que compôs o nobre & notavel capitão Antonio Galvão, dos diversos & desvayrados caminhos, por onde nos tempos passados a pimenta & especearia veyo da India ás nossas partes. English
         Galvão, António, d. 1557.
      
       
         
           1601
        
      
       Approx. 315 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 55 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.
       
         Text Creation Partnership,
         Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :
         2008-09 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1).
         A01426
         STC 11543
         ESTC S105675
         99841401
         99841401
         5982
         
           
            This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of
             Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal
            . The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
          
        
      
       
         Early English books online.
      
       
         (EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A01426)
         Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 5982)
         Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books, 1475-1640 ; 887:19)
      
       
         
           
             The discoueries of the world from their first originall vnto the yeere of our Lord 1555. Briefly written in the Portugall tongue by Antonie Galuano, gouernour of Ternate, the chiefe island of the Malucos: corrected, quoted, and now published in English by Richard Hakluyt, sometimes student of Christ church in Oxford
             Tratato. Que compôs o nobre & notavel capitão Antonio Galvão, dos diversos & desvayrados caminhos, por onde nos tempos passados a pimenta & especearia veyo da India ás nossas partes. English
             Galvão, António, d. 1557.
             Hakluyt, Richard, 1552?-1616.
          
           [12], 97, [3] p.
           
             [Printed at Eliot's Court Press] impensis G. Bishop,
             Londini :
             1601.
          
           
             A translation of: Tratato. Que compôs o nobre & notavel capitão Antonio Galvão, dos diversos & desvayrados caminhos, por onde nos tempos passados a pimenta & especearia veyo da India ás nossas partes.
             Printer identified by STC.
             The last leaf is blank.
             Reproduction of the original in the British Library.
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.
         Re-processed by University of Nebraska-Lincoln and Northwestern, with changes to facilitate morpho-syntactic tagging. Gap elements of known extent have been transformed into placeholder characters or elements to simplify the filling in of gaps by user contributors.
      
       
         EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.
         EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).
         The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.
         Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.
         Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.
         Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.
         The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.
         Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).
         
          Keying and markup guidelines are available at the
           Text Creation Partnership web site
          .
        
      
       
         
         
      
    
     
       
         eng
      
       
         
           Discoveries in geography -- Early works to 1800.
           America -- Early accounts to 1600.
           America -- Discovery and exploration, Spanish -- Early works to 1800.
        
      
    
     
        2007-01 TCP
        Assigned for keying and markup
      
        2007-01 Aptara
        Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images
      
        2007-06 Elspeth Healey
        Sampled and proofread
      
        2007-06 Elspeth Healey
        Text and markup reviewed and edited
      
        2008-02 pfs
        Batch review (QC) and XML conversion
      
    
  
   
     
       
         
         
         
           THE
           DISCOVERIES
           of
           the
           World
           from
           their
           first
           originall
           vnto
           the
           
             yeere
             of
             our
             Lord
             1555.
          
           
           Briefly
           written
           in
           the
           Portugall
           tongue
           by
           ANTONIE
           GALVANO
           ,
           Gouernour
           of
           Ternate
           ,
           the
           chiefe
           Island
           of
           the
           Malucos
           :
           Corrected
           ,
           quoted
           ,
           and
           now
           published
           in
           English
           by
           
             Richard
             Hakluyt
          
           ,
           sometimes
           student
           of
           Christchurch
           in
           Oxford
           .
        
         
           LONDINI
           ,
           Impensis
           G.
           Bishop
           .
           1601.
           
        
      
       
         
         
         
           TO
           THE
           RIGHT
           HONORABLE
           ,
           SIR
           
             Robert
             Cecill
          
           Knight
           ,
           principall
           Secretarie
           to
           her
           Maiestie
           ,
           Master
           of
           the
           Court
           of
           VVards
           and
           Liueries
           ,
           the
           woorthy
           Chancellour
           of
           the
           Vniuersitie
           of
           Cambridge
           ,
           and
           one
           of
           her
           Maiesties
           most
           honorable
           priuie
           Counsell
           .
        
         
           RIght
           Honorable
           ,
           while
           I
           went
           about
           to
           publish
           our
           English
           Voyages
           and
           Discoueries
           ,
           I
           was
           aduised
           by
           master
           WALTER
           COPE
           ,
           a
           gentleman
           of
           rare
           and
           excellent
           parts
           ,
           to
           draw
           them
           into
           a
           short
           sum
           ,
           adding
           that
           in
           his
           opinion
           that
           course
           woulde
           prooue
           most
           acceptable
           to
           the
           world
           ,
           especially
           to
           men
           of
           great
           action
           and
           employment
           .
           Although
           in
           that
           worke
           then
           vnder
           the
           presse
           I
           could
           not
           conueniently
           alter
           my
           course
           ,
           yet
           holding
           his
           aduise
           ,
           as
           in
           many
           things
           else
           ,
           so
           in
           this
           for
           sound
           and
           very
           good
           ,
           I
           heere
           present
           vnto
           your
           Honour
           a
           briefe
           Treatie
           most
           agreeable
           to
           the
           same
           .
           The
           authour
           whereof
           was
           
           one
           
             Antonie
             Galuano
          
           ,
           a
           Portugall
           gentleman
           :
           of
           whose
           pietie
           towards
           God
           ,
           equitie
           towards
           men
           ,
           fidelity
           to
           his
           Prince
           ,
           loue
           to
           his
           countrey
           ,
           skill
           in
           sea
           causes
           ,
           experience
           in
           Histories
           ,
           liberalitie
           towards
           his
           nation
           ,
           vigilance
           ,
           valour
           ,
           wisedome
           and
           diligence
           in
           restoring
           &
           setling
           the
           decaied
           state
           of
           The
           Isles
           of
           Maluco
           ,
           (
           where
           he
           remained
           sixe
           or
           seuen
           yeeres
           gouernour
           ,
           )
           if
           it
           please
           your
           Honour
           to
           read
           
             Fernando
             Lopez
             de
             Castagneda
          
           ,
           or
           
             Ioannes
             Maffeius
          
           in
           their
           Histories
           of
           The
           East
           Indies
           ,
           you
           shall
           finde
           more
           written
           in
           his
           singular
           commendation
           ,
           then
           a
           large
           Epistle
           can
           well
           comprehend
           .
        
         
           The
           worke
           though
           s●all
           in
           bulke
           containeth
           so
           much
           rare
           and
           profitable
           matter
           ,
           as
           I
           know
           not
           where
           to
           seeke
           the
           like
           ,
           within
           so
           narrow
           and
           streite
           a
           compasse
           .
           For
           heerein
           is
           orderly
           declared
           ,
           who
           were
           The
           first
           Discouerours
           of
           the
           world
           since
           the
           time
           of
           the
           flood
           :
           by
           what
           waies
           from
           age
           to
           age
           the
           spicerie
           ,
           drugs
           ,
           and
           riches
           of
           the
           East
           were
           conueied
           into
           The
           West
           :
           what
           were
           the
           causes
           of
           the
           alterations
           of
           those
           courses
           ,
           as
           namely
           the
           changes
           of
           Empires
           and
           gouernments
           :
           The
           ceasing
           of
           all
           trafficke
           for
           many
           yeeres
           by
           The
           Gothes
           inuasion
           of
           the
           Romane
           Empire
           :
           The
           rising
           vp
           of
           The
           Mahumetane
           sect
           ;
           with
           their
           ouerrunning
           of
           Afrike
           and
           Spaine
           :
           The
           renewing
           againe
           ,
           after
           many
           yeeres
           disturbance
           ,
           of
           the
           trafficke
           and
           entercourse
           of
           The
           East
           Indies
           ;
           first
           by
           the
           Califas
           of
           the
           aforesaid
           sect
           :
           and
           eftsoones
           by
           The
           Venetians
           ,
           Ienowais
           and
           Florentines
           .
           Then
           followeth
           the
           taking
           of
           Ceuta
           in
           Barbarie
           by
           Iohn
           the
           first
           king
           of
           Portugall
           of
           that
           name
           in
           the
           yeere
           of
           our
           Lord
           1415.
           whose
           third
           sonne
           
             Don
             Henry
          
           (
           which
           he
           had
           by
           the
           vertuous
           Ladie
           Philippa
           ,
           daughter
           of
           Iohn
           of
           Gante
           ,
           and
           sister
           to
           Henry
           the
           fourth
           ,
           king
           of
           England
           )
           was
           the
           first
           beginner
           of
           all
           the
           Portugall
           discoueries
           ,
           and
           continued
           the
           same
           for
           the
           space
           of
           fortie
           and
           three
           yeeres
           euen
           to
           his
           dying
           day
           .
           
           By
           whose
           encouragement
           the
           kings
           of
           Portugall
           found
           out
           with
           much
           patience
           and
           constancie
           the
           last
           way
           of
           the
           bringing
           the
           Spicerie
           into
           Europe
           by
           The
           Cape
           of
           Buona
           Sperança
           ;
           and
           for
           these
           hundred
           yeeres
           past
           haue
           become
           the
           chiefe
           Lords
           of
           the
           riches
           of
           the
           Orient
           By
           emulation
           of
           which
           their
           good
           endeuours
           ,
           The
           Antiles
           and
           The
           west
           Indies
           began
           to
           be
           discouered
           by
           The
           kings
           of
           Spaine
           .
           The
           infancies
           of
           both
           which
           most
           important
           enterprises
           ,
           The
           progresse
           of
           the
           same
           from
           time
           to
           time
           ,
           the
           discoueries
           of
           Islands
           ,
           riuers
           ,
           baies
           and
           harbours
           ,
           of
           many
           rich
           prouinces
           ,
           kingdomes
           ,
           and
           countries
           ;
           The
           erecting
           of
           castles
           in
           sundry
           conuenient
           Islands
           and
           places
           ,
           with
           the
           drawing
           of
           trafficke
           vnto
           the
           same
           ,
           where
           ,
           when
           ,
           by
           whom
           ,
           and
           by
           whose
           authority
           is
           heere
           succinctly
           and
           faithfully
           recorded
           .
           So
           that
           if
           it
           please
           your
           Honour
           at
           your
           conuenient
           leisure
           to
           take
           a
           sea
           card
           or
           a
           mappe
           of
           the
           world
           ,
           and
           carie
           your
           eie
           vpon
           the
           coast
           of
           Africa
           from
           Cape
           de
           Non
           ,
           lying
           on
           the
           mayne
           in
           29.
           degrees
           of
           northerly
           latitude
           ,
           and
           follow
           the
           shore
           about
           the
           Cape
           of
           Buona
           Sperança
           till
           you
           come
           to
           the
           mouth
           of
           The
           Redde
           Sea
           ,
           and
           passing
           thence
           along
           by
           the
           countrey
           of
           Arabia
           crosse
           ouer
           to
           India
           ,
           and
           doubling
           Cape
           Comory
           compasse
           the
           gulfe
           of
           Bengala
           ,
           &
           shooting
           by
           the
           citie
           of
           Malacca
           through
           The
           streite
           of
           Cincapura
           ,
           coast
           al
           the
           south
           of
           Asia
           to
           the
           northeast
           part
           of
           China
           ,
           and
           comprehend
           in
           this
           view
           all
           the
           Islands
           from
           The
           Açores
           and
           Madera
           in
           the
           West
           ,
           to
           The
           Malucoes
           ,
           The
           Philippinas
           ,
           and
           Iapan
           in
           the
           East
           :
           you
           shall
           heere
           finde
           by
           order
           ,
           who
           were
           the
           first
           discouerours
           ,
           conquerours
           and
           planters
           in
           euery
           place
           :
           as
           also
           the
           natures
           and
           commodities
           of
           the
           soyles
           ,
           togither
           with
           the
           forces
           ,
           qualities
           ,
           and
           conditions
           of
           the
           inhabitants
           .
           And
           that
           which
           I
           mention
           of
           the
           Orient
           ,
           is
           likewise
           to
           be
           vnderstood
           of
           The
           Occident
           .
        
         
         
           Now
           touching
           the
           translation
           ,
           it
           may
           please
           you
           sir
           ,
           to
           be
           aduertised
           that
           it
           was
           first
           done
           into
           our
           language
           by
           some
           honest
           and
           well
           affected
           marchant
           of
           our
           nation
           ,
           whose
           name
           by
           no
           meanes
           I
           could
           attaine
           vnto
           ,
           and
           that
           as
           it
           seemeth
           many
           yeeres
           ago
           .
           For
           it
           hath
           lien
           by
           me
           aboue
           these
           twelue
           yeeres
           .
           In
           all
           which
           space
           though
           I
           haue
           made
           much
           inquirie
           ,
           and
           sent
           to
           Lisbon
           ,
           where
           it
           seemeth
           it
           was
           printed
           ,
           yet
           to
           this
           day
           I
           could
           neuer
           obtaine
           the
           originall
           copie
           ;
           whereby
           I
           might
           reforme
           the
           manifold
           errours
           of
           the
           translator
           .
           For
           whereas
           a
           good
           translator
           ought
           to
           be
           well
           acquainted
           with
           the
           proprietie
           of
           the
           tongue
           out
           of
           which
           ,
           and
           of
           that
           into
           which
           he
           translateth
           ,
           and
           thirdly
           with
           the
           subiect
           or
           matter
           it selfe
           :
           I
           found
           this
           translator
           very
           defectiue
           in
           all
           three
           ;
           especially
           in
           the
           last
           .
           For
           the
           supplying
           of
           whose
           defects
           I
           had
           none
           other
           remedie
           ,
           but
           to
           haue
           recourse
           vnto
           the
           originall
           histories
           ,
           (
           which
           as
           it
           appeereth
           are
           very
           many
           ,
           and
           many
           of
           them
           exceeding
           rare
           and
           hard
           to
           come
           by
           )
           out
           of
           which
           the
           authour
           himselfe
           drew
           the
           greatest
           part
           of
           this
           discourse
           .
           And
           in
           very
           deede
           it
           cost
           me
           more
           trauaile
           to
           search
           out
           the
           grounds
           thereof
           ,
           and
           to
           annexe
           the
           marginall
           quotations
           vnto
           the
           worke
           ,
           then
           the
           translation
           of
           many
           such
           bookes
           would
           haue
           put
           me
           vnto
           .
           Of
           which
           quotations
           there
           is
           yet
           a
           farther
           vse
           ;
           to
           wit
           ,
           that
           such
           as
           haue
           leasure
           sufficient
           ,
           and
           are
           desirous
           to
           reade
           these
           things
           more
           at
           large
           ,
           (
           for
           breuitie
           oftentimes
           breedeth
           obscuritie
           )
           may
           fully
           satisfie
           their
           desires
           by
           hauing
           recourse
           by
           the
           helpe
           therof
           to
           the
           pure
           fountaines
           ,
           out
           of
           which
           those
           waters
           which
           are
           drawne
           are
           for
           the
           most
           part
           most
           sweete
           and
           holsome
           .
           Now
           if
           any
           man
           shall
           maruel
           ,
           that
           in
           these
           Discoueries
           of
           
             The
             World
          
           for
           the
           ●pace
           almost
           of
           fower
           thousand
           yeeres
           here
           set
           downe
           ,
           our
           nation
           is
           scarce
           fower
           times
           mentioned
           :
           Hee
           is
           to
           vnderstand
           ,
           that
           when
           this
           authour
           ended
           this
           discourse
           ,
           
           (
           which
           was
           about
           the
           yeere
           of
           Grace
           1555.
           )
           there
           was
           little
           extant
           of
           our
           mens
           trauailes
           .
           And
           for
           ought
           I
           can
           see
           ,
           there
           had
           no
           great
           matter
           yet
           come
           to
           light
           ,
           if
           my selfe
           had
           not
           vndertaken
           that
           heauie
           burden
           ,
           being
           neuer
           therein
           entertained
           to
           any
           purpose
           ,
           vntill
           I
           had
           recourse
           vnto
           your selfe
           ,
           by
           whose
           speciall
           fauour
           and
           bountifull
           patronage
           I
           haue
           been
           often
           much
           encouraged
           ,
           and
           as
           it
           were
           reuiued
           .
           Which
           trauailes
           of
           our
           men
           ,
           because
           as
           yet
           they
           be
           not
           come
           to
           ripenes
           ,
           and
           haue
           been
           made
           for
           the
           most
           part
           to
           places
           first
           discouered
           by
           others
           ;
           when
           they
           shall
           come
           to
           more
           perfection
           ,
           and
           become
           more
           profitable
           to
           the
           aduenturers
           ,
           will
           then
           be
           more
           fit
           to
           be
           reduced
           into
           briefe
           epitomes
           ,
           by
           my selfe
           or
           some
           other
           endued
           with
           an
           honest
           zeale
           of
           the
           honour
           of
           our
           countrey
           .
           In
           the
           meane
           season
           nothing
           doubting
           of
           your
           fauourable
           acceptation
           of
           this
           my
           labour
           ,
           I
           humbly
           beseech
           the
           authour
           of
           all
           goodnes
           to
           replenish
           and
           enrich
           you
           with
           his
           best
           blessings
           ,
           long
           to
           protect
           and
           preserue
           your
           Honour
           to
           the
           profitable
           seruice
           of
           her
           Maiestie
           ,
           and
           to
           the
           common
           benefit
           and
           good
           of
           the
           Realme
           .
           From
           London
           this
           29.
           of
           October
           1061.
           
        
         
           
             Your
             Honors
             Chaplein
             ,
             in
             all
             dutie
             
               most
               readie
               to
               be
               commanded
            
             ,
             RICHARD
             HAKLVYT
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
         
           Francis
           de
           Sousa
           Tauares
           vnto
           the
           high
           and
           mightie
           Prince
           Don
           IOHN
           Duke
           of
           Aueiro
           .
        
         
           
             ANtonie
             Galuano
          
           vpon
           his
           death
           bed
           left
           vnto
           me
           in
           his
           testament
           among
           his
           papers
           this
           booke
           .
           And
           because
           I
           am
           certaine
           he
           ordained
           it
           to
           bee
           presented
           vnto
           your
           Grace
           ,
           I
           haue
           thought
           good
           herein
           to
           fulfill
           his
           wil
           &
           testament
           ,
           though
           in
           other
           things
           I
           haue
           done
           nothing
           ,
           the
           fault
           remaining
           not
           in
           me
           .
           And
           by
           all
           reason
           this
           treatie
           ought
           to
           be
           set
           foorth
           by
           a
           Portugall
           ,
           seeing
           it
           intreateth
           of
           the
           variable
           waies
           from
           whence
           the
           pepper
           and
           spices
           came
           in
           times
           past
           into
           our
           partes
           ,
           and
           also
           of
           all
           the
           nauigations
           and
           discoueries
           in
           the
           old
           time
           :
           In
           both
           of
           which
           things
           the
           Portugals
           haue
           most
           trauailed
           .
           In
           this
           treatie
           and
           in
           nine
           or
           ten
           bookes
           of
           things
           touching
           Maluco
           and
           India
           (
           which
           the
           Cardinall
           willed
           me
           to
           giue
           to
           
             Damian
             de
             Goes
          
           ,
           saying
           that
           he
           should
           content
           me
           ,
           for
           otherwise
           I
           could
           not
           deliuer
           them
           )
           this
           true
           Portugall
           occupied
           himselfe
           against
           the
           vnfortunate
           and
           sorrow●ull
           times
           which
           he
           had
           been
           in
           (
           which
           were
           all
           ended
           before
           all
           our
           daies
           and
           times
           :
           )
           
           for
           when
           he
           receiued
           the
           captainship
           and
           fortresses
           of
           Maluco
           ,
           all
           the
           kings
           and
           gouernours
           of
           all
           the
           Ilands
           about
           being
           agreed
           to
           make
           war
           against
           the
           Portugals
           ,
           vntill
           such
           time
           as
           they
           might
           driue
           them
           all
           out
           of
           the
           countrey
           ,
           he
           fought
           against
           them
           all
           ▪
           with
           onely
           130.
           
           Portugals
           ,
           when
           they
           were
           all
           together
           ,
           and
           strong
           in
           Tidore
           ;
           and
           he
           gaue
           them
           the
           ouerthrow
           and
           killed
           their
           king
           ,
           and
           one
           ●ernate
           ,
           the
           principal
           author
           of
           that
           war
           ,
           and
           he
           tooke
           
           from
           them
           their
           fortresse
           :
           so
           vpon
           this
           victorie
           they
           submitted
           themselues
           ,
           and
           came
           vnder
           the
           obeisance
           and
           seruice
           of
           our
           king
           of
           Portugall
           .
           Herein
           two
           things
           happened
           of
           great
           admiration
           ▪
           The
           first
           ,
           that
           all
           the
           kings
           and
           gouernours
           of
           Maluco
           agreed
           togither
           against
           vs
           ,
           a
           thing
           that
           neuer
           fell
           out
           ,
           nor
           yet
           credible
           to
           be
           like
           to
           happen
           :
           for
           they
           are
           euer
           at
           variance
           among
           themselues
           :
           
           The
           second
           ,
           that
           the
           captaine
           of
           Maluco
           with
           onely
           his
           ordinarie
           soldiers
           should
           haue
           the
           victorie
           against
           so
           many
           being
           all
           together
           .
           For
           sometimes
           it
           happeneth
           that
           some
           of
           the
           captaines
           of
           Maluco
           with
           many
           extraordinarie
           soldiers
           besides
           their
           ordinarie
           ,
           yea
           and
           with
           the
           aide
           of
           al
           the
           Kings
           and
           Lords
           of
           Maluco
           in
           their
           fauour
           and
           aide
           went
           against
           one
           King
           onely
           of
           them
           ,
           and
           came
           backe
           againe
           with
           losse
           .
           So
           there
           may
           be
           reckoned
           three
           notable
           things
           done
           in
           India
           ,
           I
           say
           of
           qualitie
           :
           (
           but
           of
           more
           quantitie
           
           and
           importance
           there
           haue
           been
           others
           :
           )
           which
           were
           
           the
           taking
           of
           Muar
           by
           
             Emmanuel
             Falcon
          
           ,
           and
           the
           winning
           
           of
           Bitam
           by
           
             Peter
             Mascarenas
          
           ,
           and
           this
           ,
           whereof
           we
           presently
           treate
           .
           For
           all
           these
           three
           deedes
           seemed
           to
           be
           impossible
           to
           be
           atchieued
           ,
           considering
           the
           small
           quantitie
           of
           soldiers
           which
           the
           captaines
           had
           in
           giuing
           the
           enterprise
           against
           so
           many
           ;
           with
           the
           order
           and
           maner
           by
           them
           ordained
           how
           and
           which
           waies
           to
           obtaine
           their
           purpose
           as
           well
           by
           their
           enimies
           as
           by
           themselues
           .
           And
           they
           could
           not
           be
           atchieued
           otherwise
           but
           by
           vsing
           a
           meane
           and
           order
           not
           thought
           of
           at
           the
           first
           by
           the
           Portugals
           ,
           nor
           yet
           euer
           suspected
           by
           their
           enimies
           .
           And
           ,
           besides
           this
           ,
           his
           father
           and
           fower
           of
           his
           brethren
           were
           all
           slaine
           in
           the
           kings
           seruice
           :
           And
           he
           now
           being
           the
           last
           of
           his
           linage
           ,
           caried
           with
           him
           into
           Maluco
           woorth
           ten
           thousand
           crusadoes
           ,
           which
           he
           spent
           not
           in
           idlenes
           ,
           nor
           yet
           in
           play
           ,
           but
           onely
           in
           bringing
           of
           many
           kings
           and
           innumerable
           townes
           vnto
           our
           holy
           faith
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           preseruing
           of
           Maluco
           ,
           employing
           all
           his
           power
           and
           strength
           that
           all
           the
           cloues
           might
           
           come
           vnto
           the
           hands
           of
           the
           kings
           highnes
           :
           which
           with
           Maluco
           yeelded
           vnto
           him
           euery
           yeere
           fiue
           hundred
           thousand
           crusadoes
           ;
           being
           all
           to
           his
           great
           preiudice
           ,
           let
           ,
           and
           hinderance
           .
           For
           if
           he
           had
           gathered
           cloues
           for
           himselfe
           ,
           as
           the
           captaines
           of
           Maluco
           haue
           done
           and
           doe
           ,
           then
           he
           had
           come
           home
           very
           rich
           .
           But
           when
           he
           came
           home
           into
           Portugall
           in
           great
           hope
           (
           such
           is
           the
           simplicitie
           of
           the
           best
           natures
           )
           to
           be
           rewarded
           for
           his
           good
           seruice
           ,
           
           and
           to
           be
           more
           fauoured
           and
           honored
           ,
           then
           if
           he
           had
           brought
           home
           with
           him
           an
           hundred
           thousand
           crusadoes
           ,
           he
           was
           greatly
           deceiued
           .
           For
           he
           found
           neither
           fauour
           ,
           nor
           yet
           honor
           ,
           but
           onely
           among
           the
           poore
           and
           miserable
           ,
           to
           wit
           ,
           in
           an
           hospitall
           :
           where
           he
           was
           kept
           seuenteene
           yeeres
           vntill
           the
           hower
           of
           his
           death
           ;
           and
           there
           he
           had
           allowed
           vnto
           him
           his
           winding
           sheete
           to
           burie
           him
           in
           :
           and
           the
           brotherhood
           of
           the
           Couent
           prepared
           for
           his
           buriall
           as
           for
           a
           poore
           courtier
           cast
           off
           by
           all
           men
           ,
           leauing
           himselfe
           indebted
           in
           two
           thousand
           crusadoes
           ,
           whereof
           part
           came
           out
           of
           India
           ,
           and
           part
           thereof
           many
           of
           his
           friends
           had
           lent
           him
           to
           maintaine
           him
           in
           the
           hospitall
           :
           for
           in
           all
           these
           seuenteene
           yeeres
           he
           had
           not
           of
           his
           highnes
           for
           to
           helpe
           himselfe
           with
           so
           much
           as
           one
           riall
           of
           plate
           ,
           nor
           yet
           I
           of
           the
           bookes
           which
           I
           deliuered
           receiued
           any
           thing
           to
           discharge
           his
           will
           with
           .
           Yet
           for
           all
           this
           ,
           euen
           as
           vpon
           the
           prosperitie
           of
           his
           victories
           he
           neuer
           made
           any
           boast
           ,
           so
           likewise
           in
           his
           aduersities
           his
           great
           stomacke
           did
           nothing
           abate
           his
           hart
           .
           As
           there
           are
           good
           proofes
           that
           with
           so
           many
           and
           so
           continuall
           disgraces
           as
           he
           suffered
           ,
           he
           neuer
           vnto
           the
           hower
           of
           his
           death
           left
           off
           to
           raise
           and
           to
           augment
           the
           yeerely
           rent
           vnto
           a
           Counto
           :
           
           which
           some
           made
           strange
           and
           would
           not
           giue
           eare
           vnto
           :
           So
           that
           euen
           as
           he
           was
           extreme
           painfull
           in
           the
           performance
           of
           his
           seruice
           ,
           so
           he
           was
           the
           like
           in
           the
           things
           sounding
           vnto
           the
           perfecting
           of
           the
           same
           ,
           which
           was
           the
           cause
           that
           he
           was
           brought
           vnto
           the
           state
           that
           he
           died
           in
           .
           For
           he
           could
           not
           see
           the
           qualitie
           of
           the
           
           time
           ,
           but
           onely
           those
           of
           his
           great
           seruice
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           the
           great
           charges
           that
           it
           stood
           him
           in
           .
           And
           his
           saying
           was
           ,
           That
           he
           was
           borne
           ,
           not
           for
           to
           say
           that
           his
           constellation
           was
           in
           the
           wars
           victorious
           ,
           but
           in
           the
           ouercomming
           of
           kings
           by
           the
           arte
           of
           warfare
           ,
           readines
           in
           resoluing
           ,
           prudence
           in
           conseruing
           ,
           and
           great
           loialtie
           and
           patience
           with
           many
           seruices
           vnto
           his
           king
           and
           master
           .
           In
           which
           of
           all
           these
           he
           had
           most
           contentation
           it
           cannot
           easily
           be
           determined
           .
           Wherefore
           your
           noble
           Grace
           may
           see
           ,
           that
           this
           treatie
           and
           the
           others
           were
           made
           with
           sighes
           and
           afflictions
           which
           his
           inferiour
           will
           might
           haue
           raised
           vp
           in
           him
           against
           his
           superiour
           reason
           .
           Neither
           was
           he
           willing
           to
           take
           for
           his
           remedie
           that
           which
           that
           great
           Turke
           Zelim
           sonne
           to
           the
           great
           Mahumet
           did
           ,
           (
           for
           he
           tooke
           Constantinople
           and
           died
           in
           Rome
           )
           who
           vsed
           to
           make
           himselfe
           drunke
           ,
           because
           he
           would
           not
           remember
           the
           great
           estate
           which
           he
           lost
           :
           nor
           yet
           woulde
           he
           giue
           eare
           vnto
           those
           things
           which
           many
           of
           his
           friends
           would
           tell
           him
           ,
           wishing
           he
           would
           settle
           his
           mind
           out
           of
           the
           kingdome
           :
           (
           for
           otherwise
           he
           should
           neuer
           be
           able
           to
           liue
           :
           )
           whereunto
           he
           answered
           ,
           that
           in
           this
           point
           he
           would
           rather
           be
           compared
           vnto
           the
           great
           Timocles
           the
           Athenian
           ,
           
           then
           to
           be
           like
           the
           excellent
           Romane
           Coriolanus
           .
           Which
           is
           a
           goodly
           example
           of
           a
           true
           and
           faithfull
           Portugall
           .
           (
           Though
           it
           were
           not
           so
           as
           I
           doe
           say
           ,
           yet
           I
           doe
           heare
           ,
           that
           the
           hospitals
           be
           full
           of
           the
           most
           faithfull
           subiects
           to
           their
           prince
           and
           countrey
           .
           )
           Wherefore
           by
           all
           reason
           this
           treatie
           ought
           to
           be
           of
           your
           Grace
           fauoured
           ,
           setting
           apart
           all
           ouersights
           ,
           if
           there
           be
           any
           ,
           in
           this
           worke
           ,
           of
           the
           author
           :
           I
           being
           not
           able
           to
           attaine
           vnto
           the
           vnderstanding
           of
           the
           contrary
           .
           God
           prosper
           your
           Grace
           with
           long
           life
           and
           increase
           of
           honour
           .
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
           An
           excellent
           Treatise
           of
           ANTONIE
           GALVANO
           Portugall
           ,
           containing
           the
           most
           ancient
           and
           moderne
           discoueries
           of
           the
           world
           especially
           by
           nauigation
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           course
           of
           times
           from
           the
           flood
           vntill
           the
           yeere
           of
           grace
           1555.
           
        
         
           WHile
           I
           had
           a
           desire
           to
           gather
           together
           some
           olde
           and
           some
           new
           discoueries
           ,
           which
           haue
           béene
           made
           by
           sea
           and
           by
           land
           ,
           with
           their
           iust
           times
           and
           situations
           ;
           they
           séemed
           to
           be
           two
           things
           of
           so
           great
           difficultie
           ,
           that
           being
           cōfused
           in
           the
           authors
           of
           them
           ,
           I
           determined
           once
           to
           desist
           frō
           any
           such
           purpose
           .
           For
           touching
           the
           course
           of
           time
           the
           Herbre●es
           declare
           ,
           that
           from
           the
           beginning
           of
           the
           world
           to
           the
           flood
           were
           1656.
           yéeres
           .
           The
           Seuentie
           Interpreters
           make
           mention
           of
           2242.
           
           
           And
           S.
           Augustine
           reckoneth
           2262.
           
           In
           the
           situations
           likewise
           there
           be
           many
           differences
           .
           For
           there
           neuer
           sailed
           together
           in
           one
           fleete
           at
           sea
           from
           ten
           pilots
           to
           the
           number
           of
           100.
           but
           that
           some
           of
           them
           found
           themselues
           by
           reckoning
           in
           one
           longitude
           and
           other
           some
           in
           another
           .
           But
           considering
           better
           with
           my selfe
           ,
           that
           the
           difficulties
           are
           open●o
           ,
           and
           the
           differences
           amended
           by
           others
           of
           more
           exact
           iudgement
           and
           vnderstanding
           therein
           ,
           I
           purposed
           notwithstanding
           to
           procéede
           in
           this
           worke
           of
           Discoueries
           .
        
         
           Some
           there
           be
           that
           say
           ,
           that
           the
           world
           hath
           fully
           béene
           discouered
           :
           and
           they
           alleage
           this
           reason
           ,
           that
           as
           it
           hath
           b●ene
           
           peopled
           and
           inhabited
           ,
           so
           it
           might
           be
           frequented
           ,
           and
           nauigable
           ,
           and
           the
           rather
           for
           that
           the
           men
           in
           that
           age
           were
           of
           a
           longer
           life
           ,
           and
           of
           lawes
           and
           languages
           almost
           one
           .
        
         
           There
           be
           others
           of
           a
           contrarie
           opinion
           to
           this
           ,
           
           holding
           that
           all
           the
           earth
           could
           not
           be
           knowne
           ,
           nor
           the
           people
           conuersant
           one
           with
           another
           .
           For
           though
           it
           had
           béene
           so
           once
           ,
           yet
           the
           same
           would
           haue
           beene
           lost
           againe
           by
           the
           malice
           of
           men
           ,
           and
           the
           want
           of
           iustice
           among
           the
           inhabitants
           of
           the
           earth
           .
           But
           bicause
           the
           best
           and
           most
           famous
           discoueries
           were
           made
           by
           sea
           ,
           
           and
           that
           principally
           in
           our
           times
           ,
           I
           desire
           to
           knowe
           ,
           who
           were
           
             the
             first
             Discouerers
             since
             the
             time
             of
             the
             flood
             .
          
        
         
           Some
           affirme
           that
           they
           were
           the
           Gréekes
           ,
           others
           say
           ,
           the
           Phoenicians
           ,
           others
           also
           the
           Egyptians
           .
           The
           people
           of
           India
           agrée
           not
           hereunto
           ;
           affirming
           that
           they
           were
           the
           first
           that
           sailed
           by
           sea
           :
           namely
           the
           *
           Tabencos
           ,
           which
           now
           we
           call
           the
           Chinois
           .
           And
           they
           alleage
           for
           the
           proofe
           of
           this
           ,
           that
           they
           be
           the
           Lords
           of
           the
           Indiaes
           euen
           vnto
           the
           Cape
           of
           
             Bona
             Sperança
          
           ,
           &
           the
           island
           of
           
             S.
             Laurence
          
           ,
           which
           is
           inhabited
           by
           them
           ▪
           and
           al
           along
           the
           sea
           ;
           as
           also
           the
           
             Iauaes
             ,
             Timores
             ,
             Celebes
             ,
             Maca●ares
             ,
             Malucos
             ,
             Borneos
             ,
             Mindanaos
             ,
             Luçones
             ,
             Lequeos
             ,
             Iapones
             ,
          
           and
           other
           Islands
           being
           many
           in
           number
           ,
           and
           the
           firme
           lands
           of
           
             Cauchin-China
             ,
             Laos
             ,
             Bramas
             ,
             Pegu
             ,
             Arracones
             ,
          
           till
           you
           come
           vnto
           Bengala
           :
           
           And
           besides
           this
           ,
           
             New
             Spaine
             ,
             Peru
             ,
             Brasill
             ,
          
           the
           Antiles
           ,
           with
           the
           rest
           adioining
           vnto
           them
           ,
           as
           appéereth
           by
           the
           fashions
           and
           maners
           of
           the
           men
           and
           women
           ,
           and
           by
           their
           proportions
           ,
           hauing
           small
           eies
           ,
           flat
           noses
           ,
           with
           other
           proportions
           to
           be
           seene
           .
           And
           to
           this
           day
           many
           of
           these
           Ilands
           and
           countreies
           are
           called
           by
           the
           names
           of
           
             B●tochina
             ,
             Bocho-China
          
           ,
           which
           is
           as
           much
           to
           say
           ,
           as
           the
           countreies
           of
           China
           .
           Further
           it
           appeereth
           by
           histories
           ,
           that
           the
           arke
           of
           Noe
           rested
           vpon
           the
           north
           parts
           of
           the
           mountaines
           of
           Armenia
           ,
           which
           stands
           in
           40.
           degrées
           and
           vpwards
           :
           and
           that
           immediately
           thereupon
           Scythia
           was
           first
           peopled
           ,
           for
           that
           it
           is
           an
           high
           land
           ,
           and
           appéered
           first
           after
           the
           flood
           .
           And
           séeing
           the
           prouince
           and
           countrey
           of
           the
           Taben●os
           is
           one
           of
           the
           chiefest
           of
           all
           Tartarie
           ,
           as
           they
           report
           ,
           it
           is
           to
           be
           thought
           that
           they
           were
           of
           the
           most
           ancient
           inhabitants
           ,
           
           and
           men
           of
           the
           most
           ancient
           nauigations
           ,
           the
           seas
           being
           as
           calme
           as
           the
           riuers
           be
           in
           those
           parts
           lying
           betwéene
           the
           Tropicks
           ,
           where
           the
           daies
           and
           
           nights
           do
           not
           much
           differ
           ,
           as
           well
           in
           the
           howers
           ,
           as
           in
           the
           temperature
           :
           where
           there
           blow
           no
           outragious
           windes
           ,
           to
           cause
           the
           waters
           to
           rise
           or
           to
           be
           troubled
           .
           And
           by
           late
           experience
           it
           is
           sound
           ,
           
           that
           the
           small
           barks
           wherein
           they
           saile
           haue
           onely
           a
           great
           high
           bough
           in
           the
           middest
           of
           the
           barke
           ,
           standing
           in
           steed
           both
           of
           mast
           and
           saile
           ,
           and
           the
           master
           holdeth
           onely
           an
           ●are
           in
           his
           hand
           to
           stirre
           withall
           :
           and
           so
           they
           saile
           swiftly
           along
           the
           coast
           ;
           and
           the
           rest
           of
           the
           passengers
           sit
           onely
           vpon
           certaine
           poles
           ,
           which
           are
           fastened
           in
           the
           barke
           ,
           which
           they
           call
           Catamarones
           ,
           and
           so
           they
           passe
           without
           rowing
           .
        
         
           It
           is
           further
           said
           ,
           that
           the
           people
           of
           China
           were
           somtimes
           Lords
           of
           the
           most
           part
           of
           Scythia
           ,
           and
           sailed
           ordinarily
           along
           that
           coast
           ,
           which
           séemeth
           to
           reach
           vnto
           70.
           degrées
           toward
           the
           north
           .
           
           
             Cornelius
             Nepos
          
           is
           the
           author
           of
           this
           ;
           who
           particularly
           affirmeth
           ,
           
           that
           in
           the
           time
           that
           Metellus
           the
           fellowe
           Consul
           of
           Afranius
           ,
           was
           Proconsul
           in
           France
           ,
           the
           king
           of
           Sue●ia
           sent
           vnto
           him
           certaine
           Indians
           ,
           which
           came
           thither
           in
           a
           ship
           from
           this
           countrey
           ,
           comming
           by
           the
           north
           and
           by
           the
           flats
           of
           Germanie
           .
           And
           it
           is
           probable
           that
           they
           were
           people
           of
           China
           ,
           for
           that
           they
           from
           20.
           30.
           and
           40.
           degrees
           vpwards
           haue
           strong
           ships
           and
           clynchers
           ,
           that
           can
           well
           brooke
           the
           seas
           ,
           and
           indure
           the
           cold
           and
           intemperature
           of
           such
           northerly
           regions
           .
           As
           for
           Cambaia
           there
           is
           shipping
           also
           in
           it
           ,
           and
           the
           people
           by
           report
           haue
           vsed
           the
           seas
           many
           yéeres
           :
           but
           it
           seemeth
           not
           that
           they
           were
           any
           of
           them
           which
           came
           into
           France
           :
           for
           that
           they
           trafficke
           onely
           to
           Cairo
           ,
           and
           are
           men
           in
           déed
           of
           little
           trafficke
           and
           lesse
           clothing
           .
        
         
           As
           for
           those
           which
           escaped
           the
           destruction
           of
           the
           flood
           ,
           
           they
           were
           therewith
           so
           amazed
           ,
           that
           they
           durst
           not
           descend
           into
           the
           plaines
           and
           lowe
           countreies
           ,
           but
           kept
           the
           hils
           .
           And
           we
           reade
           of
           Nimrode
           ,
           who
           130.
           yéeres
           after
           the
           flood
           built
           the
           
             Tower
             of
             Babell
          
           ,
           intending
           thereby
           to
           saue
           himselfe
           ,
           if
           there
           should
           come
           any
           more
           such
           floods
           .
        
         
           Therefore
           it
           seemeth
           ,
           that
           they
           which
           first
           came
           to
           be
           sailers
           were
           those
           which
           dwell
           in
           the
           east
           in
           the
           prouince
           of
           China
           :
           although
           others
           contrariwise
           hold
           them
           which
           dwell
           in
           the
           west
           as
           in
           Syria
           ,
           to
           haue
           vsed
           the
           trade
           of
           the
           sea
           soonest
           after
           the
           flood
           .
           But
           this
           contention
           about
           the
           antiquitie
           of
           nauigation
           I
           leaue
           to
           the
           Scythians
           and
           Egyptians
           ,
           
           who
           were
           at
           great
           variance
           and
           difference
           in
           this
           matter
           ;
           for
           each
           
           of
           them
           chalenged
           vnto
           themselues
           the
           honour
           of
           the
           first
           sea
           trauaile
           .
           But
           omitting
           all
           iars
           and
           differences
           thereabouts
           ,
           I
           will
           apply
           my selfe
           to
           my
           purposed
           discourse
           ,
           and
           speake
           of
           that
           which
           histories
           haue
           left
           in
           record
           .
        
         
           THere
           be
           some
           wel
           séene
           in
           Antiquities
           ,
           
           which
           say
           that
           in
           the
           143.
           yéere
           after
           the
           flood
           ,
           
           Tubal
           came
           by
           sea
           into
           Spaine
           ,
           whereby
           it
           séemeth
           that
           in
           those
           times
           nauigations
           were
           vsed
           into
           our
           parts
           out
           of
           Ethiopia
           .
        
         
           And
           they
           also
           say
           farther
           ,
           that
           not
           long
           after
           this
           ,
           the
           Quéene
           Semyramis
           went
           against
           the
           Indians
           in
           that
           riuer
           wherof
           they
           tooke
           their
           name
           ,
           
           and
           therein
           gaue
           battaile
           vnto
           the
           king
           Stabrobates
           ,
           wherin
           he
           lost
           a
           thousand
           ships
           .
           Which
           being
           credible
           by
           the
           ancient
           historie
           ,
           prooueth
           manifestly
           that
           in
           those
           parts
           ,
           in
           those
           times
           were
           many
           ships
           ,
           and
           the
           seas
           frequented
           in
           good
           numbers
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           650.
           yéere
           after
           the
           flood
           there
           was
           a
           king
           in
           Spaine
           named
           Hesperus
           ,
           
           who
           in
           his
           time
           as
           it
           is
           reported
           went
           and
           discouered
           as
           far
           as
           
             Cape
             Verde
          
           ,
           &
           the
           Island
           of
           
             S.
             Thomas
          
           ,
           whereof
           he
           was
           prince
           :
           
           And
           
             Gonsaluo
             Fernandes
          
           of
           Ouiedo
           the
           Chronicler
           of
           Antiquities
           affirmeth
           ,
           that
           in
           his
           time
           the
           Islands
           of
           the
           
             West
             Indies
          
           were
           discouered
           ,
           and
           called
           somewhat
           after
           his
           name
           He●perides
           :
           and
           he
           alleageth
           many
           reasons
           to
           prooue
           it
           ,
           
           reporting
           particularly
           that
           in
           40.
           daies
           they
           sailed
           from
           
             Cape
             Verde
          
           vnto
           those
           Islands
           .
        
         
           There
           are
           others
           that
           say
           that
           the
           like
           was
           done
           from
           this
           Cape
           vnto
           the
           Islands
           of
           
             S.
             Thomas
          
           ,
           and
           the
           Isle
           
             De
             Principe
          
           ,
           and
           that
           they
           be
           the
           Hesperides
           ,
           and
           not
           the
           An●iles
           :
           And
           they
           doe
           not
           differ
           far
           from
           reason
           :
           
           seeing
           in
           those
           times
           and
           many
           yeeres
           after
           they
           did
           vse
           to
           saile
           onely
           along
           the
           coast
           ,
           not
           passing
           through
           the
           maine
           Ocean
           sea
           :
           for
           they
           had
           neither
           altitude
           nor
           compasse
           then
           in
           vse
           ,
           nor
           any
           mariners
           so
           expert
           .
        
         
           It
           cannot
           be
           denied
           ,
           but
           that
           there
           were
           many
           countries
           ,
           Islands
           ,
           Capes
           Is●hmos
           and
           points
           which
           now
           are
           grown
           out
           of
           knowledge
           ;
           
           because
           the
           names
           of
           them
           are
           found
           in
           histories
           .
           But
           the
           age
           of
           the
           world
           and
           force
           of
           waters
           haue
           w●sted
           and
           consumed
           them
           ,
           and
           separated
           one
           countrey
           from
           another
           ,
           both
           in
           
             Europe
             ,
             Asia
             ,
             Af●ica
             ,
             New
             Spaine
             ,
             Peru
             ,
          
           and
           other
           places
           .
        
         
         
           Plato
           saith
           in
           his
           dialogue
           of
           Timaeus
           ,
           
           that
           there
           were
           in
           ancient
           times
           in
           the
           Ocean
           sea
           Atlanticke
           certaine
           great
           Islands
           and
           countries
           named
           Atlantides
           greater
           then
           Afrike
           and
           Europe
           :
           and
           that
           the
           kings
           of
           those
           parts
           were
           Lords
           of
           a
           great
           part
           of
           this
           our
           countrey
           :
           but
           with
           certaine
           great
           tempests
           the
           sea
           did
           ouerflow
           it
           ,
           and
           it
           remained
           as
           mud
           and
           shingle
           ;
           so
           that
           in
           a
           long
           time
           after
           no
           ships
           could
           passe
           that
           way
           .
        
         
           It
           is
           also
           recorded
           in
           histories
           ,
           
           that
           fast
           by
           the
           Island
           of
           Cadiz
           towards
           the
           Straights
           of
           Gibraltar
           there
           was
           a
           certaine
           Island
           which
           was
           called
           Aphrodisias
           ,
           well
           inhabited
           and
           planted
           with
           many
           gardens
           and
           orchards
           ,
           and
           yet
           at
           this
           day
           we
           haue
           no
           knowledge
           of
           this
           Aphrodisias
           ,
           but
           only
           a
           bare
           mention
           of
           it
           in
           ancient
           authors
           .
           The
           said
           Island
           of
           Cadiz
           is
           further
           said
           to
           haue
           béen
           so
           large
           and
           big
           ,
           that
           it
           did
           ioine
           with
           the
           firme
           land
           of
           Spaine
           .
        
         
           The
           Islands
           of
           the
           Açores
           were
           sometimes
           a
           point
           of
           the
           mountaines
           of
           Estrella
           ,
           
           which
           ioine
           vnto
           the
           sea
           ouer
           the
           towne
           of
           Syntra
           :
           And
           also
           from
           
             Sierra
             Verde
          
           or
           the
           gréene
           mountaine
           ,
           which
           adioineth
           vnto
           the
           water
           ,
           hard
           by
           the
           citie
           of
           Sasin
           in
           the
           land
           of
           Cucu
           (
           which
           is
           the
           selfe
           same
           Island
           of
           Mouchin
           ,
           where
           Algarbe
           is
           )
           come
           the
           Islands
           of
           
             Porto
             Santo
          
           and
           Madera
           .
        
         
           For
           it
           is
           held
           as
           a
           true
           and
           vndoubted
           veritie
           ,
           
           that
           all
           Islands
           haue
           their
           roots
           running
           from
           the
           firme
           land
           ,
           though
           they
           be
           neuer
           so
           farre
           from
           the
           continent
           :
           for
           otherwise
           they
           could
           not
           stand
           firme
           .
        
         
           There
           are
           other
           histories
           which
           say
           ,
           
           that
           from
           Spaine
           vnto
           Ceuta
           in
           Barbarie
           men
           sometimes
           trauailed
           on
           foote
           vpon
           drie
           land
           ,
           and
           that
           the
           Islands
           of
           Sardinia
           and
           Corsica
           did
           ioine
           the
           one
           with
           the
           other
           ,
           as
           also
           did
           Sicilia
           with
           Italie
           ,
           and
           Negroponto
           with
           Graecia
           .
        
         
           We
           reade
           also
           that
           there
           were
           found
           hulles
           of
           ships
           ,
           
           ankers
           of
           iron
           ,
           and
           other
           memorials
           of
           shipping
           vpon
           the
           mountaines
           of
           Sussa
           farre
           within
           the
           land
           :
           where
           as
           it
           seemeth
           now
           no
           salt
           water
           or
           sea
           euer
           came
           .
        
         
           In
           India
           also
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           land
           of
           Malabar
           ,
           although
           now
           there
           be
           great
           store
           of
           people
           ,
           yet
           many
           writers
           affirme
           that
           it
           was
           once
           a
           maine
           sea
           vnto
           the
           foote
           of
           the
           mountaines
           ;
           and
           that
           the
           Cape
           of
           Comarim
           ,
           and
           the
           Island
           of
           Zeilan
           were
           all
           
           one
           thing
           :
           As
           also
           that
           the
           Island
           of
           Samatra
           did
           ioine
           with
           the
           land
           of
           Malacca
           by
           the
           flats
           of
           Caypasia
           ;
           and
           not
           farre
           frō
           thence
           there
           stands
           now
           a
           little
           Island
           ,
           which
           few
           yéeres
           past
           was
           part
           of
           the
           firme
           land
           that
           is
           ouer
           against
           it
           .
        
         
           Furthermore
           it
           is
           to
           be
           séene
           ,
           how
           Ptolemey
           in
           his
           tables
           dot●
           set
           the
           land
           of
           Malacca
           to
           the
           south
           of
           the
           line
           in
           thrée
           or
           fower
           degrées
           of
           latitude
           ,
           whereas
           now
           it
           is
           at
           the
           point
           thereof
           ,
           being
           called
           ●entana
           ,
           in
           one
           degrée
           on
           the
           north
           side
           ,
           as
           appéereth
           in
           the
           Straight
           of
           Cincapura
           ,
           where
           daily
           they
           doe
           passe
           through
           vnto
           the
           coast
           of
           Sian
           and
           China
           ,
           where
           the
           Island
           of
           Aynan
           standeth
           ,
           which
           also
           they
           say
           did
           ioine
           hard
           to
           the
           land
           of
           China
           :
           and
           Ptolemey
           placeth
           it
           on
           the
           north
           side
           far
           from
           the
           line
           ,
           standing
           now
           aboue
           20.
           degrées
           from
           it
           towards
           the
           north
           ,
           as
           Asia
           and
           Europe
           now
           stand
           .
        
         
           Well
           it
           may
           be
           that
           in
           time
           past
           the
           land
           of
           Malacca
           and
           China
           did
           end
           beyond
           the
           line
           on
           the
           south
           side
           ,
           as
           Ptolemey
           doth
           set
           them
           foorth
           :
           because
           it
           might
           ioine
           with
           the
           point
           of
           the
           land
           called
           ●entana
           ,
           with
           the
           Islands
           of
           
             Bi●tan
             ,
             Banca
          
           ,
           &
           Salitres
           being
           many
           that
           waies
           ,
           &
           the
           land
           might
           be
           all
           slime
           &
           oaze
           ;
           And
           so
           the
           point
           of
           China
           ,
           might
           ioine
           with
           the
           Islands
           of
           the
           
             Luçones
             ,
             Borneos
             ,
             Lequeos
             ,
             Mindanaos
             ,
          
           &
           others
           which
           stand
           in
           this
           parallele
           :
           they
           also
           as
           yet
           hauing
           in
           opinion
           that
           the
           Island
           of
           Samatra
           did
           ioine
           with
           Iaua
           by
           the
           chanell
           of
           Sunda
           ,
           
           and
           the
           Islands
           of
           
             Bali
             ,
             Aujaue
             ,
             çambaua
             ,
             Solor
             ,
             Hogaleao
             ,
             Maulua
             ,
             Vintara
             ,
             Rosalaguin
             ,
          
           and
           others
           that
           be
           in
           this
           parallele
           and
           altitude
           did
           all
           ioine
           with
           Iaua
           ;
           and
           so
           they
           séeme
           outwardly
           to
           those
           that
           descrie
           them
           .
           For
           at
           this
           day
           the
           Islands
           stand
           so
           néere
           the
           one
           to
           the
           other
           ,
           that
           they
           séeme
           all
           but
           one
           firme
           land
           ;
           and
           whosoeuer
           passeth
           betwéene
           some
           of
           them
           ,
           may
           touch
           with
           their
           hand
           the
           boughs
           of
           the
           trées
           on
           the
           one
           and
           on
           the
           other
           side
           also
           .
           And
           to
           come
           néerer
           to
           the
           matter
           ,
           it
           is
           not
           long
           since
           ,
           that
           in
           the
           east
           the
           Islands
           of
           Banda
           were
           diuers
           of
           them
           ouerflowen
           and
           drowned
           by
           the
           sea
           :
           And
           so
           likewise
           in
           China
           about
           nine
           score
           miles
           of
           firme
           ground
           is
           now
           become
           a
           lake
           ,
           
           as
           it
           is
           reported
           .
           Which
           is
           not
           to
           be
           thought
           maruellous
           ;
           considering
           that
           which
           
             Ptolemey
             ▪
          
           and
           others
           haue
           written
           in
           such
           cases
           ;
           which
           here
           I
           omit
           ,
           to
           returne
           to
           my
           purpose
           .
        
         
           After
           the
           flood
           800.
           yéeres
           we
           reade
           that
           the
           citie
           of
           Troy
           was
           builded
           by
           the
           Dardans
           ;
           and
           that
           before
           that
           time
           they
           
           brought
           out
           of
           the
           Indies
           into
           Europe
           by
           the
           
             Red
             sea
          
           ,
           
           spices
           ,
           drugs
           ,
           and
           many
           other
           kindes
           of
           marchandises
           ,
           which
           were
           there
           more
           abundant
           ,
           then
           now
           they
           be
           .
           Whereunto
           if
           credit
           may
           be
           giuen
           ,
           we
           may
           conceaue
           that
           the
           sea
           was
           of
           old
           haunted
           and
           frequented
           ,
           séeing
           that
           then
           they
           of
           the
           East
           had
           so
           much
           and
           so
           great
           trafficke
           with
           them
           of
           the
           West
           ,
           that
           they
           brought
           their
           marchandise
           vnto
           an
           hauen
           which
           was
           named
           Arsinoe
           ,
           
           being
           that
           which
           at
           this
           day
           is
           called
           Suez
           ,
           standing
           in
           30.
           degrées
           on
           the
           north
           part
           of
           the
           Arabian
           Gulfe
           .
           It
           is
           also
           by
           authors
           farther
           written
           ,
           that
           from
           this
           hauen
           of
           Arsinoe
           or
           Suez
           ,
           
           these
           marchandises
           were
           carried
           by
           Carauans
           or
           great
           companies
           of
           carriers
           vpon
           camels
           ,
           asses
           ,
           and
           mules
           ,
           vnto
           the
           Leuant
           sea
           vnto
           a
           city
           called
           Cassou
           ,
           standing
           on
           the
           coast
           in
           32.
           degrées
           of
           latitude
           ,
           yeelding
           vnto
           euery
           degrée
           17.
           leagues
           and
           an
           halfe
           ,
           as
           the
           maner
           is
           .
           And
           there
           are
           by
           account
           from
           the
           one
           sea
           to
           the
           other
           35.
           leagues
           ,
           or
           105.
           miles
           .
           
           These
           carriers
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           the
           heate
           of
           the
           countrey
           ,
           trauailed
           in
           the
           night
           onely
           ,
           directing
           themselues
           by
           stars
           and
           by
           marks
           of
           postes
           and
           canes
           ,
           which
           they
           vsed
           to
           sticke
           in
           the
           ground
           as
           they
           went.
           But
           after
           that
           ,
           because
           this
           course
           and
           iourney
           had
           many
           inconueniences
           ,
           they
           changed
           and
           altered
           the
           same
           twise
           ,
           to
           finde
           out
           the
           most
           commodious
           way
           .
        
         
           900.
           yéeres
           or
           there
           about
           after
           the
           flood
           ,
           
           and
           before
           the
           destruction
           of
           Troy
           ,
           
           there
           was
           a
           king
           in
           Egypt
           called
           Sesostris
           ,
           who
           perceiuing
           that
           the
           former
           courses
           and
           passages
           for
           the
           carrying
           of
           marchandises
           by
           men
           &
           beasts
           ,
           were
           chargeable
           to
           the
           one
           &
           most
           painfull
           to
           the
           other
           ,
           prouided
           to
           haue
           a
           way
           or
           streame
           cut
           out
           of
           the
           land
           from
           the
           
             Red
             sea
          
           vnto
           an
           arme
           of
           the
           riuer
           Nilus
           which
           rūneth
           vnto
           the
           
             Citie
             Heroum
          
           ;
           that
           by
           the
           meanes
           thereof
           ships
           might
           passe
           and
           repasse
           with
           their
           marchandises
           from
           India
           into
           Europe
           ,
           
           and
           not
           be
           discharged
           till
           they
           came
           into
           Italie
           .
           So
           that
           this
           Sesostris
           was
           the
           first
           king
           ,
           which
           built
           great
           caracks
           to
           trauaile
           this
           way
           .
           But
           this
           enterprise
           for
           all
           that
           tooke
           little
           effect
           .
           For
           if
           it
           had
           ,
           Africa
           had
           then
           béen
           made
           as
           an
           Island
           all
           compassed
           with
           water
           ,
           being
           no
           more
           ground
           betweene
           sea
           and
           sea
           ,
           then
           the
           space
           of
           20.
           leagues
           or
           60.
           miles
           .
        
         
           About
           this
           time
           the
           Graecians
           gathered
           together
           an
           army
           or
           fléete
           ,
           
           which
           now
           is
           called
           Argonautica
           ,
           whereof
           Iason
           and
           
           Alceus
           were
           captains
           general
           .
           Some
           say
           they
           went
           from
           the
           Isle
           of
           Creta
           ,
           others
           from
           Graecia
           .
           But
           whence
           soeuer
           they
           departed
           ,
           they
           sailed
           through
           the
           Proponticke
           sea
           ,
           and
           
             Saint
             Georges
          
           Sleeue
           vnto
           the
           Euxine
           sea
           ,
           where
           some
           perished
           ,
           and
           Iason
           thereupon
           returned
           backe
           into
           
             Greece
             .
             Alceus
          
           reported
           that
           he
           was
           driuen
           with
           a
           tempest
           to
           the
           lake
           Maeotis
           ,
           
           where
           he
           was
           forsaken
           of
           al
           his
           company
           ,
           and
           they
           which
           escaped
           with
           great
           trauaile
           ,
           passed
           through
           by
           land
           vnto
           the
           Ocean
           sea
           of
           Almaine
           ,
           
           where
           they
           tooke
           shipping
           ,
           passing
           the
           coasts
           of
           
             Saxonie
             ,
             Frisland
             ,
             Holland
             ,
             Flanders
             ,
             France
             ,
             Spaine
             ,
             Italie
             ,
          
           and
           so
           returned
           vnto
           Peloponesus
           and
           Greece
           ,
           discouering
           the
           most
           part
           of
           the
           coast
           of
           Europe
           .
        
         
           Strabo
           ,
           
           alleaging
           Aristonicus
           the
           Grammarian
           ,
           sheweth
           that
           after
           the
           destruction
           of
           
             Troy
             Menelaus
          
           the
           king
           came
           out
           of
           the
           straights
           of
           the
           Leuant
           seas
           into
           the
           sea
           Atlanticke
           and
           coasted
           Africa
           and
           Guinea
           ,
           and
           doubled
           the
           Cape
           of
           
             Bona
             Sperança
          
           ,
           and
           so
           in
           time
           arriued
           in
           India
           .
           Of
           which
           voyage
           of
           his
           there
           may
           be
           many
           more
           particulars
           gathered
           out
           of
           the
           histories
           .
           This
           Mediterrane
           sea
           was
           also
           sometimes
           called
           
             The
             Adriaticke
             ,
             The
             Aegaean
          
           ,
           and
           the
           
             Herculean
             sea
          
           ,
           with
           other
           names
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           lands
           ,
           coasts
           &
           Islands
           which
           it
           passeth
           by
           ,
           running
           into
           the
           great
           sea
           Atlanticke
           ,
           along
           the
           coast
           of
           Africa
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           yéere
           1300.
           after
           the
           flood
           Solomon
           caused
           a
           nauie
           to
           be
           prepared
           on
           the
           Red
           sea
           ,
           
           at
           an
           hauen
           called
           
             Ezeon
             Geber
          
           ,
           
           to
           saile
           to
           the
           
             East
             India
          
           ,
           where
           by
           opinion
           stande
           the
           Islands
           called
           Tharsis
           and
           Ophir
           .
           This
           nauie
           was
           thrée
           yéeres
           on
           this
           voyage
           ,
           and
           then
           returned
           ,
           and
           brought
           with
           them
           gold
           ,
           siluer
           ,
           cypres
           ,
           &c.
           
           Whereby
           it
           séemeth
           that
           those
           places
           ,
           and
           Islands
           were
           those
           ,
           which
           now
           be
           called
           the
           
             Luçones
             ,
             Lequeos
          
           ,
           and
           Chinaes
           .
           For
           we
           know
           few
           other
           parts
           from
           whence
           some
           of
           those
           things
           are
           brought
           ,
           or
           wherein
           nauigation
           was
           so
           long
           since
           vsed
           .
        
         
           It
           is
           left
           vs
           also
           in
           histories
           ,
           
           that
           a
           king
           of
           Egypt
           called
           Neco
           ,
           desiring
           greatly
           to
           ioyne
           the
           
             Red
             sea
          
           with
           the
           riuer
           Nilus
           ,
           commanded
           the
           Phoenicians
           to
           saile
           from
           the
           straight
           of
           Mecca
           to
           the
           farther
           end
           of
           the
           Mediterrane
           sea
           ,
           to
           sée
           if
           it
           did
           make
           any
           turne
           backe
           againe
           vnto
           Egypt
           .
           Which
           commandement
           they
           obeied
           ,
           sailing
           towards
           the
           south
           all
           along
           the
           coast
           and
           countrey
           of
           
             Melinde
             ,
             Quiloa
             ,
             Sofala
          
           ,
           till
           they
           
           came
           to
           the
           Cape
           of
           
             Bona
             Esperança
          
           ,
           finding
           the
           sea
           continually
           on
           the
           left
           hand
           :
           But
           when
           they
           had
           doubled
           the
           Cape
           ,
           and
           found
           the
           coast
           continually
           on
           the
           right
           hand
           ,
           they
           maruailed
           much
           at
           it
           .
           Notwithstanding
           they
           continued
           their
           course
           forward
           toward
           the
           north
           al
           along
           the
           coast
           of
           Guiney
           and
           the
           
             Mediterrane
             sea
          
           ,
           till
           they
           came
           backe
           againe
           into
           Egypt
           ,
           whence
           they
           first
           went
           out
           .
           In
           which
           discouerie
           they
           remained
           two
           yéeres
           .
           And
           these
           are
           thought
           to
           be
           the
           first
           ,
           that
           compassed
           by
           sea
           all
           the
           coast
           of
           Afrike
           ,
           and
           sailed
           round
           about
           it
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           yéere
           590.
           before
           the
           incarnation
           of
           Christ
           there
           went
           out
           of
           Spaine
           a
           fléete
           of
           Carthaginian
           marchants
           vpon
           their
           owne
           proper
           costs
           and
           charges
           ,
           
           which
           sailed
           toward
           the
           west
           through
           the
           high
           seas
           to
           sée
           if
           they
           could
           finde
           any
           land
           :
           and
           they
           sailed
           so
           farre
           ,
           that
           they
           found
           at
           last
           the
           Islands
           ,
           
           which
           we
           now
           call
           the
           Antiles
           and
           
             Noua
             Spagna
          
           :
           which
           
             Gonzalo
             Fernandes
             de
             Quiedo
          
           saith
           were
           then
           discouered
           ,
           although
           
             Christopher
             Columbus
          
           afterwards
           by
           his
           trauaile
           got
           more
           exact
           knowledge
           of
           them
           ,
           and
           hath
           left
           vs
           an
           euident
           notice
           where
           they
           be
           .
           But
           all
           these
           historians
           ,
           which
           wrote
           of
           these
           Antiles
           before
           ,
           as
           of
           doubtfull
           and
           vncertaine
           things
           ,
           and
           of
           places
           vndiscouered
           ,
           doe
           now
           plainly
           confesse
           the
           same
           to
           be
           the
           countrey
           of
           
             Noua
             Spagna
          
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           yéere
           520.
           before
           the
           incarnation
           ,
           
           and
           after
           the
           setting
           out
           of
           the
           aforesaid
           army
           ,
           Cambyses
           king
           of
           Persia
           tooke
           Egypt
           ,
           after
           whom
           succéeded
           Darius
           the
           sonne
           of
           Histaspis
           ,
           and
           he
           determined
           to
           make
           an
           end
           of
           the
           enterprise
           which
           king
           Sesostris
           had
           begun
           ,
           if
           they
           had
           not
           told
           him
           that
           the
           
             Red
             sea
          
           was
           higher
           then
           the
           land
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           and
           that
           by
           meanes
           of
           the
           salt
           sea
           comming
           into
           the
           riuer
           Nilus
           ,
           all
           the
           prouince
           would
           haue
           béen
           lost
           and
           vndone
           for
           hunger
           and
           thirst
           .
           For
           the
           fresh
           water
           of
           the
           riuer
           Nilus
           doth
           ouerflowe
           the
           whole
           countrey
           ,
           and
           the
           inhabitants
           haue
           no
           other
           water
           then
           that
           for
           their
           drinke
           :
           whereupon
           he
           left
           his
           first
           purpose
           of
           prosecuting
           that
           enterprise
           .
        
         
           Now
           by
           the
           way
           I
           shall
           not
           swarue
           much
           from
           my
           matter
           ,
           
           if
           I
           speake
           a
           word
           or
           two
           of
           some
           things
           incident
           to
           this
           discourse
           .
           
           The
           Egyptians
           say
           that
           they
           had
           in
           their
           countrey
           certaine
           vermine
           like
           vnto
           rats
           ,
           whereof
           many
           be
           halfe
           like
           earth
           and
           the
           other
           halfe
           like
           a
           vermine
           .
           One
           kinde
           of
           them
           
           kéepe
           the
           water
           ,
           and
           another
           kinde
           the
           land
           .
           For
           my
           part
           I
           thinke
           that
           these
           be
           they
           ,
           which
           breake
           the
           serpents
           egges
           ,
           whereof
           there
           are
           many
           in
           the
           riuer
           Nilus
           ,
           which
           also
           be
           called
           Crocodiles
           :
           which
           in
           times
           past
           by
           report
           were
           so
           inchanted
           ,
           that
           thereby
           they
           could
           not
           hurt
           any
           person
           .
           But
           when
           they
           were
           deliuered
           from
           their
           inchantment
           made
           by
           the
           Egyptians
           arte
           ,
           
           and
           letters
           ,
           then
           they
           endeuoured
           to
           kill
           people
           ,
           wilde
           beasts
           and
           cattell
           ,
           doing
           very
           much
           harme
           ,
           specially
           those
           which
           liue
           in
           the
           water
           ,
           which
           oftentimes
           come
           to
           the
           land
           ,
           and
           liuing
           altogether
           on
           land
           become
           very
           strong
           poison
           .
           The
           people
           beyond
           the
           citie
           of
           Cairo
           vse
           to
           fish
           for
           them
           and
           eate
           them
           ,
           and
           they
           take
           their
           heads
           ,
           and
           set
           them
           vpon
           the
           walles
           of
           their
           citie
           .
        
         
           Of
           these
           Crocodiles
           it
           is
           written
           ,
           
           that
           they
           lay
           themselues
           along
           by
           the
           riuer
           with
           their
           mouthes
           open
           ,
           and
           that
           there
           come
           vnto
           them
           certaine
           white
           birds
           ,
           
           litle
           bigger
           then
           thrusshes
           ,
           which
           flie
           into
           the
           mouth
           of
           the
           Crocodile
           ,
           and
           picke
           out
           the
           filthines
           which
           is
           betwéene
           his
           téeth
           ,
           and
           in
           his
           iawes
           ,
           wherewith
           he
           is
           greatly
           pleased
           ;
           but
           for
           all
           that
           the
           Crocodile
           would
           close
           his
           mouth
           and
           deuoure
           the
           bird
           ,
           if
           nature
           had
           not
           prouided
           the
           bird
           a
           sharpe
           pricke
           as
           it
           were
           ,
           growing
           out
           of
           his
           head
           ,
           wherewith
           he
           pricketh
           the
           Crocodile
           in
           the
           mouth
           ;
           which
           causeth
           him
           to
           gape
           wide
           ,
           and
           so
           the
           bird
           flieth
           away
           without
           harme
           ;
           yet
           there
           come
           by
           and
           by
           other
           of
           those
           birds
           ,
           which
           make
           an
           end
           of
           cleansing
           his
           mouth
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           same
           riuer
           there
           are
           also
           many
           beastes
           like
           vnto
           horses
           ;
           
           and
           vpon
           the
           land
           certaine
           fowles
           like
           vnto
           cranes
           ,
           which
           warre
           continually
           with
           serpents
           ,
           
           that
           come
           thither
           from
           Arabia
           ,
           and
           kill
           many
           of
           them
           .
           Which
           birds
           as
           also
           the
           vermine
           ,
           which
           eate
           the
           egges
           of
           the
           Crocodiles
           ,
           are
           greatly
           estéemed
           of
           the
           Egyptians
           .
        
         
           But
           now
           to
           returne
           to
           my
           matter
           ,
           and
           to
           procéede
           in
           the
           discoueries
           ;
           In
           the
           yéere
           485.
           before
           the
           incarnation
           of
           Christ
           Xerxes
           the
           king
           of
           Persia
           commanded
           Sataspis
           his
           nephew
           to
           goe
           and
           search
           ,
           and
           discouer
           India
           :
           who
           according
           to
           the
           precept
           vndertooke
           the
           voyage
           ,
           and
           went
           through
           the
           straight
           of
           Gibraltar
           ,
           and
           passed
           the
           promontorie
           of
           Africa
           ,
           which
           now
           we
           call
           the
           Cape
           of
           
             Bona
             Sperança
          
           ,
           standing
           southward
           betwixt
           34.
           and
           35.
           degrées
           in
           latitude
           ,
           and
           being
           weary
           of
           so
           great
           a
           nauigation
           turned
           from
           thence
           backe
           againe
           ,
           as
           
             Bartholomew
             
             Diaz
          
           did
           in
           our
           daies
           .
        
         
           Before
           the
           comming
           of
           Christ
           443.
           yéeres
           Himilco
           and
           Hanno
           his
           brother
           Carthaginian
           captaines
           gouerning
           that
           part
           of
           Spaine
           ,
           
           which
           is
           now
           called
           Andaluzia
           ,
           departed
           from
           thence
           each
           one
           with
           his
           nauie
           .
           Himilco
           sailing
           towards
           the
           north
           discouered
           the
           coasts
           of
           
             Spaine
             ,
             France
             ,
             England
             ,
             Flanders
          
           and
           Germanie
           .
           And
           some
           write
           farther
           ,
           that
           he
           sailed
           vnto
           Gotland
           ,
           &
           came
           to
           the
           Island
           of
           Thule
           ,
           or
           Island
           ,
           standing
           vnder
           the
           circle
           Arcticke
           in
           24.
           degrées
           from
           the
           north
           pole
           ,
           and
           continued
           in
           his
           nauigation
           two
           yéeres
           ,
           til
           he
           came
           vnto
           this
           Island
           ,
           where
           the
           day
           hath
           in
           Iune
           22.
           houres
           ,
           and
           in
           December
           the
           night
           also
           hath
           22.
           houres
           ,
           whereby
           it
           is
           there
           woonderfully
           cold
           .
        
         
           Now
           the
           other
           brother
           Hanno
           tooke
           his
           course
           towarde
           Africa
           and
           Guiney
           ,
           and
           he
           discouered
           the
           
             Fortunate
             Islands
          
           ,
           which
           we
           call
           the
           Canaries
           ,
           and
           besides
           these
           he
           discouered
           others
           ,
           
           as
           the
           
             Dorcades
             ,
             Hesperides
          
           ,
           &
           the
           Gorgades
           ,
           which
           now
           be
           called
           the
           Isles
           of
           
             Cape
             Verde
          
           .
           There
           he
           with
           his
           company
           went
           along
           the
           coast
           till
           they
           doubled
           the
           Cape
           of
           
             Bona
             Sperança
          
           ,
           and
           taking
           their
           course
           towards
           the
           land
           ,
           they
           went
           along
           by
           it
           vnto
           another
           Cape
           named
           Aromaticum
           ,
           which
           is
           now
           called
           Guardafu
           ,
           standing
           southeast
           from
           Cape
           Verde
           in
           14.
           degrées
           toward
           the
           north
           ;
           and
           he
           came
           to
           the
           coast
           of
           Arabia
           standing
           in
           16.
           and
           17.
           degrées
           ;
           and
           was
           fiue
           yéeres
           in
           this
           voiage
           ,
           before
           he
           returned
           backe
           into
           Spaine
           .
           
           There
           be
           others
           that
           say
           ,
           that
           he
           passed
           not
           beyond
           
             Sierra
             Leona
          
           ,
           but
           peopled
           it
           ,
           and
           afterwards
           discouered
           as
           far
           as
           the
           line
           .
           But
           it
           séemeth
           he
           made
           a
           full
           nauigation
           ,
           because
           he
           spent
           so
           much
           time
           in
           his
           trauaile
           .
           It
           is
           reported
           that
           the
           inhabitants
           of
           the
           Cape
           of
           
             Bona
             Sperança
          
           are
           great
           witches
           ,
           and
           inchanters
           of
           certaine
           snakes
           ,
           which
           they
           bring
           to
           such
           seruice
           ,
           
           and
           commandement
           ,
           that
           they
           kéepe
           their
           Churches
           and
           Churchyards
           ,
           gardens
           ,
           orchards
           ,
           barnes
           ,
           and
           cattel
           as
           well
           from
           wilde
           beasts
           ,
           as
           from
           théeues
           .
           For
           if
           they
           see
           any
           to
           doe
           or
           to
           intend
           hurt
           ,
           the
           snake
           windes
           her selfe
           to
           him
           or
           them
           ,
           holding
           them
           as
           prisoners
           ,
           and
           commanding
           her
           yoong
           ones
           to
           call
           their
           masters
           vntill
           they
           be
           taken
           .
           If
           the
           théeues
           be
           many
           ,
           or
           the
           wilde
           beastes
           of
           so
           much
           strength
           ,
           that
           they
           dare
           not
           meddle
           with
           them
           ,
           then
           they
           goe
           vnto
           the
           house
           of
           him
           with
           whom
           they
           doe
           liue
           :
           and
           if
           it
           be
           in
           the
           night
           time
           ,
           
           they
           giue
           so
           many
           strokes
           ,
           that
           at
           the
           last
           they
           doe
           awake
           them
           ,
           to
           cause
           them
           to
           prouide
           for
           their
           defence
           .
        
         
           A
           certaine
           Italian
           called
           
             Aloisius
             Cadamusta
          
           writeth
           ,
           that
           he
           being
           in
           the
           discouerie
           of
           Guiney
           in
           the
           kingdome
           of
           Budimol
           lay
           in
           the
           house
           of
           Bisborol
           his
           sonnes
           sonne
           ;
           and
           lying
           in
           his
           bed
           he
           heard
           a
           great
           noise
           and
           many
           blowes
           giuen
           about
           the
           house
           ;
           whereupon
           Bisborol
           rose
           ,
           and
           went
           out
           :
           and
           when
           he
           came
           againe
           ,
           Cadamusta
           demanded
           of
           him
           ,
           where
           he
           had
           béen
           ;
           and
           he
           answered
           that
           he
           had
           béen
           with
           his
           Cobras
           or
           snakes
           which
           called
           him
           .
           In
           the
           Indias
           there
           be
           many
           of
           these
           kinde
           of
           snakes
           ,
           and
           some
           full
           of
           poison
           ,
           which
           notwithstanding
           the
           Indian
           people
           vse
           to
           carrie
           about
           their
           necks
           ,
           and
           put
           them
           into
           their
           bosomes
           and
           vnder
           their
           armes
           :
           which
           at
           some
           soundes
           that
           the
           people
           make
           will
           daunce
           ,
           and
           doe
           diuers
           things
           at
           commandement
           .
        
         
           There
           was
           a
           Portugall
           that
           somtime
           told
           me
           ,
           that
           beyond
           the
           Cape
           of
           
             Bona
             Sperança
          
           towards
           
             Sofala
             ,
             Quiloa
          
           ,
           and
           Melinde
           ,
           where
           he
           had
           béen
           ,
           there
           were
           certaine
           birds
           ,
           which
           would
           come
           to
           the
           
             Black
             Moores
          
           at
           their
           call
           ,
           
           and
           according
           as
           the
           Moores
           did
           remooue
           ,
           so
           the
           birds
           would
           doe
           ,
           from
           one
           trée
           to
           another
           :
           and
           they
           vsed
           to
           follow
           them
           till
           they
           did
           light
           vpon
           some
           trée
           ,
           from
           whence
           they
           could
           not
           remooue
           .
           And
           as
           the
           Negros
           went
           vp
           the
           trée
           they
           should
           finde
           waxe
           and
           honie
           thereupon
           ,
           not
           knowing
           whether
           it
           grewe
           there
           naturally
           or
           not
           .
           In
           the
           same
           countrey
           also
           vnder
           ground
           in
           Ant-holes
           they
           did
           finde
           much
           honie
           and
           waxe
           ,
           which
           the
           Antes
           did
           make
           ,
           being
           somewhat
           bitter
           .
           Vpon
           the
           sea
           coast
           also
           they
           found
           certaine
           fishes
           ,
           which
           commonly
           went
           vpright
           in
           the
           water
           ,
           
           hauing
           the
           faces
           and
           natures
           of
           women
           ,
           which
           the
           fishermen
           of
           those
           places
           were
           acquainted
           with
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           yéere
           355.
           before
           Christ
           it
           is
           said
           that
           the
           Spanyards
           sailed
           through
           the
           maine
           sea
           till
           they
           came
           vnto
           the
           flats
           of
           India
           ,
           
           Arabia
           ,
           
           and
           those
           coasts
           adioyning
           ,
           whereunto
           they
           caried
           diuers
           marchandises
           ,
           which
           trade
           they
           vsed
           in
           great
           ships
           .
           And
           sailing
           to
           the
           northwest
           they
           came
           vnto
           certaine
           flats
           ,
           which
           with
           the
           flowing
           of
           the
           sea
           were
           couered
           ,
           and
           with
           the
           ebbe
           were
           discouered
           ,
           finding
           there
           many
           Tunnies
           of
           great
           bignes
           ,
           where
           they
           commonly
           vsed
           to
           fish
           them
           to
           their
           great
           profit
           ,
           because
           they
           were
           the
           first
           vntill
           that
           time
           that
           they
           had
           séene
           ,
           and
           were
           greatly
           esteemed
           .
        
         
         
           The
           time
           of
           
             Alexander
             Magnus
          
           ,
           as
           appiereth
           by
           the
           ages
           of
           the
           world
           ,
           was
           before
           the
           comming
           of
           Christ
           324.
           yéeres
           :
           we
           all
           know
           that
           he
           was
           borne
           in
           Europe
           :
           but
           he
           trauailed
           into
           Asia
           &
           Africa
           ,
           and
           passed
           through
           
             Armenia
             ,
             Assyria
             ,
             Persia
          
           ,
           &
           Bactria
           ,
           standing
           northerly
           in
           44.
           degrées
           of
           latitude
           ,
           which
           is
           the
           farthest
           countrey
           in
           longitude
           wherein
           he
           was
           in
           all
           his
           iourneyes
           .
           From
           thence
           he
           descended
           into
           India
           by
           the
           mountaines
           of
           Imaus
           ,
           and
           the
           valleyes
           of
           Paropanisus
           ,
           and
           prepared
           a
           nauie
           in
           the
           riuer
           Indus
           ,
           and
           therewith
           passed
           into
           the
           Ocean
           sea
           ,
           where
           he
           turned
           by
           the
           lands
           of
           
             Gedrosia
             ,
             Caramania
          
           ,
           &
           Persia
           ,
           vnto
           the
           great
           citie
           of
           Babylon
           ,
           leauing
           Onesicritus
           and
           Nearcus
           captaines
           of
           his
           fléete
           ,
           which
           afterwards
           came
           vnto
           him
           by
           the
           straight
           of
           the
           Persian
           sea
           ,
           and
           vp
           the
           riuer
           of
           Euphrates
           ,
           leauing
           that
           countrey
           and
           coast
           discouered
           .
        
         
           After
           this
           ,
           Ptolemey
           raigned
           king
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           who
           by
           some
           is
           reputed
           to
           haue
           béen
           bastard
           sonne
           vnto
           Philip
           father
           of
           the
           foresaid
           Alexander
           the
           great
           .
           
           This
           Ptolemey
           imitating
           the
           forenamed
           kings
           Sesostris
           aud
           Darius
           ,
           made
           a
           trench
           or
           ditch
           of
           an
           hundred
           foote
           broad
           and
           of
           thirty
           foote
           déepe
           ,
           and
           ten
           or
           twelue
           leagues
           in
           length
           till
           he
           came
           to
           
             The
             bitter
             Welles
          
           ,
           pretending
           to
           haue
           his
           worke
           run
           into
           the
           sea
           from
           a
           mouth
           of
           the
           riuer
           Nilus
           ,
           called
           Pelusium
           ,
           passing
           now
           by
           the
           citie
           Damiata
           .
           But
           this
           thing
           tooke
           none
           effect
           :
           for
           that
           the
           
             Red
             sea
          
           was
           thought
           to
           be
           higher
           by
           thrée
           cubits
           then
           the
           land
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           which
           would
           haue
           ouerflowed
           all
           the
           countrey
           ,
           to
           the
           ruine
           and
           losse
           thereof
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           yéere
           277.
           
           before
           the
           incarnation
           succéeded
           in
           the
           gouernment
           of
           the
           kingdome
           one
           Philadelphus
           ,
           who
           brought
           to
           passe
           that
           the
           marchandises
           should
           come
           out
           of
           Europe
           to
           the
           citie
           of
           Alexandria
           vpwards
           by
           the
           riuer
           Nilus
           vnto
           a
           city
           named
           Coptus
           ,
           
           and
           from
           thence
           to
           be
           conueyed
           by
           land
           to
           a
           hauen
           standing
           vpon
           the
           
             Red
             sea
          
           called
           Myos-Hormos
           ;
           which
           way
           was
           trauailed
           in
           the
           night
           ,
           the
           pilots
           directing
           themselues
           by
           the
           stars
           ,
           which
           were
           expert
           in
           that
           practise
           .
           And
           because
           water
           was
           scant
           that
           way
           ,
           they
           vsed
           to
           carrie
           it
           with
           them
           for
           all
           the
           companie
           ,
           till
           at
           the
           last
           to
           auoide
           that
           trouble
           they
           digged
           very
           déepe
           wels
           ,
           and
           made
           large
           cisterns
           for
           the
           receipt
           of
           raine
           water
           ,
           by
           which
           the
           way
           furnished
           with
           that
           commoditie
           ,
           which
           at
           the
           first
           it
           wanted
           grewe
           in
           
           continuance
           of
           time
           to
           be
           the
           more
           frequented
           .
        
         
           But
           whereas
           the
           straight
           way
           was
           dangerons
           by
           reason
           of
           flats
           and
           islands
           ,
           the
           aforesaid
           king
           Philadelphus
           with
           his
           armies
           went
           on
           the
           side
           of
           Troglodytica
           ,
           and
           in
           an
           hauen
           called
           Berenice
           caused
           the
           ships
           to
           arriue
           which
           came
           out
           of
           India
           ,
           being
           a
           place
           of
           more
           suretie
           and
           lesse
           perill
           ;
           from
           whence
           they
           might
           easily
           carrie
           the
           wares
           to
           the
           citie
           of
           Coptus
           ,
           
           and
           so
           to
           Alexandria
           .
           And
           by
           this
           meane
           Alexandria
           grew
           so
           famous
           and
           rich
           ,
           that
           in
           those
           daies
           there
           was
           no
           citie
           of
           the
           world
           comparable
           to
           it
           .
           And
           to
           speake
           briefly
           and
           particularly
           of
           the
           abundance
           of
           trafficke
           there
           vsed
           ,
           it
           is
           left
           written
           for
           an
           assured
           truth
           ,
           
           that
           in
           the
           time
           of
           king
           
             Ptolemey
             Auletes
          
           father
           vnto
           Cleopatra
           ,
           it
           yéelded
           in
           customes
           vnto
           him
           yéerly
           seuen
           millions
           and
           an
           halfe
           of
           gold
           ,
           although
           the
           trafficke
           was
           not
           then
           scant
           twenty
           yéeres
           old
           ,
           by
           way
           of
           that
           citie
           .
        
         
           But
           after
           that
           this
           prouince
           and
           countrey
           became
           subiect
           to
           the
           Emperours
           of
           Rome
           ,
           
           as
           they
           were
           greater
           in
           power
           ,
           and
           néerer
           in
           couetousnes
           ,
           so
           they
           enhansed
           the
           customes
           :
           so
           that
           within
           a
           little
           time
           the
           citie
           yéelded
           double
           the
           foresaide
           summe
           .
           For
           the
           traffike
           grew
           so
           excéeding
           great
           ,
           that
           they
           sent
           euery
           yéere
           into
           India
           120.
           ships
           laden
           with
           wares
           ,
           which
           began
           to
           set
           saile
           from
           Myos-Hormos
           about
           the
           middle
           of
           Iuly
           ,
           
           and
           returned
           backe
           againe
           within
           one
           yéere
           .
        
         
           The
           marchandise
           which
           they
           did
           carrie
           amounted
           vnto
           one
           million
           two
           hundred
           thousand
           crownes
           ,
           and
           there
           was
           made
           in
           returne
           of
           euery
           crowne
           an
           hundred
           .
           In
           so
           much
           that
           by
           reason
           of
           this
           increase
           of
           wealth
           the
           matrones
           or
           noble
           women
           of
           that
           time
           and
           place
           ,
           
           spent
           infinitely
           in
           decking
           themselues
           with
           precious
           stones
           ,
           purple
           ,
           pearles
           muske
           ,
           amber
           ,
           and
           the
           like
           :
           whereof
           the
           writers
           and
           historians
           of
           that
           age
           speake
           very
           greatly
           .
        
         
           
             Cornelius
             Nepos
          
           ,
           
           alleaged
           by
           Plinie
           ,
           maketh
           report
           of
           a
           king
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           that
           raigned
           in
           his
           time
           called
           
             Ptolemaeus
             Lathyrus
          
           ,
           from
           whom
           one
           Eudoxus
           fled
           vpon
           occasion
           ,
           and
           the
           better
           to
           auoid
           and
           escape
           his
           hands
           he
           passed
           through
           the
           Arabicke
           gulfe
           ,
           and
           the
           sea
           ,
           all
           along
           the
           coast
           of
           Africa
           and
           the
           Cape
           of
           
             Bona
             Sperança
          
           till
           he
           came
           vnto
           the
           Island
           of
           Cadiz
           :
           and
           this
           nauigation
           by
           that
           course
           was
           in
           those
           daies
           as
           often
           vsed
           as
           now
           it
           is
           ,
           if
           we
           may
           giue
           credit
           to
           the
           histories
           .
           
           Which
           appiereth
           the
           more
           manifest
           by
           this
           ,
           that
           
             Caius
             Caesar
          
           the
           sonne
           of
           Augustus
           going
           into
           Arabia
           did
           finde
           in
           the
           
             Red
             sea
          
           certaine
           péeces
           of
           those
           ships
           ,
           which
           came
           thither
           out
           of
           Spaine
           .
           It
           was
           a
           vse
           also
           long
           after
           those
           daies
           to
           passe
           to
           India
           by
           land
           .
           For
           so
           did
           the
           kings
           of
           the
           Soldans
           ,
           and
           the
           princes
           of
           Bactria
           ,
           and
           other
           famous
           captaines
           ,
           who
           trauailing
           thither
           and
           into
           Scythia
           by
           land
           ,
           had
           the
           view
           of
           those
           prouinces
           and
           countreyes
           ,
           so
           farre
           till
           they
           came
           that
           way
           vnto
           the
           *
           West
           ,
           and
           to
           the
           seas
           thereof
           on
           the
           north
           part
           ,
           whereunto
           many
           marchants
           then
           did
           trauaile
           .
           
             Marcus
             Paulus
             Venetus
          
           writeth
           much
           hereof
           .
           
           And
           although
           at
           the
           first
           his
           booke
           was
           taken
           for
           a
           fabulous
           thing
           ,
           yet
           now
           there
           is
           better
           credit
           giuen
           vnto
           it
           ,
           for
           that
           by
           the
           late
           experiences
           of
           the
           trauailers
           and
           marchants
           of
           these
           daies
           into
           those
           parts
           ,
           the
           names
           of
           the
           countreyes
           ,
           cities
           and
           townes
           ,
           with
           their
           situations
           ,
           latitudes
           and
           commodities
           are
           now
           found
           true
           ,
           as
           he
           and
           other
           historiographers
           of
           that
           time
           haue
           reported
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           200.
           yéere
           before
           the
           incarnation
           it
           is
           written
           ,
           that
           the
           Romanes
           sent
           an
           armie
           by
           sea
           into
           India
           against
           the
           great
           Can
           of
           Cathaia
           ,
           which
           passing
           through
           the
           straight
           of
           Gibraltar
           ,
           and
           running
           to
           the
           northwest
           ,
           found
           right
           ouer
           against
           the
           Cape
           Finisterre
           ten
           Islands
           ,
           wherein
           was
           much
           tinne
           :
           And
           they
           may
           be
           those
           which
           were
           called
           the
           Cassiterides
           ,
           
           &
           being
           come
           to
           50.
           degrées
           of
           latitude
           they
           found
           a
           *
           Straight
           ;
           and
           passing
           through
           it
           towards
           the
           west
           ,
           they
           arriued
           in
           the
           Empire
           of
           India
           ,
           and
           fought
           with
           the
           king
           of
           Cathay
           ,
           and
           so
           came
           backe
           againe
           vnto
           the
           citie
           of
           Rome
           .
           Which
           thing
           howsoeuer
           it
           may
           séeme
           either
           possible
           or
           not
           possible
           ,
           true
           or
           not
           true
           ,
           
           yet
           so
           I
           finde
           it
           left
           to
           vs
           recorded
           in
           the
           *
           histories
           of
           that
           time
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           100.
           yéere
           after
           the
           incarnation
           of
           Christ
           the
           Emperour
           Traiane
           prepared
           an
           armie
           by
           sea
           vpon
           the
           riuers
           Euphrates
           and
           Tigris
           ,
           
           and
           departed
           from
           them
           ,
           and
           sailed
           to
           the
           Islands
           of
           Zyzara
           ,
           and
           passing
           the
           straight
           of
           Persia
           entred
           into
           the
           Ocean
           sea
           and
           sailed
           towards
           India
           all
           along
           the
           coast
           till
           he
           came
           to
           that
           place
           where
           Alexander
           had
           béen
           ,
           and
           there
           he
           tooke
           certaine
           ships
           which
           came
           from
           Bengala
           ,
           of
           whom
           he
           learned
           the
           state
           of
           that
           countrey
           .
           But
           because
           he
           was
           then
           in
           yéeres
           and
           wearie
           with
           his
           trauaile
           ,
           but
           especially
           
           because
           he
           found
           there
           small
           reliefe
           for
           his
           armie
           ,
           he
           returned
           backe
           .
        
         
           After
           that
           the
           Romanes
           had
           gotten
           the
           most
           part
           of
           the
           world
           ,
           there
           were
           in
           that
           age
           made
           many
           ,
           and
           notable
           discoueries
           .
           But
           then
           came
           the
           
             Gothes
             ,
             Moores
          
           ,
           and
           other
           barbarous
           nations
           ,
           and
           destroied
           all
           .
           For
           in
           the
           yéere
           412.
           after
           the
           incarnation
           of
           Christ
           ,
           
           they
           tooke
           the
           citie
           of
           Rome
           :
           And
           the
           Vandales
           came
           out
           of
           Spaine
           and
           conquered
           Africa
           .
        
         
           And
           in
           the
           yeere
           450.
           the
           king
           called
           Atila
           destroied
           many
           cities
           in
           Italie
           :
           
           at
           which
           time
           the
           citie
           of
           Venice
           began
           .
           And
           in
           this
           age
           the
           Frankes
           and
           Vandals
           entred
           into
           France
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           yéere
           474.
           the
           Empire
           of
           Rome
           was
           lost
           ,
           and
           fell
           from
           the
           Romanes
           to
           the
           Gothes
           .
        
         
           And
           after
           this
           came
           the
           Lombards
           into
           Italie
           ,
           namely
           in
           the
           yéere
           560.
           
        
         
           Also
           about
           this
           time
           the
           sect
           of
           the
           Arrians
           preuailed
           greatly
           :
           and
           at
           this
           time
           one
           Merline
           of
           England
           was
           famous
           for
           his
           prophecies
           .
        
         
           To
           be
           short
           ,
           
           in
           the
           yéere
           611.
           sproong
           vp
           the
           Mahumetane
           sect
           and
           Morisco
           regiment
           ,
           which
           by
           force
           inuaded
           both
           Africa
           and
           Spaine
           .
        
         
           By
           all
           this
           it
           may
           appéere
           ,
           that
           in
           that
           age
           all
           the
           world
           was
           in
           an
           hurly
           burly
           ,
           and
           all
           places
           very
           tumultuous
           .
           In
           so
           much
           that
           trafficke
           and
           marchandise
           ceased
           :
           
           for
           no
           nation
           durst
           trade
           one
           with
           another
           neither
           by
           sea
           nor
           land
           :
           nothing
           as
           then
           remained
           stedfast
           neither
           in
           monarchies
           nor
           kingdomes
           ,
           
           signiories
           ,
           religions
           ,
           lawes
           ,
           artes
           ,
           sciences
           ,
           nor
           nauigations
           .
           Nor
           so
           much
           as
           the
           records
           and
           writings
           of
           such
           things
           did
           remaine
           ,
           but
           were
           all
           burnt
           and
           consumed
           by
           the
           barbarous
           crueltie
           and
           vnbrideled
           power
           of
           the
           Gothes
           :
           who
           became
           so
           couetous
           and
           ambitious
           ,
           that
           they
           purposed
           of
           themselues
           to
           begin
           a
           new
           world
           ,
           and
           to
           roote
           out
           the
           memorie
           ,
           and
           blot
           out
           the
           knowledge
           of
           all
           other
           nations
           besides
           .
        
         
           But
           they
           that
           succéeded
           after
           these
           times
           in
           the
           gouernment
           of
           things
           ,
           perceiuing
           the
           great
           and
           huge
           losse
           ,
           that
           the
           Christian
           world
           had
           by
           the
           want
           of
           trafficke
           and
           ceasing
           of
           nauigation
           ,
           whereby
           those
           commodities
           and
           marchandises
           could
           not
           be
           spent
           ,
           which
           before
           went
           ordinarily
           from
           one
           nation
           to
           another
           by
           the
           vse
           of
           trade
           :
           to
           the
           end
           that
           this
           
           decay
           and
           losse
           might
           be
           repaired
           ,
           and
           the
           treasures
           of
           the
           East
           might
           be
           imparted
           with
           the
           West
           ,
           as
           it
           was
           woont
           in
           the
           times
           of
           quietnes
           and
           peaceable
           liuing
           ,
           they
           began
           to
           deuise
           a
           way
           to
           passe
           to
           India
           ,
           which
           was
           not
           as
           the
           former
           way
           was
           by
           the
           
             Red
             sea
          
           and
           the
           riuer
           Nilus
           ,
           but
           a
           way
           of
           farther
           sailing
           &
           farther
           length
           and
           cost
           also
           .
           For
           they
           brought
           their
           ware
           vp
           the
           riuer
           Indus
           ,
           
           and
           there
           vnladed
           it
           ,
           carrying
           it
           by
           land
           through
           the
           countrey
           of
           Paropanisus
           by
           Carauans
           vnto
           the
           prouince
           of
           Bactria
           ,
           and
           then
           shipped
           it
           in
           barks
           on
           the
           riuer
           Oxus
           ,
           
           which
           falleth
           into
           the
           Caspian
           sea
           ,
           and
           so
           sailed
           ouer
           that
           sea
           vnto
           an
           hauen
           of
           the
           riuer
           Rha
           named
           Citracan
           or
           Astracan
           ,
           and
           so
           vpwards
           in
           the
           said
           riuer
           which
           now
           is
           called
           Volga
           ;
           and
           as
           it
           appéereth
           they
           carried
           it
           to
           the
           citie
           of
           Nouogrode
           in
           the
           prouince
           of
           Resan
           ,
           which
           now
           belongeth
           to
           the
           great
           Duke
           of
           Moscouia
           ,
           standing
           toward
           the
           north
           in
           54.
           degrées
           of
           latitude
           :
           &
           therehence
           they
           trauailed
           ouer
           land
           vnto
           the
           prouince
           of
           Sarmatia
           vnto
           the
           riuer
           Tanais
           ,
           which
           is
           the
           diuision
           of
           Europe
           from
           Asia
           ;
           where
           they
           againe
           laded
           it
           in
           barks
           ,
           and
           caried
           it
           downe
           the
           riuer
           ,
           into
           the
           lake
           Maeotis
           ,
           and
           to
           the
           citie
           of
           Caffa
           ,
           which
           in
           ancient
           time
           was
           called
           Theodosia
           ,
           which
           then
           belonged
           to
           the
           Genowais
           ,
           who
           came
           thither
           for
           those
           wares
           in
           their
           galliasses
           or
           great
           ships
           .
        
         
           It
           is
           also
           left
           written
           ,
           that
           the
           trade
           this
           way
           endured
           vntill
           the
           raigne
           of
           Commodita
           Emperour
           of
           Armenia
           ,
           who
           prouided
           for
           a
           better
           course
           ,
           and
           commanded
           this
           trafficke
           of
           the
           spices
           to
           be
           conueied
           by
           the
           Caspian
           sea
           ,
           
           and
           so
           through
           the
           kingdome
           of
           Hiberia
           ,
           which
           now
           is
           called
           Georgiana
           ,
           and
           from
           thence
           they
           entred
           by
           the
           riuer
           Phasis
           ,
           now
           Phasso
           ,
           into
           
             Pontus
             Euxinus
          
           ,
           
           and
           so
           vnto
           the
           city
           of
           Trapezunda
           standing
           in
           40.
           and
           odde
           degrées
           of
           northerly
           latitude
           .
           And
           to
           that
           place
           came
           shipping
           for
           the
           marchandises
           out
           of
           Europe
           and
           Africa
           .
        
         
           It
           is
           further
           left
           recorded
           concerning
           this
           way
           of
           trafficke
           ,
           
           that
           Nicanor
           determined
           or
           had
           already
           begun
           to
           open
           aboue
           120.
           miles
           of
           land
           ,
           which
           lieth
           betwéene
           the
           Caspian
           sea
           and
           
             Pontus
             Euxinus
          
           ,
           that
           they
           might
           come
           and
           goe
           by
           water
           with
           their
           spices
           ,
           drugs
           ,
           and
           other
           commodities
           ,
           there
           vsed
           .
           But
           in
           the
           meane
           time
           this
           mischiefe
           happened
           ,
           that
           
             Ptolemey
             Ceraunos
          
           killed
           him
           ,
           and
           by
           his
           death
           this
           woorthy
           and
           famous
           enterprise
           ceased
           without
           effect
           .
        
         
         
           But
           the
           other
           way
           being
           also
           at
           last
           lost
           by
           reason
           of
           the
           wars
           of
           the
           Turks
           ,
           
           it
           pleased
           God
           to
           open
           another
           way
           to
           these
           marchandises
           from
           the
           Isle
           of
           Samatra
           ,
           the
           citie
           of
           Malacca
           ,
           and
           the
           Island
           of
           Iaua
           vnto
           Bengala
           ,
           and
           so
           carrying
           them
           vp
           the
           riuer
           Ganges
           vnto
           the
           citie
           of
           Agra
           ;
           from
           whence
           they
           trauailed
           ouer
           land
           vnto
           another
           citie
           standing
           néere
           the
           riuer
           Indus
           named
           Boghar
           ,
           where
           they
           discharged
           ,
           bicause
           the
           citie
           of
           *
           Cabor
           standeth
           too
           farre
           within
           the
           land
           ,
           being
           the
           principall
           citie
           of
           the
           Mogores
           .
           From
           thence
           they
           went
           forward
           to
           the
           great
           citie
           of
           Samarcand
           standing
           in
           the
           countrey
           of
           Bactria
           :
           
           and
           there
           the
           marchants
           of
           
             India
             ,
             Persia
          
           ,
           and
           Turkie
           met
           ,
           bringing
           thither
           their
           seuerall
           commodities
           ,
           
           as
           cloth
           of
           gold
           ,
           veluets
           ,
           chamolets
           ,
           scarlet
           ,
           and
           woollen
           clothes
           ,
           which
           were
           carried
           to
           Cathay
           and
           the
           great
           kingdome
           of
           China
           :
           wherehence
           they
           brought
           againe
           gold
           ,
           siluer
           ,
           precious
           stones
           ,
           pearles
           ,
           silke
           ,
           muske
           ,
           and
           many
           other
           things
           of
           great
           value
           ,
           and
           much
           rubarbe
           .
           After
           this
           these
           marchandise
           ,
           
           drugs
           ,
           and
           spiceries
           were
           carried
           in
           ships
           vpon
           the
           Indian
           sea
           vnto
           the
           streight
           of
           Ormus
           ,
           and
           to
           the
           riuers
           Euphrates
           and
           Tigris
           ;
           and
           were
           vnladen
           in
           the
           citie
           of
           Balsara
           standing
           in
           31.
           degrées
           towards
           the
           north
           ,
           and
           from
           thence
           they
           were
           caried
           ouer
           land
           vnto
           the
           cities
           of
           
             Aleppo
             ,
             Damascus
          
           ,
           and
           Barutti
           standing
           on
           the
           same
           side
           in
           35.
           degrées
           :
           And
           there
           the
           Venetian
           gallies
           or
           galliasses
           ,
           which
           transported
           pilgrims
           into
           the
           holy
           land
           ,
           came
           and
           receiued
           of
           those
           goods
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           yéere
           1153.
           in
           the
           time
           of
           
             Fredericke
             Barbarossa
          
           it
           is
           written
           that
           there
           came
           to
           Lubec
           a
           citie
           of
           Germanie
           one
           Canoa
           with
           certaine
           Indians
           ,
           like
           vnto
           a
           long
           barge
           :
           which
           seemed
           to
           haue
           come
           from
           the
           coast
           of
           Baccalaos
           ,
           which
           standeth
           in
           the
           same
           latitude
           that
           Germanie
           doth
           :
           The
           Germaines
           greatly
           woondered
           to
           sée
           such
           a
           barge
           ,
           and
           such
           people
           ,
           not
           knowing
           from
           whence
           they
           came
           ,
           nor
           vnderstanding
           their
           spéech
           ,
           especially
           because
           there
           was
           then
           no
           knowledge
           of
           that
           countrey
           ,
           as
           now
           there
           is
           :
           it
           may
           be
           credible
           that
           though
           the
           boate
           was
           small
           in
           respect
           of
           those
           huge
           seas
           ,
           yet
           the
           winde
           and
           water
           might
           bring
           them
           thither
           :
           as
           we
           sée
           in
           these
           our
           daies
           ,
           that
           the
           Almadie
           which
           is
           but
           a
           small
           boate
           commeth
           notwithstanding
           from
           
             Quiloa
             ,
             Mosambique
          
           ,
           and
           Sofala
           to
           the
           Island
           of
           
             S.
             Helena
          
           ,
           being
           a
           small
           spot
           of
           land
           standing
           in
           the
           maine
           Ocean
           off
           the
           coast
           of
           
             Bona
             Sperança
          
           
           so
           farre
           separated
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           yéere
           1300.
           after
           the
           comming
           of
           Christ
           the
           great
           Soldan
           of
           Cayro
           commanded
           that
           the
           spiceries
           and
           drugs
           ,
           
           and
           marchandises
           of
           India
           should
           be
           carried
           through
           the
           
             Red
             sea
          
           ,
           
           as
           it
           was
           vsed
           before
           :
           at
           which
           time
           they
           vnladed
           on
           the
           Arabian
           side
           ,
           at
           the
           hauen
           of
           Iuda
           ,
           and
           carried
           them
           vnto
           the
           house
           at
           Mecca
           ,
           and
           the
           carriers
           of
           it
           were
           the
           pilgrims
           .
           So
           that
           each
           Prince
           vsed
           a
           custome
           to
           augment
           the
           honour
           ,
           and
           increase
           the
           profite
           of
           his
           countrey
           .
           And
           these
           Soldans
           had
           speciall
           regarde
           to
           Cayro
           ,
           from
           whence
           the
           wares
           were
           carried
           vnto
           the
           countreyes
           of
           
             Egypt
             ,
             Lybia
             ,
             Africa
          
           ,
           the
           kingdomes
           of
           
             Tunez
             ,
             Tremessen
             ,
             Fez
             ,
             Marocco
             ,
             Suz
             :
          
           and
           some
           of
           it
           was
           carried
           beyond
           the
           mountaines
           of
           Atlas
           vnto
           the
           citie
           of
           Tombuto
           ,
           
           and
           the
           kingdome
           of
           the
           Ialophos
           ;
           vntill
           afterwards
           that
           the
           Portugals
           did
           bring
           it
           about
           the
           Cape
           of
           
             Bona
             Sperança
          
           vnto
           the
           citie
           of
           Lisbone
           ,
           as
           in
           place
           conuenient
           we
           purpose
           to
           shew
           more
           at
           large
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           yéere
           1344.
           king
           Peter
           the
           fourth
           of
           that
           name
           reigning
           in
           Arragon
           ,
           the
           Chronicles
           of
           his
           time
           report
           ,
           that
           one
           
             Don
             Luis
          
           of
           Cerda
           ,
           sonne
           vnto
           the
           sonne
           of
           
             Don
             Iohn
          
           of
           Cerda
           ,
           craued
           aide
           of
           him
           to
           goe
           and
           to
           conquers
           the
           Isles
           of
           the
           Canaries
           ,
           
           standing
           in
           28.
           degrées
           of
           latitude
           to
           the
           north
           ,
           because
           they
           were
           giuen
           vnto
           him
           by
           Pope
           Clement
           the
           sixt
           ,
           which
           was
           a
           French
           man.
           Whereby
           in
           those
           daies
           there
           grew
           a
           knowledge
           of
           those
           Islands
           in
           all
           Europe
           ,
           and
           specially
           in
           Spaine
           :
           for
           such
           great
           Princes
           would
           not
           begin
           nor
           enterprise
           things
           of
           such
           moment
           without
           great
           certaintie
           .
        
         
           About
           this
           time
           also
           the
           Island
           of
           Madera
           was
           discouered
           by
           an
           English
           man
           called
           Macham
           :
           
           who
           sailing
           out
           of
           England
           into
           Spaine
           ,
           with
           a
           woman
           of
           his
           ,
           was
           driuen
           out
           of
           his
           direct
           course
           by
           a
           tempest
           ,
           and
           arriued
           in
           that
           Island
           ,
           and
           cast
           his
           anker
           in
           that
           hauen
           ,
           which
           now
           is
           called
           Machico
           after
           the
           name
           of
           Macham
           .
           And
           bicause
           his
           louer
           was
           then
           sea-sicke
           ,
           he
           there
           went
           on
           land
           with
           some
           of
           his
           companie
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           meane
           time
           his
           ship
           weyed
           and
           put
           to
           sea
           ,
           leauing
           him
           there
           :
           whereupon
           his
           louer
           for
           thought
           died
           .
           Macham
           ,
           which
           greatly
           loued
           her
           ,
           built
           in
           the
           Island
           a
           chappell
           or
           hermitage
           to
           burie
           her
           in
           ,
           calling
           it
           by
           the
           name
           of
           
             Iesus
             Chappell
          
           :
           and
           wrote
           or
           graued
           vpon
           the
           stone
           of
           her
           tombe
           his
           name
           and
           hers
           ,
           and
           the
           occasion
           whereupon
           they
           arriued
           there
           .
           After
           
           this
           he
           made
           himselfe
           a
           boate
           all
           of
           a
           trée
           ,
           the
           trées
           being
           there
           of
           a
           great
           compasse
           about
           ,
           and
           went
           to
           sea
           in
           it
           with
           those
           men
           of
           his
           companie
           that
           were
           left
           with
           him
           ,
           and
           fell
           with
           the
           coast
           of
           Africke
           without
           saile
           or
           oare
           ,
           and
           the
           Moores
           among
           whom
           he
           came
           tooke
           it
           for
           a
           miracle
           ,
           and
           presented
           him
           vnto
           the
           king
           of
           that
           countrey
           :
           and
           that
           king
           also
           admiring
           the
           accident
           ,
           sent
           him
           and
           his
           companie
           vnto
           the
           king
           of
           Castile
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           yéere
           1395.
           king
           Henrie
           the
           third
           of
           that
           name
           reigning
           in
           Castile
           ,
           the
           information
           which
           Macham
           gaue
           of
           this
           Island
           ,
           and
           also
           the
           ship
           wherein
           he
           went
           thither
           ,
           mooued
           many
           of
           France
           and
           of
           Castile
           to
           goe
           and
           discouer
           it
           ,
           and
           the
           great
           Canarie
           :
           And
           they
           which
           went
           were
           principally
           the
           Andaluzes
           ,
           the
           Biscaines
           ,
           and
           the
           Guepus●oes
           ,
           carrying
           with
           them
           many
           people
           and
           horses
           .
           But
           I
           know
           not
           whether
           the
           charge
           of
           that
           voiage
           was
           theirs
           or
           the
           kings
           .
           But
           by
           whom
           soeuer
           it
           was
           set
           out
           ,
           
           they
           seeme
           to
           be
           the
           first
           that
           discouered
           the
           Canaries
           and
           landed
           in
           them
           :
           where
           also
           they
           tooke
           150
           of
           the
           Islanders
           prisoners
           .
           Concerning
           the
           time
           of
           this
           discouerie
           ,
           there
           is
           some
           difference
           among
           the
           writers
           :
           for
           some
           affirme
           this
           to
           be
           done
           in
           the
           yeere
           1405.
           
        
         
           
             The
             first
             beginning
             of
             the
             Portugall
             Discoueries
             .
          
           
             THe
             Chronicles
             of
             Portugall
             haue
             this
             record
             ,
             That
             after
             the
             incarnation
             of
             Christ
             1415.
             king
             Iohn
             the
             first
             of
             that
             name
             king
             of
             Portugall
             ,
             departed
             from
             the
             citie
             of
             Lisbon
             with
             the
             Prince
             
               Don
               Duarte
            
             or
             Edward
             ,
             
             and
             
               Don
               Peter
            
             ,
             and
             
               Don
               Henry
            
             his
             sonnes
             ,
             with
             other
             Lords
             ,
             and
             nobles
             of
             his
             realme
             ,
             and
             sailed
             into
             Africa
             ,
             where
             he
             tooke
             the
             great
             citie
             of
             Ceuta
             ,
             
             standing
             on
             the
             north
             side
             thereof
             betwéene
             35.
             and
             36.
             degrees
             in
             latitude
             :
             which
             was
             one
             of
             the
             principall
             causes
             of
             the
             enlarging
             of
             the
             dominions
             of
             Portugall
             .
          
           
             When
             they
             were
             come
             from
             thence
             ,
             Henry
             the
             kings
             third
             sonne
             ,
             desirous
             to
             enlarge
             the
             kingdome
             &
             to
             discouer
             strange
             &
             vnknowne
             countreyes
             ,
             being
             then
             in
             Algarbe
             ,
             gaue
             direction
             for
             the
             discouery
             of
             the
             coast
             of
             Mauritania
             .
             
             For
             in
             those
             daies
             none
             of
             the
             Portugals
             had
             euer
             passed
             the
             Cape
             
               de
               
               Non
            
             ,
             standing
             in
             29.
             degrées
             of
             latitude
             .
             
             And
             for
             the
             better
             accomplishing
             of
             this
             discouerie
             ,
             the
             aforesaid
             Don
             Henry
             prepared
             a
             fléete
             ,
             &
             gaue
             commandement
             to
             the
             chiefe
             captaines
             to
             procéede
             in
             discouerie
             from
             the
             aforesaide
             Cape
             forward
             :
             Which
             they
             did
             .
             But
             when
             they
             came
             to
             another
             Cape
             named
             Bojador
             ,
             
             there
             was
             not
             one
             of
             them
             ,
             that
             durst
             goe
             farther
             or
             beyond
             it
             :
             at
             which
             fearefull
             and
             cowardly
             faintnes
             of
             theirs
             the
             Prince
             was
             excéedingly
             displeased
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1417.
             king
             Iohn
             the
             second
             reigning
             in
             Castile
             ,
             and
             his
             mother
             Ladie
             Katharine
             then
             vsing
             the
             gouernment
             ,
             one
             Monsieur
             Ruben
             of
             Bracamonte
             which
             was
             then
             Admirall
             of
             France
             craued
             the
             conquest
             of
             the
             Islands
             of
             the
             Canaries
             ,
             with
             the
             title
             to
             be
             king
             of
             them
             ,
             for
             a
             kinsman
             of
             his
             called
             Monsieur
             
               Iohn
               Betancourt
            
             :
             which
             being
             granted
             him
             by
             the
             Quéene
             ,
             and
             farther
             also
             partly
             furnished
             out
             ,
             he
             departed
             from
             Siuill
             with
             a
             good
             armie
             :
             But
             the
             chiefe
             or
             principall
             cause
             that
             mooued
             him
             to
             enter
             into
             this
             action
             ,
             was
             to
             discouer
             and
             perfectly
             to
             take
             a
             view
             of
             the
             Island
             of
             Madera
             ,
             whereof
             Macham
             before
             had
             giuen
             so
             much
             information
             .
             But
             for
             all
             that
             he
             went
             vnto
             the
             Canaries
             ,
             and
             carried
             with
             him
             a
             Friar
             called
             Mendo
             to
             be
             as
             Bishop
             thereof
             ,
             admitted
             by
             Pope
             Martine
             the
             fift
             .
             When
             they
             were
             landed
             they
             wonne
             Lancerota
             ,
             
             
               Forteuentura
               ,
               Gomera
            
             ,
             and
             Ferro
             :
             from
             whence
             they
             sent
             into
             Spaine
             many
             slaues
             ,
             honie
             ,
             waxe
             ,
             Camfora
             ,
             or
             Camfire
             ,
             hides
             ,
             Orchall
             ,
             figs
             ,
             
               Sanguis
               Draconis
            
             ,
             and
             other
             marchandises
             ,
             whereof
             they
             made
             good
             profit
             :
             And
             this
             armie
             also
             as
             they
             report
             ,
             
             discouered
             
               Porto
               Santo
            
             .
             The
             Island
             that
             they
             inhabited
             was
             Lancerota
             ,
             where
             they
             built
             in
             it
             a
             castle
             of
             stone
             for
             their
             better
             defence
             and
             securitie
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1418.
             one
             
               Iohn
               Gonzales
               Zarco
            
             ,
             
             and
             
               Tristam
               Vaz
               Teixera
            
             ,
             housholde
             gentlemen
             vnto
             Don
             Henry
             the
             kings
             third
             sonne
             ,
             perceiuing
             the
             desire
             that
             their
             master
             had
             to
             discouer
             new
             countreyes
             ,
             and
             willing
             in
             that
             course
             to
             doe
             him
             some
             seruice
             ,
             craued
             of
             him
             a
             barke
             ,
             and
             licence
             to
             vndertake
             the
             action
             :
             which
             they
             obtained
             ,
             and
             sailed
             to
             the
             coast
             of
             Africa
             :
             where
             they
             were
             ouertaken
             with
             a
             terrible
             tempest
             ;
             but
             they
             were
             succoured
             by
             falling
             with
             the
             land
             ,
             and
             entring
             into
             an
             hauen
             called
             Santo
             ,
             where
             they
             landed
             ,
             and
             remained
             two
             yéeres
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1420.
             they
             discouered
             the
             Island
             of
             Madera
             ,
             
             where
             they
             founde
             the
             chappell
             and
             the
             stone
             and
             tombe
             ,
             
             whereupon
             the
             foresaide
             Macham
             had
             grauen
             his
             name
             .
             
             There
             are
             others
             that
             write
             that
             a
             certaine
             Castillian
             perceiuing
             the
             desire
             and
             fauour
             to
             nauigation
             which
             Don
             Henry
             had
             ,
             told
             him
             that
             they
             had
             found
             the
             Island
             of
             
               Porto
               Santo
            
             ;
             which
             being
             but
             a
             small
             thing
             they
             made
             no
             reckoning
             of
             it
             .
             Don
             Henry
             sent
             
               Bartholomew
               Perestrello
               ,
               Iohn
               Conzales
               Zarco
               ,
               Tristam
               Vaz
               Teixera
               ,
            
             and
             by
             the
             signes
             and
             likelyhoods
             that
             they
             had
             receiued
             ,
             
             they
             went
             to
             
               Porto
               Santo
            
             ,
             and
             there
             remained
             two
             yéeres
             :
             and
             after
             that
             ,
             namely
             in
             the
             yéere
             1420.
             they
             sailed
             also
             to
             the
             Island
             of
             Madera
             ,
             where
             they
             found
             the
             memoriall
             and
             monument
             of
             the
             aforesaide
             Macham
             the
             English
             man.
             
          
           
             As
             for
             Monsieur
             Betancourt
             ,
             who
             entred
             into
             the
             conquest
             of
             the
             Canaries
             as
             is
             aboue
             mentioned
             ,
             he
             was
             slaine
             in
             the
             middest
             of
             the
             action
             ,
             and
             left
             behind
             him
             for
             his
             heire
             a
             kinseman
             of
             his
             called
             Monsieur
             Menante
             ,
             
             who
             after
             that
             sold
             the
             said
             Islands
             of
             the
             Canaries
             vnto
             one
             
               Peter
               Barba
            
             of
             Siuill
             .
             There
             are
             other
             which
             speake
             otherwise
             ,
             and
             say
             that
             Monsieur
             
               Iohn
               Betancourt
            
             went
             into
             France
             to
             prepare
             a
             new
             armie
             about
             this
             conquest
             ,
             and
             left
             there
             a
             nephew
             of
             his
             ;
             who
             because
             he
             heard
             no
             more
             of
             his
             vncle
             ,
             and
             sawe
             that
             he
             could
             not
             maintaine
             the
             warres
             any
             longer
             ,
             he
             solde
             the
             Canaries
             to
             Don
             Henry
             the
             king
             of
             Portugals
             third
             sonne
             ,
             for
             a
             certaine
             thing
             that
             he
             gaue
             him
             in
             the
             Island
             of
             Madera
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1424.
             they
             write
             that
             the
             saide
             Don
             Henry
             prepared
             a
             nauie
             and
             armie
             to
             conquer
             these
             Islands
             ,
             
             wherein
             there
             went
             as
             captaine
             generall
             ,
             one
             Don
             
               Fernando
               de
               Castro
            
             ;
             and
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             valiantnes
             and
             warlike
             behauiour
             of
             the
             people
             they
             had
             the
             repulse
             :
             whereupon
             Don
             Ferdinando
             ,
             considering
             the
             great
             charge
             ,
             and
             little
             or
             no
             good
             successe
             ,
             he
             gaue
             ouer
             the
             action
             ,
             and
             returned
             backe
             againe
             .
             After
             this
             Don
             Henry
             resigned
             ouer
             these
             Islandes
             to
             the
             crowne
             of
             Castile
             ,
             in
             consideration
             of
             the
             aides
             which
             Betancou●t
             had
             receiued
             .
             But
             the
             Castillians
             agrée
             not
             vnto
             this
             report
             .
             For
             they
             say
             ,
             that
             neither
             the
             kings
             of
             Portugall
             ,
             nor
             Don
             Henry
             would
             render
             the
             Islands
             ,
             till
             they
             came
             in
             question
             before
             Pope
             Eugenius
             the
             fourth
             ;
             
             who
             fully
             vnderstanding
             the
             matter
             ,
             gaue
             the
             conquest
             of
             the
             Islands
             by
             order
             of
             iudgement
             vnto
             the
             king
             of
             Castile
             in
             the
             yéere
             1431.
             whereupon
             
             this
             contention
             ceased
             touching
             the
             title
             of
             the
             Canaries
             betwéen●
             the
             kings
             of
             Portugall
             and
             of
             Castile
             .
          
           
             These
             Islands
             being
             in
             number
             seuen
             ,
             were
             called
             by
             the
             name
             of
             Fortunatae
             ,
             standing
             in
             28.
             degrées
             to
             the
             north
             :
             where
             the
             longest
             day
             is
             but
             13.
             howers
             ,
             and
             the
             longest
             night
             as
             much
             ,
             lying
             distant
             from
             Spaine
             200.
             leagues
             ,
             and
             from
             the
             coast
             of
             Africa
             18.
             leagues
             .
             
             The
             people
             were
             idolaters
             ,
             and
             did
             eate
             their
             flesh
             raw
             for
             want
             of
             fire
             :
             they
             had
             no
             iron
             ,
             and
             sowed
             without
             any
             toole
             :
             they
             tilled
             and
             raised
             the
             ground
             with
             oxe
             hornes
             ,
             and
             goats
             hornes
             .
             Euery
             Island
             did
             speake
             a
             seuerall
             language
             .
             They
             tooke
             many
             wiues
             ,
             and
             knew
             them
             not
             carnally
             vntill
             they
             had
             deliuered
             them
             to
             the
             superiours
             .
             They
             had
             diuers
             other
             Paganish
             customes
             :
             but
             now
             the
             Christian
             faith
             is
             planted
             among
             them
             .
          
           
             The
             commodities
             of
             these
             Islands
             are
             wheate
             ,
             
             barley
             ,
             sugar
             ,
             wine
             ,
             and
             certaine
             birdes
             ,
             called
             Canarie
             birdes
             ,
             much
             esteemed
             in
             Spaine
             and
             other
             places
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             Island
             of
             Ferro
             they
             haue
             none
             other
             water
             ,
             but
             that
             which
             procéedeth
             in
             the
             night
             from
             a
             trée
             ,
             
             compassed
             with
             a
             cloud
             ,
             whence
             water
             issueth
             ,
             seruing
             the
             whole
             Island
             both
             men
             and
             cattell
             ,
             a
             thing
             notorious
             and
             knowne
             to
             very
             many
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1428.
             it
             is
             written
             that
             Don
             Peter
             the
             king
             of
             Portugals
             eldest
             sonne
             was
             a
             great
             traueller
             .
             He
             went
             into
             
               England
               ,
               France
               ,
               Almaine
            
             ,
             and
             from
             thence
             into
             the
             
               Holy
               land
            
             ,
             and
             to
             other
             places
             ;
             and
             came
             home
             by
             Italie
             ,
             taking
             Rome
             &
             Venice
             in
             his
             way
             :
             from
             whence
             he
             brought
             a
             map
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             
             which
             had
             all
             the
             parts
             of
             the
             world
             and
             earth
             described
             .
             The
             streight
             of
             Magelan
             was
             called
             in
             it
             
               The
               Dragons
               taile
            
             :
             The
             Cape
             of
             
               Bona
               Sperança
               ,
               The
               forefront
               of
               Afrike
               ,
            
             
             and
             so
             foorth
             of
             other
             places
             :
             by
             which
             map
             Don
             Henry
             the
             kings
             third
             sonne
             was
             much
             helped
             and
             furthered
             in
             his
             discoueries
             .
          
           
             It
             was
             tolde
             me
             by
             
               Francis
               de
               Sosa
               Tauares
            
             ,
             that
             in
             the
             yéere
             1528.
             
             Don
             Fernando
             the
             kings
             sonne
             and
             heire
             did
             shew
             him
             a
             map
             ,
             which
             was
             found
             in
             the
             studie
             of
             Alcobaza
             ,
             which
             had
             béene
             made
             120.
             yéeres
             before
             ,
             which
             map
             did
             set
             foorth
             all
             the
             nauigation
             of
             the
             
               East
               Indies
            
             ,
             
             with
             the
             Cape
             of
             
               Bona
               Sperança
            
             ,
             according
             as
             our
             later
             maps
             haue
             described
             it
             .
             Whereby
             it
             appéereth
             ,
             that
             in
             ancient
             time
             there
             was
             as
             
             much
             or
             more
             discouered
             ,
             
             then
             now
             there
             is
             .
             Notwithstanding
             all
             the
             trauaile
             ,
             paines
             and
             expences
             in
             this
             action
             of
             Don
             Henry
             ,
             yet
             he
             was
             neuer
             wearie
             of
             his
             purposed
             discoueries
             .
             At
             length
             there
             was
             a
             seruant
             of
             his
             called
             Gilianes
             that
             first
             passed
             the
             Cape
             Bojador
             ,
             
             a
             place
             before
             terrible
             to
             all
             men
             :
             and
             he
             brought
             word
             that
             it
             was
             not
             so
             dangerous
             ,
             as
             it
             was
             reported
             :
             for
             on
             the
             other
             side
             of
             it
             he
             went
             on
             land
             ,
             and
             in
             maner
             of
             taking
             possession
             ,
             set
             in
             the
             ground
             a
             crosse
             of
             wood
             ,
             to
             be
             as
             a
             marke
             and
             token
             afterwards
             of
             his
             discouery
             so
             farre
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1433.
             in
             the
             moneth
             of
             August
             Don
             Iohn
             died
             ,
             
             and
             his
             sonne
             Don
             Duarte
             or
             Edward
             succéeded
             him
             in
             the
             kingdome
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1434.
             
             Don
             Henry
             set
             out
             one
             
               Alfonso
               Gonsales
               Baldaia
            
             ,
             
             and
             Gilianes
             aforesaid
             ,
             and
             they
             went
             to
             another
             Cape
             ,
             which
             was
             beyond
             the
             former
             ,
             and
             going
             on
             land
             perceiued
             the
             countrey
             to
             be
             inhabited
             :
             and
             because
             they
             were
             desirous
             to
             satisfie
             Don
             Henry
             with
             as
             much
             relation
             and
             knowledge
             as
             they
             could
             get
             ,
             they
             continued
             their
             voiage
             ,
             and
             went
             forward
             ,
             till
             they
             came
             to
             a
             certaine
             point
             of
             land
             ,
             from
             whence
             they
             turned
             backe
             againe
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1438.
             king
             Edward
             ,
             
             whom
             the
             Portugals
             call
             Don
             Duarte
             died
             ,
             and
             Don
             Alphonso
             the
             prince
             being
             yoong
             ,
             Don
             Peter
             his
             vncle
             gouerned
             the
             kingdome
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1441.
             
             Don
             Henry
             sent
             out
             two
             ships
             ,
             
             and
             the
             captaines
             were
             in
             the
             one
             Tristan
             ,
             and
             
               Antonie
               Gonsales
            
             in
             the
             other
             Being
             put
             to
             sea
             they
             tooke
             a
             prise
             vpon
             the
             coast
             ,
             and
             sailed
             on
             to
             Cape
             Blanco
             ,
             
             that
             is
             the
             
               White
               Cape
            
             ,
             standing
             in
             20.
             degrées
             ,
             and
             informed
             Don
             Henry
             of
             the
             state
             of
             that
             coūtrey
             by
             the
             Moores
             which
             they
             brought
             from
             thence
             .
             Whereupon
             he
             sent
             one
             
               Fernan
               Lopez
               de
               Sauado
            
             to
             giue
             knowledge
             thereof
             to
             Pope
             Martine
             ,
             trusting
             to
             make
             these
             things
             commodious
             to
             
               Holy
               Church
            
             .
             Vpon
             which
             knowledge
             the
             Pope
             granted
             indulgences
             and
             euerlasting
             pardon
             ,
             
             and
             all
             other
             things
             demanded
             of
             him
             ,
             vnto
             those
             which
             should
             die
             in
             this
             enterprise
             .
          
           
             After
             this
             ,
             
             in
             the
             yéere
             1443.
             
             Don
             Henry
             commanded
             
               Antonie
               Gonsales
            
             to
             carrie
             backe
             the
             slaues
             which
             he
             had
             brought
             ,
             and
             to
             ransome
             them
             in
             their
             countrey
             :
             Which
             he
             did
             ,
             and
             the
             Moores
             gaue
             them
             in
             trucke
             for
             them
             againe
             
             blacke
             Moores
             with
             curled
             haire
             ,
             and
             some
             gold
             ;
             so
             that
             now
             that
             place
             is
             called
             
               Rio
               de
               Oro
            
             ,
             
             that
             is
             ,
             the
             
               Golden
               Riuer
            
             ;
             whereby
             the
             desire
             of
             the
             discouerie
             might
             be
             the
             more
             increased
             .
          
           
             Not
             long
             after
             he
             sent
             out
             another
             named
             
               Nunnez
               Tristan
            
             ,
             who
             came
             vnto
             the
             Islands
             of
             Arguin
             ,
             
             where
             he
             tooke
             more
             slaues
             ,
             and
             brought
             them
             to
             Portugall
             in
             the
             yéere
             1444.
             
          
           
             Hereupon
             also
             one
             Lansarote
             ,
             a
             groome
             of
             Don
             Gilians
             chamber
             ,
             with
             others
             associated
             with
             him
             ,
             armed
             out
             certaine
             ships
             ,
             
             which
             went
             coasting
             til
             they
             came
             to
             the
             Islands
             of
             Garze
             ,
             where
             they
             tooke
             two
             hundred
             slaues
             :
             which
             were
             the
             first
             that
             were
             brought
             from
             thence
             to
             Portugall
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1445.
             there
             went
             as
             captaine
             of
             a
             barke
             one
             
               Gonsalo
               de
               Syntra
            
             ,
             
             an
             esquire
             belonging
             to
             Don
             Henry
             into
             those
             parts
             ;
             and
             he
             went
             on
             land
             ,
             where
             he
             was
             taken
             with
             sixe
             or
             seuen
             more
             of
             his
             company
             ,
             which
             place
             was
             therefore
             called
             after
             his
             name
             ,
             
             
               Angra
               de
               Gonsaluo
               de
               Syntra
            
             .
             This
             was
             the
             first
             losse
             ,
             which
             the
             Portugals
             receiued
             in
             their
             discoueries
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             following
             Don
             Henry
             sent
             out
             thrée
             carauels
             ,
             wherein
             went
             as
             captaines
             
               Antonie
               Gonsales
               ,
               Diego
               Aloizio
            
             ,
             and
             
               Gomes
               Perez
            
             ,
             who
             had
             their
             direction
             ,
             not
             to
             enter
             into
             
               Rio
               de
               Oro
            
             ,
             nor
             to
             beare
             themselues
             disorderly
             ,
             but
             to
             trauaile
             in
             peace
             ,
             and
             to
             conuert
             as
             many
             infidels
             as
             they
             could
             to
             Christianitie
             .
             But
             none
             of
             these
             things
             were
             performed
             by
             them
             ;
             for
             they
             returned
             without
             doing
             any
             memorable
             act
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             same
             yéere
             1446.
             another
             esquire
             belonging
             to
             the
             king
             of
             Portugall
             called
             
               Denis
               Fernandes
            
             of
             the
             citie
             of
             Lisbon
             ,
             
             entred
             into
             these
             discoueries
             ,
             more
             to
             winne
             fame
             then
             to
             reape
             commoditie
             by
             them
             .
             And
             he
             being
             in
             his
             voiage
             came
             to
             the
             riuer
             of
             Sanaga
             ,
             
             standing
             betwéene
             15.
             and
             16.
             degrées
             of
             latitude
             towards
             the
             north
             ,
             where
             he
             tooke
             certaine
             Negroes
             ;
             and
             not
             contented
             therewith
             ,
             he
             went
             forward
             and
             discouered
             
               Cape
               Verde
            
             ,
             
             standing
             in
             14.
             degrees
             on
             the
             same
             side
             ;
             and
             there
             he
             set
             vp
             vpon
             the
             land
             a
             crosse
             of
             wood
             ,
             and
             then
             returned
             with
             great
             contentation
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1447.
             one
             
               Nunnez
               Tristan
            
             went
             foorth
             to
             discouer
             in
             a
             carauell
             ,
             
             and
             he
             passed
             the
             aforesaid
             
               Cape
               Verde
            
             ,
             and
             
               Rio
               Grande
            
             ,
             
             and
             went
             past
             it
             vnto
             another
             standing
             beyond
             
             it
             in
             12.
             degrées
             ,
             where
             he
             was
             also
             taken
             with
             18.
             
             Portugals
             more
             :
             but
             the
             ship
             came
             home
             againe
             in
             safetie
             ,
             conducted
             by
             fower
             or
             fiue
             which
             escaped
             the
             hands
             of
             the
             Negroes
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             yéere
             also
             1447.
             it
             happened
             that
             there
             came
             a
             Portugall
             ship
             through
             the
             streight
             of
             Gibraltar
             ;
             and
             being
             taken
             with
             a
             great
             tempest
             ,
             was
             forced
             to
             runne
             westwards
             more
             then
             willingly
             the
             men
             would
             ,
             and
             at
             last
             they
             fell
             vpon
             an
             Island
             which
             had
             seuen
             cities
             ,
             
             and
             the
             people
             spake
             the
             Portugall
             toong
             ,
             and
             they
             demanded
             if
             the
             Moores
             did
             yet
             trouble
             Spaine
             ,
             whence
             they
             had
             fled
             for
             the
             losse
             which
             they
             receiued
             by
             the
             death
             of
             the
             king
             of
             
               Spaine
               ,
               Don
               Roderigo
            
             .
          
           
             The
             boateswaine
             of
             the
             ship
             brought
             home
             a
             little
             of
             the
             sand
             ,
             and
             sold
             it
             vnto
             a
             goldsmith
             of
             Lisbon
             ,
             out
             of
             the
             which
             he
             had
             a
             good
             quantitie
             of
             gold
             .
          
           
             Don
             Pedro
             vnderstanding
             this
             ,
             being
             then
             gouernour
             of
             the
             realme
             ,
             caused
             all
             the
             things
             thus
             brought
             home
             ,
             and
             made
             knowne
             ,
             to
             be
             recorded
             in
             the
             house
             of
             Iustice
             .
          
           
             There
             be
             some
             that
             thinke
             ,
             that
             those
             Islands
             whereunto
             the
             Portugals
             were
             thus
             driuen
             ,
             were
             the
             Antiles
             ,
             or
             
               Newe
               Spaine
            
             ,
             alleaging
             good
             reasons
             for
             their
             opinion
             ,
             which
             here
             I
             omit
             ,
             because
             they
             serue
             not
             to
             my
             purpose
             .
             But
             all
             their
             reasons
             séeme
             to
             agrée
             ,
             that
             they
             should
             be
             that
             countrey
             ,
             which
             is
             called
             
               Noua
               Spagna
            
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1449.
             the
             king
             Don
             Alfonso
             gaue
             licence
             vnto
             his
             vncle
             Don
             Henry
             to
             inhabit
             the
             Islands
             of
             the
             Açores
             ,
             
             which
             were
             long
             before
             discouered
             .
             
          
           
             And
             in
             the
             yéere
             1458.
             this
             king
             went
             into
             Africa
             ,
             
             and
             there
             he
             tooke
             the
             towne
             called
             Alcaçer
             .
          
           
             And
             in
             the
             yéere
             1461.
             he
             commanded
             Signior
             Mendez
             a
             gentleman
             of
             his
             house
             to
             build
             the
             castle
             of
             Arguin
             ,
             
             whereof
             he
             gaue
             vnto
             him
             the
             gouernment
             ,
             
             as
             to
             his
             lieutenant
             .
             
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1462.
             there
             came
             into
             the
             realme
             of
             Portugall
             thrée
             Genowais
             of
             good
             parentage
             ,
             
             the
             chiefe
             of
             whom
             was
             called
             
               Antonie
               de
               Noli
            
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             other
             two
             ,
             the
             one
             was
             his
             brother
             ,
             the
             other
             was
             his
             nep●ew
             ,
             and
             each
             of
             these
             had
             his
             seuerall
             ship
             ,
             crauing
             libertie
             of
             Don
             Henry
             to
             discouer
             the
             Islands
             of
             
               Cape
               Verde
            
             ,
             which
             was
             granted
             them
             .
             Others
             say
             ,
             
             that
             the
             places
             which
             they
             discouered
             ,
             were
             those
             which
             Antiquitie
             called
             the
             
               Gorgades
               ,
               Hesperides
            
             ,
             and
             Dorcades
             :
             but
             they
             named
             them
             
               Mayo
               ,
               Sainct
               Iago
            
             ,
             and
             
               Sainct
               Philip
            
             ,
             
             because
             they
             discouered
             them
             on
             those
             Saints
             daies
             :
             but
             they
             are
             also
             called
             by
             some
             the
             Islands
             of
             Antonio
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             following
             1463.
             this
             good
             noble
             man
             Don
             Henry
             died
             ,
             
             leaning
             from
             Cape
             
               De
               Non
            
             discouered
             vnto
             the
             mountaine
             called
             
               Sierra
               Leona
            
             ,
             
             standing
             on
             this
             side
             the
             line
             in
             8.
             degrées
             of
             latitude
             ,
             where
             no
             man
             had
             béene
             before
             that
             time
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1469.
             the
             king
             of
             Portugall
             did
             let
             out
             for
             yéerely
             rent
             the
             trade
             of
             Guiney
             vnto
             one
             called
             
               Fernan
               Gomez
            
             ,
             
             which
             countrey
             afterwards
             was
             called
             
               The
               Mine
            
             .
             
             He
             let
             it
             out
             for
             fiue
             yéeres
             ,
             for
             two
             hundred
             thousand
             Reyes
             by
             the
             yéere
             (
             which
             is
             of
             our
             English
             money
             138.
             
               l.
            
             17.
             
             ●
             .
             9.
             
               d.
            
             ob
             .
             )
             and
             added
             vnto
             his
             lease
             this
             condition
             ,
             that
             euery
             yéere
             he
             should
             discouer
             an
             hundred
             leagues
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             following
             ,
             
             which
             was
             1470.
             this
             king
             went
             into
             Africa
             with
             his
             sonne
             Prince
             Iohn
             ,
             where
             they
             tooke
             the
             towne
             of
             Arzila
             ,
             
             and
             the
             people
             of
             the
             citie
             of
             Tanger
             fled
             out
             for
             feare
             ,
             
             and
             that
             he
             tooke
             also
             .
             It
             séemeth
             that
             good
             fortune
             followeth
             a
             couragious
             attempt
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1471.
             
             
               Fernan
               Gomes
            
             gaue
             commandement
             that
             the
             coast
             should
             be
             discouered
             as
             it
             lay
             .
             
             Which
             was
             vndertaken
             by
             
               Iohn
               de
               S.
               Aren
            
             ,
             and
             
               Iohn
               de
               Scouar
            
             ;
             
             and
             they
             went
             and
             found
             the
             Mine
             in
             5.
             degrées
             of
             latitude
             .
          
           
             And
             the
             next
             yéere
             ,
             
             which
             was
             1472.
             one
             
               Fernando
               da
               Poo
            
             discouered
             the
             Island
             now
             called
             after
             his
             name
             .
             
             Also
             about
             this
             time
             the
             Islands
             of
             
               Sainct
               Thomas
            
             ,
             
             and
             
               Del
               Principe
            
             were
             discouered
             ,
             standing
             vnder
             the
             line
             ,
             with
             the
             firme
             land
             also
             ,
             
             wherein
             is
             the
             kingdome
             of
             Benin
             ,
             
             reaching
             to
             the
             
               Cape
               de
               Santa
               Catarina
            
             ,
             standing
             on
             the
             south
             side
             of
             the
             line
             in
             3.
             degrées
             .
             The
             man
             that
             made
             this
             discouerie
             was
             a
             seruant
             of
             the
             kings
             ,
             and
             his
             name
             was
             Sequeira
             .
          
           
             Many
             suppose
             ,
             that
             than
             also
             there
             were
             those
             places
             ,
             countreyes
             and
             Islands
             discouered
             ,
             which
             before
             were
             neuer
             knowne
             to
             vs
             since
             the
             flood
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1480.
             the
             valiant
             king
             Don
             Alphonso
             died
             ,
             
             and
             left
             many
             things
             woorthy
             of
             memorie
             behinde
             him
             ;
             
             and
             his
             sonne
             Don
             Iohn
             the
             second
             succéeded
             him
             .
             
             Who
             in
             the
             yéere
             1481.
             gaue
             direction
             for
             the
             building
             of
             the
             castle
             
               De
               Mina
            
             to
             one
             
               Diego
               d'Azambuxa
            
             ;
             who
             did
             so
             ,
             and
             was
             made
             captaine
             of
             it
             .
          
           
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1484.
             the
             foresaid
             king
             Iohn
             sent
             out
             one
             
               Diego
               Caon
            
             a
             knight
             of
             his
             Court
             to
             discouer
             :
             
             and
             he
             went
             to
             the
             Riuer
             of
             Congo
             ,
             
             standing
             on
             the
             south
             side
             in
             7.
             or
             8.
             degrées
             of
             latitude
             ;
             where
             he
             erected
             a
             pillar
             of
             stone
             with
             the
             royall
             armes
             and
             letters
             of
             Portugall
             ,
             wherein
             he
             wrote
             the
             commandement
             that
             he
             had
             receiued
             from
             the
             king
             ,
             with
             the
             time
             and
             day
             of
             his
             being
             there
             .
             From
             thence
             he
             went
             vnto
             a
             riuer
             néere
             the
             Tropicke
             of
             Capricorne
             ,
             
             setting
             still
             vp
             pillars
             of
             stone
             where
             he
             thought
             it
             conuenient
             ,
             and
             so
             came
             backe
             againe
             vnto
             Congo
             ,
             
             and
             to
             the
             king
             of
             that
             countrey
             :
             who
             thereupon
             sent
             an
             ambassadour
             and
             men
             of
             credite
             into
             Portugall
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             next
             yéere
             or
             the
             second
             following
             ,
             one
             
               Iohn
               Alonso
               d'Aueiro
            
             came
             from
             the
             kingdome
             of
             Benin
             ,
             and
             brought
             home
             pepper
             with
             a
             taile
             :
             
             which
             was
             the
             first
             of
             that
             kinde
             séene
             in
             Portugall
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1487.
             king
             Iohn
             sent
             to
             discouer
             India
             ouer
             land
             .
             
             In
             which
             iourney
             went
             one
             
               Pedro
               de
               Couillan
            
             a
             seruant
             of
             the
             kings
             ,
             and
             
               Alfonso
               de
               Payua
            
             ,
             because
             they
             could
             speake
             the
             Arabian
             toong
             .
             They
             went
             out
             in
             the
             moneth
             of
             May
             ,
             and
             the
             same
             yeere
             they
             tooke
             shipping
             at
             Naples
             ,
             and
             arriued
             in
             the
             Isle
             of
             Rhodes
             ,
             and
             lodged
             in
             the
             house
             that
             was
             prouided
             for
             the
             Portugall
             knights
             of
             that
             order
             :
             from
             thence
             they
             went
             to
             Alexandria
             ,
             
             and
             so
             to
             Cayro
             ,
             and
             thence
             to
             the
             hauen
             of
             Toro
             in
             the
             companie
             of
             the
             Carauans
             or
             carriers
             which
             were
             Moores
             .
             
             There
             they
             tooke
             shipping
             ,
             
             and
             being
             on
             the
             
               Red
               sea
            
             they
             arriued
             at
             the
             citie
             of
             Aden
             ,
             
             and
             there
             they
             separated
             themselues
             :
             for
             
               Alfonso
               de
               Payua
            
             went
             towards
             Aethiopia
             ,
             and
             
               Pedro
               de
               Couillan
            
             into
             India
             .
             Who
             came
             vnto
             the
             cities
             of
             Cananor
             and
             Calicut
             ,
             
             and
             came
             backe
             vnto
             Goa
             :
             
             where
             he
             tooke
             shipping
             vnto
             Sofala
             ,
             
             being
             on
             the
             coast
             of
             Africa
             in
             the
             southerne
             latitude
             of
             20.
             degrées
             ,
             
             to
             sée
             the
             mines
             that
             were
             of
             so
             great
             name
             .
             
             From
             Sofala
             he
             turned
             backe
             to
             Mosambique
             ,
             
             and
             vnto
             the
             cities
             of
             
               Quiloa
               ,
               Mombaza
            
             ,
             
             and
             Melinde
             ,
             
             till
             he
             came
             backe
             againe
             vnto
             the
             citie
             of
             Aden
             :
             where
             he
             and
             
               Alfonso
               de
               Payua
            
             deuided
             themselues
             :
             and
             thence
             he
             sailed
             againe
             through
             the
             
               Red
               sea
            
             vnto
             the
             citie
             of
             Cayro
             ,
             where
             he
             thought
             to
             haue
             met
             with
             his
             companion
             :
             but
             there
             he
             heard
             that
             he
             was
             dead
             by
             the
             letters
             that
             he
             receiued
             from
             king
             Iohn
             his
             master
             ;
             in
             which
             letters
             he
             was
             
             farther
             commanded
             to
             trauaile
             into
             the
             countrey
             and
             dominions
             of
             
               Presbyter
               Iohn
            
             .
          
           
             Vpon
             this
             commandement
             he
             prouided
             for
             his
             farther
             iourney
             ,
             
             and
             from
             Cairo
             went
             backe
             againe
             to
             the
             hauen
             of
             Toro
             ,
             and
             from
             thence
             to
             Aden
             ,
             where
             he
             had
             béen
             twise
             before
             :
             and
             there
             hearing
             of
             the
             fame
             of
             the
             citie
             of
             Ormuz
             ,
             he
             determined
             to
             goe
             thither
             ;
             and
             therefore
             went
             along
             the
             coast
             of
             Arabia
             vnto
             the
             Cape
             Razalgate
             standing
             vnder
             the
             Tropicke
             of
             Cancer
             ,
             
             and
             from
             thence
             he
             went
             to
             Ormuz
             ,
             
             standing
             in
             27.
             degrées
             on
             that
             side
             .
             There
             he
             learned
             and
             vnderstood
             of
             the
             streigth
             of
             Persia
             ,
             and
             of
             that
             countrey
             :
             and
             entred
             there
             into
             the
             
               Red
               sea
            
             ,
             and
             passed
             ouer
             to
             the
             realme
             of
             the
             Abassini
             ,
             
             which
             commonly
             is
             called
             
               Presbyter
               Iohns
            
             countrey
             or
             Aethiopia
             :
             
             and
             there
             he
             was
             detained
             till
             the
             yéere
             1520.
             when
             there
             came
             thither
             the
             ambassadour
             Don
             
               Roderigo
               de
               Lima
            
             :
             This
             
               Pedro
               de
               Couillan
            
             was
             the
             first
             Portugall
             that
             euer
             knew
             and
             saw
             the
             Indias
             and
             those
             seas
             ,
             and
             other
             places
             adioyning
             thereunto
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1490.
             the
             king
             sent
             vnto
             Congo
             one
             
               Gonzalo
               de
               Sosa
            
             a
             gentleman
             with
             thrée
             ships
             ,
             
             and
             in
             them
             sent
             home
             the
             ambassadour
             of
             Congo
             ,
             which
             was
             sent
             into
             Portugall
             ,
             whom
             
               Diego
               Caon
            
             had
             brought
             from
             thence
             :
             who
             at
             his
             being
             in
             Portugall
             was
             baptised
             both
             himselfe
             and
             others
             of
             his
             companie
             .
          
           
             The
             aforesaid
             
               Gonzalo
               de
               Sosa
            
             died
             in
             that
             iourney
             by
             the
             way
             ,
             and
             in
             his
             roome
             they
             chose
             his
             nephew
             
               Ruy
               de
               Sosa
            
             for
             their
             captaine
             ;
             and
             so
             being
             come
             vnto
             Congo
             ,
             the
             king
             was
             very
             glad
             of
             their
             comming
             ,
             and
             yéelded
             himselfe
             ,
             and
             the
             greater
             part
             of
             his
             realme
             to
             be
             baptized
             :
             
             whereof
             the
             Portugals
             had
             good
             cause
             to
             reioice
             ,
             séeing
             by
             them
             so
             many
             Infidels
             were
             conuerted
             from
             gentilitie
             and
             paganisme
             to
             Christianitie
             .
          
        
         
           
             The
             first
             beginning
             of
             the
             Discoueries
             of
             the
             Spanyards
             ,
             with
             the
             continuation
             of
             the
             Discoueries
             of
             the
             Portugals
             .
          
           
             IN
             the
             yéere
             1492.
             in
             the
             time
             of
             Don
             Ferdinando
             king
             of
             Castile
             ,
             he
             being
             at
             the
             siege
             of
             Granada
             ,
             dispatched
             one
             
               Christopher
               Columbus
            
             a
             Genoway
             with
             three
             ships
             to
             goe
             
             and
             discouer
             
               Noua
               Spagna
            
             :
             who
             first
             had
             offered
             his
             seruice
             for
             a
             westerne
             discouerie
             vnto
             king
             Iohn
             of
             Portugall
             ;
             but
             he
             would
             not
             entertaine
             him
             .
          
           
             He
             being
             sufficiently
             furnished
             for
             this
             enterprise
             departed
             from
             the
             towne
             of
             Palos
             the
             third
             day
             of
             August
             ,
             hauing
             with
             him
             as
             captaines
             and
             pilots
             
               Martin
               Alfonso
               Pinzon
               ,
               Francis
               Martinez
               Pinzon
               ,
               Vincent
               Yannes
               Pinzon
               ,
            
             and
             
               Bartholomew
               Columbus
            
             his
             brother
             ,
             with
             120.
             persons
             more
             in
             his
             companie
             :
             
             and
             some
             affirme
             that
             they
             were
             the
             first
             that
             sailed
             by
             latitudes
             .
             They
             tooke
             the
             Canaries
             in
             their
             way
             ,
             and
             there
             refreshed
             themselues
             ;
             taking
             their
             course
             thence
             towards
             Cipango
             :
             but
             finding
             the
             sea
             by
             the
             way
             full
             of
             wéeds
             they
             were
             amazed
             ,
             and
             with
             great
             feare
             arriued
             at
             the
             Antiles
             the
             tenth
             day
             of
             October
             ,
             and
             the
             first
             Island
             that
             they
             descried
             was
             called
             Guanahany
             :
             
             where
             they
             went
             on
             land
             ,
             and
             tooke
             possession
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             named
             it
             
               San
               Saluador
            
             .
             This
             Island
             standeth
             in
             25.
             degrées
             of
             northerly
             latitude
             .
             And
             after
             that
             they
             found
             many
             Islands
             ,
             which
             they
             called
             the
             Princes
             because
             they
             were
             the
             first
             that
             they
             had
             discouered
             .
          
           
             The
             Sauages
             of
             those
             parts
             call
             these
             Islands
             by
             the
             name
             of
             Lucaios
             ,
             
             hauing
             in
             déede
             seuerall
             names
             for
             them
             .
             And
             they
             doe
             stand
             on
             the
             north
             side
             almost
             vnder
             the
             Tropicke
             of
             Cancer
             .
             As
             for
             the
             Island
             of
             
               S.
               Iames
            
             or
             Iamaica
             ,
             it
             standeth
             betwéene
             16.
             and
             17.
             degrées
             .
          
           
             Thence
             they
             went
             to
             the
             Island
             which
             the
             naturals
             of
             the
             countrey
             call
             Cuba
             ,
             
             and
             the
             Spanyards
             call
             it
             Ferdinandina
             ,
             bicause
             their
             kings
             name
             was
             Ferdinando
             ,
             standing
             in
             22.
             degrées
             :
             from
             whence
             the
             Indians
             conducted
             them
             vnto
             another
             Island
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             Hayti
             ,
             and
             the
             Spanyards
             called
             it
             Isabella
             ,
             in
             the
             memorie
             of
             the
             Quéene
             of
             Castile
             ,
             which
             was
             so
             called
             ,
             
             and
             they
             named
             it
             also
             Hispaniola
             .
             In
             that
             Island
             the
             Admirall
             ship
             of
             Columbus
             was
             cast
             away
             :
             of
             the
             timber
             and
             planks
             whereof
             they
             made
             a
             forte
             ,
             wherein
             they
             left
             38
             men
             ,
             and
             a
             captaine
             called
             
               Roderigo
               de
               Arana
            
             ,
             to
             learne
             the
             language
             and
             customes
             of
             the
             countrey
             .
             They
             brought
             from
             thence
             musters
             and
             shewes
             of
             gold
             ,
             pearles
             ,
             and
             other
             things
             ,
             which
             that
             countrey
             yéelded
             ;
             and
             ten
             Indians
             also
             ,
             whereof
             sixe
             died
             ,
             the
             rest
             were
             brought
             home
             and
             baptized
             .
          
           
             Hereupon
             there
             grewe
             such
             a
             common
             desire
             of
             trauaile
             
             among
             the
             Spanyards
             ,
             that
             they
             were
             ready
             to
             leape
             into
             the
             sea
             to
             swim
             ,
             if
             it
             had
             béen
             possible
             ,
             into
             those
             new
             found
             parts
             .
             The
             aforesaid
             company
             of
             Columbus
             at
             their
             comming
             home
             tooke
             in
             their
             way
             the
             Isles
             of
             the
             Açores
             ,
             and
             the
             4.
             day
             of
             March
             in
             the
             yéere
             1493.
             they
             entred
             into
             the
             bar
             of
             Lisbon
             :
             
             which
             discouerie
             pleased
             not
             the
             king
             of
             Portugall
             .
             Whereupon
             rose
             a
             contention
             betwéene
             those
             two
             kings
             .
          
           
             
               Christopher
               Columbus
            
             being
             arriued
             went
             presently
             into
             Castile
             with
             the
             newes
             of
             all
             things
             ,
             and
             acquainted
             the
             king
             Fernando
             ,
             with
             the
             discontentednes
             of
             the
             king
             of
             Portugall
             :
             whereupon
             he
             and
             the
             Quéene
             Isabella
             his
             wife
             sent
             streight
             word
             thereof
             vnto
             Pope
             Alexander
             the
             6.
             whereat
             he
             and
             the
             Italians
             were
             in
             great
             admiration
             ,
             
             maruailing
             that
             there
             was
             any
             more
             land
             besides
             that
             which
             was
             vnder
             the
             Romanes
             .
             But
             the
             end
             of
             this
             matter
             was
             this
             :
             Alexander
             the
             Pope
             gaue
             these
             countreies
             by
             his
             iudgement
             vnto
             the
             kingdomes
             of
             Leon
             and
             Castile
             ;
             with
             this
             condition
             ,
             That
             they
             should
             labour
             to
             extirpate
             idolatrie
             ,
             and
             plant
             the
             Holy
             faith
             in
             those
             countreyes
             .
          
           
             Fernando
             the
             king
             hauing
             receiued
             this
             answere
             ,
             was
             glad
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             sent
             
               Christopher
               Columbus
            
             againe
             on
             the
             former
             voiage
             ,
             
             hauing
             made
             him
             Admirall
             ,
             and
             giuen
             him
             other
             honors
             ,
             with
             particular
             armes
             ,
             and
             a
             posie
             written
             about
             his
             armes
             to
             this
             effect
             .
          
           
             
               For
               Castile
               and
               for
               Leon
            
             
               A
               new
               world
               found
               out
               Colon.
               
            
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1493.
             the
             25.
             of
             the
             moneth
             of
             October
             
               Christopher
               Columbus
            
             went
             backe
             vnto
             the
             Antiles
             ,
             
             and
             frō
             Cadiz
             he
             tooke
             his
             course
             ,
             hauing
             in
             his
             companie
             17.
             ships
             ,
             and
             1500.
             men
             in
             them
             ,
             with
             his
             brethren
             
               Bartholomew
               Columbus
            
             ,
             and
             
               Diego
               Columbus
            
             ,
             with
             other
             knights
             ,
             gentlemen
             ,
             men
             of
             law
             ,
             and
             religious
             men
             ,
             with
             chalices
             ,
             crosses
             ,
             rich
             ornaments
             ,
             and
             with
             great
             power
             and
             dignitie
             from
             Pope
             Alexander
             ;
             &
             the
             10.
             day
             after
             their
             setting
             foorth
             ,
             they
             arriued
             at
             the
             Canaries
             ;
             &
             from
             thence
             in
             25.
             or
             30.
             daies
             they
             sailed
             vnto
             the
             Antiles
             ;
             &
             the
             first
             Island
             that
             they
             saw
             standeth
             in
             14.
             degrées
             towards
             the
             north
             ,
             due
             west
             from
             Cape
             Verde
             on
             the
             coast
             of
             Africa
             .
             They
             say
             that
             the
             distance
             from
             thence
             to
             the
             Canaries
             is
             800.
             leagues
             .
             
             The
             name
             they
             gaue
             it
             was
             Deseada
             ,
             that
             is
             the
             Desired
             or
             wished
             Island
             ,
             for
             the
             great
             
             desire
             which
             the
             companie
             had
             to
             come
             to
             sight
             of
             land
             .
             After
             that
             they
             discouered
             many
             more
             which
             they
             named
             the
             Virgines
             ,
             
             which
             the
             naturals
             of
             the
             countrey
             call
             the
             Caribas
             ,
             for
             that
             the
             men
             of
             that
             countrey
             are
             good
             warriers
             ,
             and
             shoote
             well
             in
             bowes
             .
             They
             poison
             their
             arrowes
             with
             an
             herbe
             ,
             whereof
             he
             that
             is
             hurt
             dieth
             ,
             biting
             himselfe
             like
             as
             a
             mad
             dog
             doth
             .
          
           
             From
             these
             Islands
             and
             others
             they
             went
             vnto
             the
             principall
             Island
             there
             ,
             which
             they
             of
             the
             countrey
             doe
             call
             Boriquen
             ,
             
             and
             the
             Spanyards
             call
             it
             
               S.
               Iohn
            
             ,
             and
             thence
             to
             Hispaniola
             or
             Isabella
             ,
             where
             they
             found
             all
             the
             men
             dead
             which
             there
             they
             had
             left
             .
             Here
             the
             Admirall
             left
             the
             most
             part
             of
             the
             people
             to
             plant
             it
             ,
             and
             appointed
             his
             brethren
             to
             be
             gouernours
             there
             :
             and
             so
             tooke
             two
             ships
             ,
             and
             went
             to
             discouer
             the
             other
             side
             of
             the
             Island
             of
             Cuba
             ,
             
             and
             from
             thence
             to
             Iamaica
             .
             All
             these
             Islands
             stand
             from
             16.
             vnto
             20.
             degrées
             of
             northerly
             latitude
             .
             In
             the
             meane
             time
             that
             the
             Admiral●
             sailed
             about
             ,
             his
             brethren
             and
             they
             that
             were
             left
             with
             them
             were
             much
             troubled
             ,
             because
             the
             Sauages
             did
             rise
             against
             them
             .
             So
             that
             
               Christopher
               Colon
            
             went
             backe
             againe
             into
             Spaine
             ,
             to
             tell
             the
             king
             and
             Quéene
             of
             his
             aduentures
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1494.
             and
             in
             the
             moneth
             of
             Ianuarie
             there
             was
             an
             agréement
             made
             of
             the
             differences
             which
             were
             betwéene
             the
             two
             kings
             of
             Spaine
             and
             Portugall
             .
             For
             the
             which
             agréement
             there
             were
             sent
             out
             of
             
               Portugall
               Ruy
               de
               So●a
            
             ,
             and
             Don
             Iohn
             his
             sonne
             ,
             and
             the
             Doctor
             
               Ayres
               de
               Almada
            
             :
             and
             for
             the
             king
             of
             Spaine
             there
             were
             Don
             
               Henry
               Henriques
            
             ,
             Don
             
               Iohn
               de
               Cardenas
            
             ,
             and
             the
             Doctor
             Maldonado
             .
             All
             these
             met
             in
             the
             towne
             of
             Tordesillas
             ,
             and
             they
             deuided
             the
             world
             frō
             the
             north
             to
             the
             south
             by
             a
             meridian
             which
             standeth
             west
             from
             the
             Islands
             of
             Cape
             Verde
             300.
             leagues
             :
             
             so
             that
             the
             one
             halfe
             which
             lay
             vnto
             the
             east
             should
             belong
             vnto
             Portugall
             ,
             and
             that
             which
             lay
             to
             the
             west
             to
             the
             king
             of
             Spaine
             ,
             whereby
             notwithstanding
             libertie
             to
             trauell
             was
             left
             equall
             vnto
             both
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             following
             1495.
             
             Iohn
             king
             of
             Portugall
             died
             ,
             
             and
             Emmanuel
             his
             cosen
             began
             to
             reigne
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1496.
             there
             was
             a
             Venetian
             in
             England
             called
             
               Iohn
               Cabota
            
             ,
             
             who
             hauing
             knowledge
             of
             such
             a
             new
             discouerie
             as
             this
             was
             ,
             and
             perceiuing
             by
             the
             globe
             ,
             that
             the
             
             Islands
             before
             spoken
             of
             stood
             almost
             in
             the
             same
             latitude
             with
             his
             countrey
             ,
             and
             much
             néerer
             to
             England
             then
             to
             Portugall
             ,
             or
             to
             Castile
             ,
             he
             acquainted
             king
             Henrie
             the
             seuenth
             then
             king
             of
             England
             with
             the
             same
             ,
             wherewith
             the
             saide
             king
             was
             greatly
             pleased
             ,
             and
             furnished
             him
             out
             with
             two
             ships
             and
             thrée
             hundred
             men
             :
             which
             departed
             and
             set
             saile
             in
             the
             spring
             of
             the
             yéere
             ,
             and
             they
             sailed
             westward
             til
             they
             came
             in
             sight
             of
             land
             in
             45.
             degrées
             of
             latitude
             towards
             the
             north
             ,
             and
             then
             went
             straight
             northwards
             till
             they
             came
             into
             60.
             degrées
             of
             latitude
             ,
             where
             the
             day
             is
             18.
             howers
             long
             ,
             and
             the
             night
             is
             very
             cléere
             and
             bright
             .
             There
             they
             found
             the
             aire
             cold
             ,
             and
             great
             Islands
             of
             ice
             ,
             but
             no
             ground
             in
             an
             hundred
             fathoms
             sounding
             :
             and
             so
             from
             thence
             finding
             the
             land
             to
             turne
             eastwards
             they
             trended
             along
             by
             it
             discouering
             all
             the
             Bay
             and
             riuer
             named
             Deseado
             ,
             to
             see
             if
             it
             passed
             on
             the
             other
             side
             :
             Then
             they
             sailed
             backe
             againe
             till
             they
             came
             to
             38.
             degrées
             towards
             the
             Equinoctiall
             line
             ,
             
             and
             from
             thence
             returned
             into
             England
             .
             There
             he
             others
             which
             say
             ,
             that
             he
             went
             as
             far
             as
             the
             Cape
             of
             Florida
             ,
             which
             standeth
             in
             25.
             degrées
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1497.
             
             The
             king
             of
             Spaine
             Don
             Fernando
             sent
             out
             
               Christopher
               Columbus
            
             with
             sixe
             ships
             ,
             
             and
             he
             himselfe
             prouided
             two
             ships
             at
             his
             owne
             cost
             ,
             
             and
             sending
             his
             brother
             before
             ,
             he
             made
             saile
             from
             the
             Bay
             of
             Cadiz
             ,
             carrying
             with
             him
             his
             sonne
             Don
             
               Diego
               Colon
               ▪
            
             It
             was
             then
             reported
             that
             he
             went
             to
             take
             the
             Island
             of
             Madera
             ,
             because
             he
             mistrusted
             the
             French
             men
             ,
             and
             therefore
             sent
             thither
             thrée
             ships
             :
             others
             say
             it
             was
             to
             the
             Canaries
             .
             But
             howsoeuer
             it
             was
             ,
             this
             is
             true
             ,
             that
             he
             and
             thrée
             more
             went
             vnto
             the
             Islands
             of
             Cape
             Verde
             ,
             and
             ran
             along
             by
             the
             line
             finding
             great
             calmes
             and
             raine
             ,
             and
             the
             first
             land
             which
             they
             came
             vnto
             of
             the
             Antiles
             was
             an
             Island
             standing
             in
             9.
             degrées
             of
             latitude
             towards
             the
             north
             ioining
             fast
             vnto
             the
             maine
             land
             ,
             which
             they
             called
             
               La
               Trinidada
            
             ;
             
             and
             so
             he
             entred
             into
             the
             Gulfe
             of
             Paria
             ,
             and
             came
             out
             of
             the
             mouth
             which
             they
             name
             
               Bocca
               de
               Dragone
            
             ,
             or
             the
             
               Dragons
               mouth
            
             :
             and
             they
             tooke
             their
             course
             hard
             by
             the
             coast
             ,
             where
             they
             found
             thrée
             small
             Islands
             ,
             which
             they
             named
             
               Los
               Testigos
            
             ,
             
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             
             
               The
               Witnesses
            
             ,
             beyond
             which
             standeth
             the
             Island
             of
             Cubagua
             ,
             where
             is
             great
             fishing
             of
             muscle
             pearles
             :
             where
             also
             ,
             as
             they
             say
             ,
             there
             springeth
             a
             Well
             of
             aile
             :
             and
             beyond
             that
             Island
             they
             came
             to
             the
             Isles
             of
             
               Frailes
               ,
               
               Roques
            
             ,
             
             Aruba
             ,
             and
             Curaçao
             ,
             with
             other
             small
             ones
             all
             along
             the
             Bay
             :
             and
             they
             came
             to
             the
             point
             of
             
               Cabo
               de
               Vela
            
             ,
             and
             discouered
             along
             the
             coast
             almost
             200.
             leagues
             ,
             
             from
             whence
             they
             crossed
             ouer
             to
             Hispaniola
             ,
             hauing
             had
             also
             sight
             of
             the
             Island
             called
             Beata
             .
             
          
           
             In
             this
             same
             yéere
             1497.
             on
             the
             20.
             day
             of
             the
             moneth
             of
             Iune
             one
             
               Vasques
               de
               Gama
            
             sailed
             from
             Lisbon
             by
             the
             king
             Emmanuels
             commandement
             to
             India
             with
             3.
             ships
             ,
             
             wherein
             there
             went
             for
             captaines
             
               Vasques
               de
               Gama
               ,
               Paulus
               de
               Gama
            
             his
             brother
             ,
             and
             
               Nicolas
               Coello
            
             with
             120.
             men
             ;
             with
             whom
             also
             there
             went
             one
             ship
             laden
             only
             with
             vittailes
             ,
             and
             in
             14.
             daies
             they
             came
             vnto
             Cape
             Verde
             ,
             vnto
             the
             Island
             of
             
               Saint
               Iago
            
             ,
             where
             they
             refreshed
             themselues
             ,
             and
             from
             thence
             they
             went
             along
             the
             coast
             beyond
             the
             Cape
             of
             
               Bona
               Sperança
            
             ,
             
             whereupon
             they
             erected
             certaine
             pillers
             of
             stone
             ,
             and
             so
             came
             vnto
             Mosambique
             standing
             in
             15.
             degrées
             to
             the
             south
             of
             the
             line
             ,
             
             where
             they
             staied
             not
             long
             ,
             but
             went
             from
             thence
             to
             Mombaza
             ,
             
             and
             vnto
             Melinde
             :
             where
             the
             king
             of
             that
             place
             gaue
             them
             pilots
             ,
             which
             conducted
             them
             into
             India
             ,
             in
             which
             discouerie
             they
             found
             out
             
               Los
               Baxos
               do
               Padua
            
             ,
             
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             the
             flats
             of
             Padua
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1498.
             in
             the
             moneth
             of
             May
             they
             came
             to
             an
             anker
             before
             the
             citie
             of
             Calicut
             ,
             
             and
             Panana
             ,
             where
             they
             remained
             all
             the
             winter
             :
             and
             the
             first
             day
             of
             September
             they
             set
             saile
             towards
             the
             north
             discouering
             the
             coast
             all
             along
             till
             they
             came
             to
             the
             Island
             of
             Angediua
             ,
             which
             standeth
             on
             that
             side
             in
             15.
             degrées
             of
             latitude
             ,
             where
             they
             came
             to
             an
             anker
             in
             the
             beginning
             of
             October
             ,
             and
             so
             they
             departed
             from
             Angediua
             in
             Februarie
             in
             the
             yéere
             1499.
             and
             came
             in
             sight
             of
             the
             coast
             of
             Africa
             about
             Melinde
             towards
             the
             north
             3.
             or
             4.
             degrées
             ,
             &
             from
             thence
             they
             sailed
             vnto
             the
             said
             citie
             ,
             and
             so
             vnto
             Mosambique
             againe
             ,
             and
             to
             the
             Cape
             of
             
               Bona
               Sperança
            
             ,
             sailing
             along
             by
             the
             coast
             ,
             and
             then
             they
             came
             to
             the
             Islands
             of
             Cape
             Verde
             ,
             and
             last
             of
             al
             to
             the
             citie
             of
             Lisbon
             in
             the
             moneth
             of
             September
             ,
             
             hauing
             béene
             in
             the
             voiage
             26.
             monethes
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1499
             on
             the
             13.
             day
             of
             the
             moneth
             of
             Nouember
             there
             departed
             frō
             Palos
             one
             
               Vincent
               Yannez
               Pinson
            
             and
             his
             nephew
             
               Aries
               Pinson
            
             with
             fower
             ships
             well
             appointed
             at
             their
             owne
             coast
             and
             charges
             ,
             to
             discouer
             the
             new
             world
             vnder
             the
             licence
             of
             the
             king
             of
             Castile
             ,
             and
             with
             commandement
             
             not
             to
             touch
             there
             ,
             where
             the
             Admirall
             Columbus
             had
             béene
             .
             And
             so
             they
             went
             to
             the
             Islands
             of
             Cape
             Verde
             ,
             and
             passed
             the
             line
             to
             the
             southward
             ,
             
             and
             discouered
             the
             Cape
             of
             
               Saint
               Augustine
            
             standing
             on
             that
             side
             in
             8.
             degrées
             of
             latitude
             ,
             and
             there
             they
             wrote
             on
             the
             rindes
             of
             pine
             trées
             the
             names
             of
             the
             king
             and
             of
             the
             Quéene
             ,
             also
             the
             yéere
             and
             day
             when
             they
             arriued
             there
             .
             They
             fought
             with
             the
             people
             of
             Brasil
             ,
             but
             got
             nothing
             ,
             
             they
             tooke
             their
             course
             all
             along
             the
             coast
             towards
             the
             west
             vnto
             the
             riuer
             
               Maria
               Tambal
            
             ,
             and
             at
             that
             time
             they
             had
             taken
             thirty
             and
             odde
             prisoners
             .
             
             The
             chiefe
             places
             where
             they
             touched
             were
             the
             Cape
             of
             
               S.
               Augustine
            
             ,
             and
             the
             angle
             or
             point
             of
             
               S.
               Luke
            
             ,
             
             and
             
               Tierra
               de
               los
               Humos
            
             ,
             the
             Riuers
             of
             Marannon
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             Amazones
             ,
             and
             
               Rio
               dolce
            
             ,
             or
             the
             Swéete
             riuer
             ,
             and
             other
             places
             along
             the
             coast
             :
             and
             they
             came
             to
             ten
             degrées
             of
             latitude
             on
             the
             north
             side
             ,
             where
             they
             lost
             two
             ships
             and
             their
             companie
             ,
             and
             remained
             in
             that
             voiage
             of
             discouery
             ten
             moneths
             ,
             and
             15.
             daies
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1500.
             and
             in
             the
             moneth
             of
             March
             one
             
               Pedro
               Aluarez
               Cabral
            
             sailed
             out
             of
             Lisbon
             with
             13.
             ships
             ,
             
             with
             commandement
             not
             to
             come
             néere
             the
             coast
             of
             Africa
             to
             shorten
             his
             way
             ;
             and
             he
             losing
             the
             sight
             of
             one
             of
             his
             ships
             ,
             went
             to
             séeke
             her
             ,
             and
             in
             séeking
             of
             her
             lost
             his
             course
             ,
             and
             sailed
             till
             he
             came
             within
             sight
             of
             the
             land
             .
             The
             Generall
             was
             so
             long
             in
             séeking
             his
             ship
             ,
             that
             the
             companie
             were
             wearie
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             entreated
             him
             to
             leaue
             his
             enterprise
             .
             The
             next
             day
             they
             fell
             in
             sight
             of
             the
             coast
             of
             Brasil
             :
             whereupon
             the
             Generall
             commanded
             a
             barke
             to
             goe
             to
             land
             and
             séeke
             an
             hauen
             :
             which
             they
             did
             ,
             
             and
             found
             a
             good
             and
             safe
             hauen
             ,
             and
             they
             named
             it
             
               Puerto
               Seguro
            
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             
               The
               Safe
               hauen
            
             ,
             standing
             on
             the
             south
             side
             in
             17.
             degrées
             of
             latitude
             .
             From
             thence
             they
             sailed
             towardes
             the
             Cape
             of
             
               Bona
               Sperança
            
             ,
             and
             Melinde
             ,
             and
             crossed
             ouer
             to
             the
             riuer
             of
             Cochin
             ,
             which
             before
             was
             not
             knowne
             ,
             where
             they
             laded
             themselues
             with
             pepper
             ,
             and
             at
             their
             returne
             
               Sancho
               de
               Thouar
            
             discouered
             the
             citie
             of
             Sofala
             vpon
             the
             coast
             of
             Africa
             .
             
          
           
             In
             this
             same
             yéere
             1500.
             it
             is
             reported
             that
             
               Gaspar
               Cortereal
            
             craued
             a
             generall
             licence
             of
             the
             king
             Emmanuel
             to
             discouer
             the
             
               New
               found
               land
            
             .
             He
             went
             from
             the
             Island
             Terçera
             with
             two
             ships
             well
             appointed
             at
             his
             owne
             cost
             ,
             and
             he
             sailed
             vnto
             that
             climate
             which
             standeth
             vnder
             the
             north
             in
             50.
             
             degrées
             of
             latitude
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             land
             nowe
             called
             after
             his
             name
             ;
             
             and
             he
             came
             home
             in
             safetie
             vnto
             the
             citie
             of
             Lisbon
             :
             And
             making
             another
             time
             this
             voiage
             ,
             the
             ship
             was
             lost
             wherein
             he
             went
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             came
             backe
             into
             Portugall
             .
             Wherefore
             his
             brother
             
               Michael
               Cortereal
            
             went
             to
             séeke
             him
             with
             thrée
             ships
             well
             appointed
             at
             his
             owne
             cost
             ;
             and
             when
             they
             came
             vnto
             that
             coast
             ,
             and
             found
             so
             many
             entrances
             of
             riuers
             ,
             
             and
             hauens
             ,
             euery
             ship
             went
             into
             her
             seuerall
             riuer
             ,
             with
             this
             rule
             and
             order
             ,
             that
             they
             all
             thrée
             should
             meete
             againe
             the
             20.
             day
             of
             August
             .
             The
             two
             other
             ships
             did
             so
             ,
             and
             they
             séeing
             that
             
               Michael
               Cortereal
            
             was
             not
             come
             at
             the
             day
             appointed
             ,
             nor
             yet
             afterwards
             in
             a
             certaine
             time
             ,
             returned
             backe
             into
             the
             realme
             of
             Portugall
             ,
             and
             neuer
             heard
             any
             more
             newes
             of
             him
             ,
             nor
             yet
             any
             other
             memorie
             .
             But
             that
             countrey
             is
             called
             The
             land
             of
             Cortereall
             vnto
             this
             day
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1501.
             in
             the
             moneth
             of
             March
             
               Iohn
               de
               Noua
            
             departed
             from
             the
             citie
             of
             Lisbon
             with
             fower
             ships
             ,
             
             and
             passed
             the
             line
             on
             the
             south
             side
             into
             8.
             degrees
             of
             latitude
             ,
             and
             he
             discouered
             an
             Island
             ,
             
             which
             he
             called
             the
             
               Isle
               de
               Ascension
            
             :
             And
             he
             went
             vnto
             Mosambique
             ,
             and
             to
             Melinde
             ,
             and
             from
             thence
             he
             crossed
             ouer
             vnto
             the
             other
             side
             ,
             where
             they
             tooke
             lading
             ,
             and
             so
             came
             back
             and
             doubled
             the
             Cape
             ,
             and
             found
             an
             Island
             called
             
               Santa
               Helena
            
             ,
             
             being
             but
             a
             small
             thing
             ,
             but
             yet
             of
             great
             importance
             in
             respect
             of
             the
             situation
             thereof
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             same
             yéere
             1501.
             and
             in
             the
             moneth
             of
             May
             there
             departed
             out
             of
             Lisbon
             thrée
             ships
             vpon
             the
             commandement
             of
             Emmanuel
             the
             king
             to
             discouer
             the
             coast
             of
             Brasil
             :
             and
             they
             sailed
             in
             the
             sight
             of
             the
             Canaries
             ,
             and
             from
             thence
             to
             Cape
             Verde
             ,
             
             where
             they
             refreshed
             themselues
             in
             the
             towne
             of
             Bezequiche
             ,
             and
             passed
             from
             thence
             beyond
             the
             line
             southward
             and
             fell
             with
             the
             land
             of
             Brasill
             in
             fiue
             degrées
             of
             latitude
             ,
             
             and
             so
             went
             forward
             till
             they
             came
             in
             32.
             degrées
             little
             more
             or
             lesse
             ,
             according
             as
             they
             accounted
             it
             ,
             and
             from
             thence
             they
             came
             backe
             in
             the
             moneth
             of
             Aprill
             ,
             because
             it
             was
             there
             at
             that
             time
             cold
             and
             tempestuous
             .
             They
             were
             in
             that
             voiage
             fifteene
             monethes
             ,
             and
             came
             to
             Lisbon
             againe
             in
             the
             beginning
             of
             September
             1502.
             
          
           
             In
             the
             y●ere
             1502.
             one
             
               Alfonso
               Hoieda
            
             went
             to
             discouer
             
               Terra
               firma
            
             ,
             
             and
             followed
             his
             course
             till
             he
             came
             to
             his
             prouince
             of
             Vraba
             .
             
          
           
           
             The
             next
             yéere
             following
             also
             one
             
               Roderigo
               Bastidas
            
             of
             Siuill
             went
             out
             with
             two
             carauels
             at
             his
             owne
             cost
             ,
             and
             the
             first
             land
             of
             the
             Antiles
             that
             he
             saw
             was
             an
             Island
             which
             he
             named
             
               Isla
               Verde
            
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             the
             Gréene
             Island
             ,
             standing
             fast
             by
             the
             Island
             of
             Guadalupe
             ,
             towards
             the
             land
             :
             and
             from
             thence
             they
             tooke
             their
             course
             towards
             the
             west
             to
             
               Santa
               Martha
            
             ,
             and
             Cape
             
               De
               la
               Vela
            
             ,
             and
             to
             
               Rio
               Grande
            
             ,
             or
             the
             Great
             riuer
             ,
             and
             they
             discouered
             the
             hauen
             of
             Zamba
             ,
             the
             
               Coradas
               ,
               Carthagena
            
             ,
             and
             the
             Islands
             of
             
               S.
               Barnard
            
             ,
             of
             Baru
             ,
             and
             
               Islas
               de
               Arenas
            
             ,
             and
             went
             forward
             vnto
             
               Isla
               fuerte
            
             ,
             and
             to
             the
             point
             of
             Caribana
             standing
             at
             the
             end
             of
             the
             Gulfe
             of
             Vraba
             ,
             where
             they
             had
             sight
             of
             the
             Farrallones
             standing
             on
             the
             other
             side
             hard
             by
             the
             riuer
             of
             Darien
             ,
             and
             from
             Cape
             
               De
               la
               Vela
            
             vnto
             this
             place
             are
             two
             hundred
             leagues
             :
             and
             it
             standeth
             in
             9.
             degrées
             and
             two
             parts
             of
             latitude
             .
             From
             thence
             they
             crossed
             ouer
             vnto
             the
             Island
             of
             Iamaica
             ,
             where
             they
             refreshed
             themselues
             .
             In
             Hispaniola
             they
             graued
             their
             ships
             because
             of
             the
             holes
             which
             certaine
             wormes
             of
             the
             water
             had
             eaten
             in
             the
             planks
             .
             In
             that
             countrey
             they
             got
             fower
             hundred
             markes
             of
             golde
             ,
             although
             the
             people
             there
             be
             more
             warlike
             then
             in
             
               Noua
               Spania
            
             :
             for
             they
             poison
             their
             arrowes
             which
             they
             shoote
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             same
             yéere
             1502.
             
             
               Christopher
               Columbus
            
             entred
             the
             fourth
             time
             into
             his
             discouerie
             with
             fower
             ships
             at
             the
             commandement
             of
             Don
             Fernando
             to
             séeke
             the
             Streight
             ,
             
             which
             as
             they
             said
             did
             diuide
             the
             land
             from
             the
             other
             side
             ,
             
             and
             he
             carried
             with
             him
             Ferdinando
             his
             sonne
             .
             They
             went
             first
             to
             the
             Island
             of
             Hispaniola
             ,
             to
             Iamaica
             ,
             to
             the
             riuer
             Azua
             ,
             to
             the
             Cape
             of
             Higueras
             ,
             
             and
             vnto
             the
             Islands
             Gamares
             ,
             and
             to
             the
             Cape
             of
             Hunduras
             ,
             
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             the
             Cape
             of
             the
             Depthes
             :
             from
             thence
             they
             sailed
             towards
             the
             east
             vnto
             the
             Cape
             
               Gracias
               a
               Dios
            
             ,
             
             and
             discouered
             the
             prouince
             and
             riuer
             of
             Veragua
             ,
             and
             
               Rio
               Grande
            
             ,
             
             and
             others
             ,
             which
             the
             Indians
             call
             Hienra
             .
             And
             from
             thence
             he
             went
             to
             the
             riuer
             of
             Crocodiles
             ,
             which
             now
             is
             called
             
               Rio
               de
               Chagres
            
             ,
             
             which
             hath
             his
             springs
             néere
             the
             South
             Sea
             ,
             within
             fower
             leagues
             of
             Panama
             ,
             and
             runneth
             into
             the
             North
             Sea
             :
             and
             so
             he
             went
             vnto
             the
             Island
             which
             he
             called
             
               Isla
               de
               Bastimentos
            
             ,
             
             that
             is
             the
             Isle
             of
             Victuailes
             ,
             
             and
             then
             to
             
               Puerto
               Bello
            
             ,
             that
             is
             the
             Faire
             hauen
             ,
             and
             so
             vnto
             
               Nombre
               de
               Dios
            
             ,
             
             and
             to
             
               Rio
               Francisco
            
             ,
             and
             so
             to
             the
             hauen
             of
             Retrete
             ,
             and
             then
             to
             the
             Gulfe
             of
             
               Cabesa
               Cattiua
            
             ,
             
             and
             to
             the
             Islands
             of
             Caperosa
             ,
             
             and
             lastly
             to
             the
             Cape
             of
             Marble
             ,
             which
             is
             two
             hundred
             leagues
             vpon
             the
             coast
             :
             from
             whence
             they
             began
             to
             turne
             againe
             vnto
             the
             Island
             of
             Cuba
             ,
             and
             from
             thence
             to
             Iamaica
             ,
             where
             he
             grounded
             his
             ships
             being
             much
             spoiled
             and
             eaten
             with
             wormes
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             yéere
             also
             1502
             Don
             
               Vasques
               de
               Gama
            
             being
             now
             Admirall
             went
             againe
             into
             India
             with
             19.
             or
             20.
             
             Carauels
             .
             
             He
             departed
             from
             Lisbon
             the
             tenth
             day
             of
             Februarie
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             last
             day
             of
             that
             moneth
             he
             came
             to
             an
             anker
             at
             Cape
             Verde
             ,
             
             and
             from
             thence
             he
             went
             vnto
             Mosambique
             ,
             and
             was
             the
             first
             that
             crost
             from
             that
             Island
             into
             India
             :
             and
             he
             discouered
             another
             in
             4.
             degrées
             of
             latitude
             ,
             which
             he
             called
             the
             Island
             of
             the
             Admirall
             ,
             and
             there
             he
             tooke
             his
             lading
             of
             pepper
             and
             drugs
             ,
             and
             left
             there
             one
             
               Vincent
               Sodre
            
             to
             kéepe
             the
             coast
             of
             India
             with
             fiue
             ships
             .
          
           
             These
             were
             the
             first
             Portugals
             ,
             that
             with
             an
             armie
             did
             run
             along
             the
             coast
             of
             
               Arabia
               Foelix
            
             .
             It
             is
             there
             so
             barren
             ,
             that
             their
             cattell
             and
             camels
             are
             onely
             maintained
             with
             drie
             fish
             brought
             from
             the
             sea
             ;
             
             whereof
             there
             is
             such
             plenty
             and
             abundance
             ,
             that
             the
             cats
             of
             the
             countrey
             doe
             vse
             to
             take
             them
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yeere
             following
             ,
             as
             it
             is
             reported
             ,
             one
             
               Antonie
               de
               Saldanta
            
             discouered
             the
             Island
             which
             in
             old
             time
             was
             called
             Coradis
             ,
             
             and
             now
             Socotora
             ,
             and
             the
             Cape
             of
             Guardafu
             ,
             which
             adioineth
             vnto
             that
             countrey
             .
             
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1504.
             
             
               Roderigo
               de
               Bastidas
            
             obtained
             licence
             of
             king
             Ferdinando
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             meanes
             of
             
               Iohn
               de
               Lodesma
            
             and
             others
             of
             Siuill
             armed
             and
             furnished
             out
             two
             ships
             ,
             hauing
             for
             his
             pilot
             one
             
               Iohn
               de
               Cosa
            
             of
             
               Saint
               Marie
               Port
            
             ,
             and
             he
             went
             to
             discouer
             that
             part
             of
             
               Tierra
               firma
            
             where
             now
             standeth
             Carthagena
             ,
             
             being
             in
             ten
             degrées
             and
             a
             halfe
             of
             northerly
             latitude
             .
             And
             it
             is
             said
             that
             they
             found
             the
             captaine
             
               Luis
               de
               la
               Guerra
            
             ;
             
             and
             they
             together
             tooke
             land
             in
             the
             Isle
             of
             Codego
             ,
             where
             they
             tooke
             sixe
             hundred
             persons
             of
             the
             Sauages
             :
             And
             going
             farther
             along
             the
             coast
             they
             entred
             into
             the
             Gulfe
             of
             Vraba
             ,
             where
             they
             found
             sand
             mingled
             with
             gold
             ,
             being
             the
             first
             that
             was
             brought
             to
             the
             king
             Don
             Ferdinando
             :
             from
             thence
             they
             returned
             to
             the
             citie
             of
             
               Santo
               Domingo
            
             laden
             with
             slaues
             without
             victuailes
             ,
             because
             they
             of
             the
             countrey
             would
             not
             bargaine
             with
             them
             ,
             which
             grew
             to
             their
             great
             trouble
             and
             griefe
             .
          
           
           
             In
             the
             later
             end
             of
             this
             yéere
             died
             Ladie
             Isabella
             Quéene
             of
             Castile
             :
             
             Which
             Quéene
             while
             she
             liued
             would
             not
             suffer
             any
             man
             of
             
               Arragon
               ,
               Catalunia
               ,
               Valencia
            
             ,
             nor
             any
             borne
             in
             the
             countrey
             of
             Don
             Fernando
             her
             husband
             to
             enter
             into
             these
             discoueries
             ,
             saue
             those
             which
             were
             their
             seruants
             ,
             or
             by
             speciall
             commandement
             ,
             but
             only
             the
             
               Castillians
               ,
               Biscaines
            
             ,
             &
             those
             which
             were
             of
             her
             owne
             Signiories
             ,
             by
             whom
             all
             the
             lands
             aforesaid
             were
             discouered
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1505.
             vpon
             our
             Lady
             day
             in
             March
             
               Francisco
               de
               Almeida
            
             Viceroy
             of
             India
             tooke
             his
             course
             with
             22.
             sailes
             towards
             India
             as
             now
             is
             accustomed
             .
             
             He
             came
             vnto
             the
             citie
             of
             Quiloa
             ,
             
             where
             he
             built
             a
             fort
             ,
             appointing
             one
             
               Peter
               Fereira
            
             to
             be
             captaine
             thereof
             :
             and
             beyond
             Melinde
             he
             trauersed
             to
             the
             Island
             of
             Angediua
             ,
             
             where
             he
             placed
             as
             captaine
             one
             
               Emmanuell
               Passauia
            
             .
             
             In
             Cananor
             also
             he
             built
             another
             fort
             ,
             giuing
             the
             captainship
             of
             it
             to
             
               Laurence
               de
               Brito
            
             .
             In
             Cochin
             he
             did
             the
             like
             ,
             where
             Don
             
               Alfonso
               de
               Noronia
            
             was
             made
             captaine
             .
             
             This
             yéere
             one
             
               Peter
               de
               Anhaya
            
             did
             build
             the
             fortresse
             of
             Sofala
             ,
             whereof
             also
             himselfe
             was
             made
             captaine
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             later
             end
             of
             this
             yéere
             the
             Viceroy
             commanded
             his
             sonne
             ,
             whose
             name
             was
             Don
             Laurenço
             to
             make
             some
             entrie
             vpon
             the
             Islands
             of
             Maldiua
             ,
             and
             with
             contrarie
             weather
             he
             arriued
             at
             the
             Islands
             ,
             which
             of
             ancient
             time
             were
             called
             Traganae
             ,
             but
             the
             Moores
             called
             them
             Ytterubenero
             ,
             and
             we
             call
             them
             Ceilan
             :
             
             where
             he
             went
             on
             land
             ,
             and
             made
             peace
             with
             the
             people
             there
             ,
             and
             afterward
             came
             backe
             vnto
             Cochin
             ,
             sailing
             along
             the
             coast
             and
             fully
             discouering
             it
             .
             In
             the
             middest
             of
             this
             Island
             there
             stands
             a
             rocke
             of
             stone
             very
             high
             hauing
             the
             signe
             of
             the
             foote
             of
             a
             man
             vpon
             the
             top
             of
             it
             ,
             which
             they
             say
             to
             be
             the
             footestep
             of
             Adam
             ,
             when
             he
             went
             vp
             into
             the
             heauens
             ,
             and
             the
             Indians
             haue
             it
             in
             great
             reuerence
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1506.
             after
             the
             death
             of
             the
             Quéene
             of
             Spaine
             ,
             king
             Philip
             and
             Quéene
             Ioan
             his
             wife
             came
             into
             Spaine
             to
             take
             possession
             thereof
             ,
             and
             king
             Don
             Fernando
             went
             into
             Arragon
             being
             his
             owne
             patrimonie
             .
             
             In
             this
             same
             yeere
             the
             said
             king
             Philip
             died
             ,
             and
             then
             Fernando
             came
             againe
             to
             gouerne
             Spaine
             ,
             and
             he
             gaue
             licence
             vnto
             all
             Spanyards
             to
             goe
             vnto
             the
             New
             land
             ,
             and
             to
             the
             A●tiles
             ,
             but
             not
             to
             the
             Portugals
             .
             
             In
             this
             yéere
             and
             in
             the
             moneth
             of
             May
             
               Christopher
               Columbus
            
             died
             ,
             and
             his
             sonne
             Don
             
               Diego
               Columbus
            
             succeeded
             
             in
             his
             roome
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1506.
             and
             entring
             into
             the
             moneth
             of
             March
             
               Tristan
               de
               Acunna
            
             and
             
               Alfonso
               de
               Albuquerque
            
             went
             into
             India
             with
             14.
             ships
             in
             their
             companie
             ,
             
             and
             sailed
             till
             they
             came
             to
             an
             anker
             at
             the
             towne
             of
             Bezequiche
             ,
             
             where
             they
             refreshed
             themselues
             :
             and
             before
             they
             came
             to
             the
             Cape
             of
             
               Bona
               Sperança
            
             in
             37.
             degrées
             they
             found
             certaine
             Islands
             ,
             which
             now
             are
             named
             the
             
               Isles
               of
               Tristan
               de
               Acunna
            
             ,
             
             where
             they
             had
             such
             a
             tempest
             that
             therewithall
             the
             fléete
             was
             dispersed
             .
             
               Tristan
               de
               Acun̄a
            
             and
             
               Alfonso
               de
               Albuquerque
            
             went
             vnto
             Mosambique
             ,
             and
             
               Aluaro
               Telez
            
             ran
             so
             far
             that
             he
             came
             to
             the
             Island
             of
             Samatra
             ,
             
             and
             so
             backe
             againe
             vnto
             the
             Cape
             of
             Guardatu
             ;
             hauing
             discouered
             many
             Islands
             ,
             sea
             ,
             and
             land
             neuer
             séene
             before
             that
             time
             of
             any
             
               Portugall
               .
               Emmanuel
               Telez
               de
               Meneses
            
             was
             also
             driuen
             without
             the
             great
             Island
             of
             
               S.
               Laurence
            
             ,
             and
             he
             ran
             along
             the
             coast
             thereof
             ,
             and
             arriued
             at
             last
             at
             Mosambique
             ,
             and
             there
             met
             with
             
               Tristan
               de
               Acun̄a
            
             ,
             who
             was
             the
             first
             captaine
             that
             wintred
             there
             ;
             and
             by
             them
             it
             was
             told
             ,
             that
             in
             this
             Island
             was
             much
             Ginger
             ,
             Cloues
             ,
             and
             siluer
             :
             
             whereupon
             he
             went
             and
             discouered
             much
             of
             it
             within
             the
             land
             ;
             but
             finding
             nothing
             he
             came
             backe
             againe
             vnto
             Mosambique
             ;
             from
             whence
             he
             sailed
             vnto
             Melinde
             ,
             and
             ran
             along
             that
             coast
             and
             entred
             into
             Braua
             ,
             
             and
             from
             thence
             they
             crost
             ouer
             to
             the
             Island
             of
             Socotora
             ,
             
             where
             they
             built
             a
             fortresse
             ,
             
             and
             made
             one
             Don
             
               Antonio
               de
               Noronia
            
             captaine
             thereof
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1507.
             in
             the
             moneth
             of
             August
             
               Tristan
               de
               Acun̄a
            
             tooke
             shipping
             for
             India
             ,
             and
             
               Alfonso
               de
               Albuquerque
            
             remained
             there
             with
             fiue
             or
             sixe
             ships
             to
             kéepe
             the
             coast
             and
             entrie
             of
             the
             Streight
             ;
             but
             being
             not
             therewith
             satisfied
             he
             tooke
             his
             course
             ouer
             vnto
             Arabia
             ,
             and
             running
             along
             that
             coast
             he
             doubled
             the
             Cape
             of
             Rosalgate
             standing
             vnder
             the
             Tropicke
             of
             Cancer
             .
             
          
           
             In
             the
             yeere
             1509.
             one
             
               Diego
               Lopez
               de
               Sequeira
            
             went
             out
             of
             Lisbon
             with
             fower
             sailes
             vnto
             the
             Island
             of
             
               Saint
               Laurence
            
             ,
             
             and
             continued
             in
             his
             voiage
             almost
             a
             yéere
             ,
             
             and
             in
             the
             moneth
             of
             May
             the
             same
             yéere
             he
             arriued
             in
             Cochin
             ,
             where
             the
             Viceroy
             gaue
             him
             one
             ship
             more
             :
             and
             in
             the
             beginning
             of
             the
             moneth
             of
             September
             he
             tooke
             his
             course
             vnto
             Malacca
             passing
             betwéene
             the
             Islands
             of
             Nicubar
             ,
             
             and
             many
             others
             :
             
             He
             went
             also
             to
             the
             land
             of
             Samatra
             to
             the
             cities
             of
             Pedir
             and
             Pacem
             ,
             
             and
             all
             along
             by
             all
             that
             coast
             vnto
             the
             Island
             of
             A
             Poluoreira
             ,
             
             and
             the
             flats
             of
             Capacia
             :
             and
             from
             thence
             he
             went
             ouer
             vnto
             Malacca
             standing
             in
             2.
             degrées
             of
             latitude
             towards
             the
             north
             :
             
             but
             in
             that
             citie
             the
             people
             killed
             and
             tooke
             as
             prisoners
             some
             of
             his
             men
             :
             
             and
             thereupon
             he
             turned
             backe
             againe
             into
             India
             ,
             hauing
             discouered
             in
             this
             voiage
             fiue
             hundred
             leagues
             .
             
             This
             Island
             of
             Samatra
             is
             the
             first
             land
             wherein
             we
             knew
             mans
             flesh
             to
             be
             eaten
             by
             certaine
             people
             which
             liue
             in
             the
             mountaines
             called
             Bacas
             ,
             who
             vse
             to
             gilde
             their
             téeth
             .
             They
             hold
             opinion
             that
             the
             flesh
             of
             the
             blacke
             people
             is
             swéeter
             then
             the
             flesh
             of
             the
             white
             .
             
             The
             buffes
             ,
             kine
             ,
             and
             hennes
             which
             are
             in
             that
             countrey
             are
             in
             their
             flesh
             as
             blacke
             as
             any
             inke
             .
             They
             say
             that
             there
             are
             certaine
             people
             there
             called
             
               Daraqui
               Dara
            
             ,
             
             which
             haue
             tailes
             like
             vnto
             shéepe
             ;
             and
             some
             of
             their
             welles
             yéeld
             oile
             .
          
           
             The
             king
             of
             Pedir
             is
             reported
             to
             haue
             a
             riuer
             in
             his
             land
             running
             with
             oile
             :
             which
             is
             a
             thing
             not
             to
             be
             maruelled
             at
             ,
             séeing
             it
             is
             found
             written
             ,
             that
             in
             Bactria
             there
             is
             also
             a
             well
             of
             oile
             :
             it
             is
             farther
             said
             that
             there
             groweth
             here
             a
             trée
             ,
             the
             iuice
             whereof
             is
             strong
             poison
             ,
             and
             if
             it
             touch
             the
             blood
             of
             a
             man
             ,
             he
             dieth
             immediately
             :
             but
             if
             a
             man
             doe
             drinke
             of
             it
             ,
             it
             is
             a
             soueraigne
             remedie
             against
             poison
             ,
             so
             seruing
             both
             for
             life
             and
             death
             .
             
             Here
             also
             they
             doe
             coine
             péeces
             of
             gold
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             Drachmas
             ,
             brought
             into
             the
             land
             as
             they
             say
             by
             the
             Romanes
             :
             which
             séemeth
             to
             haue
             some
             resemblance
             of
             truth
             :
             because
             that
             from
             that
             place
             forward
             there
             is
             no
             coined
             gold
             :
             but
             that
             which
             is
             thus
             coined
             doth
             run
             currant
             in
             the
             buying
             of
             marchandise
             and
             other
             things
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1508.
             one
             
               Alfonso
               de
               Hoieda
            
             with
             the
             fauour
             of
             Don
             Fernando
             purposed
             to
             goe
             vnto
             
               Tierra
               firma
            
             to
             conquer
             the
             prouince
             of
             Darien
             .
             
             He
             went
             foorth
             at
             his
             owne
             charges
             ,
             &
             discouered
             The
             Firme
             land
             ,
             where
             it
             is
             called
             Vraba
             ,
             which
             he
             named
             
               Castilia
               del
               Oro
            
             ,
             
             that
             is
             Golden
             Castilia
             ,
             bicause
             of
             the
             gold
             which
             they
             found
             among
             the
             sand
             along
             the
             coast
             :
             And
             they
             were
             the
             first
             Spanyards
             that
             did
             this
             .
             
               Alfonso
               de
               Hoieda
            
             went
             first
             from
             the
             Island
             of
             Hispaniola
             and
             the
             citie
             of
             
               San
               Domingo
            
             with
             fower
             ships
             and
             thrée
             hundred
             soldiers
             ,
             
             leauing
             behinde
             him
             the
             bachiler
             Anciso
             ,
             who
             afterwards
             compiled
             a
             booke
             of
             these
             discoueries
             .
             And
             
             after
             him
             there
             went
             also
             one
             ship
             with
             victuals
             ,
             munition
             ,
             and
             150.
             
             Spanyards
             .
             He
             went
             on
             land
             at
             Carthagena
             :
             but
             there
             the
             people
             of
             the
             countrey
             tooke
             ,
             slew
             and
             eate
             70.
             of
             his
             soldiers
             ,
             whereupon
             he
             grew
             very
             weake
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             yéere
             1508.
             one
             
               Drego
               de
               Niquesa
            
             prepared
             seuen
             ships
             in
             the
             port
             of
             Beata
             to
             goe
             vnto
             Veragua
             ,
             
             and
             carried
             in
             them
             almost
             800.
             men
             .
             When
             he
             came
             to
             Carthagena
             he
             found
             there
             
               Alfonso
               de
               Hoieda
            
             sore
             spoiled
             with
             his
             former
             losse
             :
             but
             then
             they
             both
             ioined
             together
             ,
             and
             went
             on
             land
             and
             auenged
             themselues
             of
             the
             people
             .
             And
             in
             this
             voiage
             
               Diego
               de
               Niquesa
            
             went
             and
             discouered
             the
             coast
             called
             
               Nombre
               de
               Dios
            
             ,
             and
             went
             vnto
             the
             sound
             of
             Darien
             ,
             and
             called
             it
             
               Puerto
               de
               Misas
            
             ,
             
             which
             is
             vpon
             the
             riuer
             of
             Pito
             .
             When
             they
             were
             come
             vnto
             Veragua
             ,
             he
             went
             on
             shore
             with
             his
             armie
             ,
             his
             soldiers
             being
             out
             of
             hope
             to
             returne
             to
             
               Hispaniola
               .
               Alfonso
               de
               Hoieda
            
             began
             a
             fortresse
             in
             Caribana
             against
             the
             Caribes
             ;
             which
             was
             the
             first
             towne
             that
             the
             Spanyards
             builded
             in
             the
             Firme
             land
             :
             
             and
             in
             
               Nombre
               de
               Dios
            
             they
             built
             another
             ,
             and
             called
             it
             
               Nuestra
               Sennora
               de
               la
               Antigua
            
             .
             They
             builded
             also
             the
             towne
             of
             Vraba
             .
             And
             there
             they
             left
             for
             their
             captaine
             and
             lieutenant
             one
             
               Francis
               Pisarro
            
             ,
             who
             was
             there
             much
             troubled
             .
             They
             builded
             other
             towns
             also
             ,
             whose
             names
             I
             here
             omit
             .
             But
             these
             captaines
             had
             not
             that
             good
             successe
             which
             they
             hoped
             for
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1509.
             the
             second
             Admirall
             Don
             
               Diego
               Columbus
            
             went
             into
             the
             Island
             of
             Hispaniola
             with
             his
             wife
             and
             houshold
             :
             
             And
             she
             being
             a
             gentlewoman
             carried
             with
             her
             many
             other
             women
             of
             good
             families
             ,
             which
             were
             there
             married
             ,
             and
             so
             the
             Spanyards
             and
             Castillians
             began
             to
             people
             the
             countrey
             :
             for
             Don
             Fernando
             the
             king
             had
             giuen
             them
             licence
             to
             discouer
             and
             people
             the
             townes
             of
             Hispaniola
             ;
             so
             that
             the
             same
             place
             grew
             to
             be
             famous
             and
             much
             frequented
             .
             The
             foresaid
             .
             Admirall
             also
             gaue
             order
             to
             people
             the
             Island
             of
             Cuba
             ,
             
             which
             is
             very
             great
             and
             large
             ,
             and
             placed
             there
             as
             his
             lieutenant
             one
             
               Diego
               Velasques
            
             ,
             who
             went
             with
             his
             father
             in
             the
             second
             voiage
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1511.
             in
             the
             moneth
             of
             Aprill
             
               Alfonso
               de
               Albuquerque
            
             went
             from
             the
             citie
             of
             Cochin
             vnto
             Malaeca
             .
             
             In
             which
             yéere
             and
             moneth
             the
             Chineans
             went
             from
             Malaeca
             into
             their
             owne
             countrey
             ,
             
             and
             Alfonso
             sent
             with
             them
             for
             
             master
             a
             Portugall
             called
             
               Duarte
               Fernandes
            
             ,
             with
             letters
             also
             and
             order
             vnto
             the
             king
             of
             the
             Mantias
             ,
             which
             now
             is
             called
             Sian
             standing
             in
             the
             South
             .
             
             They
             passed
             through
             the
             streight
             of
             Cincapura
             ,
             and
             sailed
             towards
             the
             north
             ,
             went
             along
             the
             coast
             of
             Patane
             vnto
             the
             citie
             of
             Cuy
             ,
             
             and
             from
             thence
             to
             Odia
             which
             is
             the
             chiefe
             citie
             of
             the
             kingdome
             ,
             standing
             in
             14.
             degrées
             of
             northerly
             latitude
             .
             The
             king
             greatly
             honoured
             and
             welcomed
             
               Duarte
               Fernandes
            
             ,
             being
             the
             first
             Portugall
             that
             he
             had
             séene
             ,
             and
             with
             him
             he
             sent
             backe
             ambassadours
             to
             Albuquerque
             .
             They
             passed
             ouer
             land
             towards
             the
             west
             vnto
             the
             citie
             of
             Tanaçerim
             standing
             vpon
             the
             sea
             on
             the
             other
             side
             in
             12.
             degrées
             ,
             
             where
             they
             imbarked
             themselues
             in
             two
             ships
             ,
             and
             sailed
             along
             the
             coast
             vnto
             the
             citie
             of
             Malacca
             ,
             leauing
             it
             all
             discouered
             .
          
           
             The
             people
             of
             this
             countrey
             of
             Sian
             are
             people
             that
             eate
             of
             all
             kinde
             of
             beastes
             ,
             
             or
             vermine
             .
             They
             haue
             a
             delight
             to
             carrie
             round
             bels
             within
             the
             skin
             of
             their
             priuie
             members
             :
             which
             is
             forbidden
             to
             the
             king
             and
             the
             religious
             people
             .
             It
             is
             said
             that
             of
             all
             other
             people
             of
             those
             parts
             they
             be
             most
             vertuous
             and
             honest
             .
             They
             commend
             themselues
             much
             for
             their
             chastitie
             and
             pouertie
             .
             They
             bring
             no
             heunes
             nor
             doues
             vp
             in
             their
             houses
             .
             This
             kingdome
             hath
             in
             length
             250.
             leagues
             ,
             and
             in
             bredth
             80.
             
             Of
             this
             only
             kingdome
             the
             king
             may
             bring
             foorth
             into
             the
             field
             thirtie
             thousand
             elephants
             ,
             when
             he
             goeth
             to
             warre
             ,
             besides
             those
             which
             remaine
             in
             the
             cities
             for
             the
             garde
             of
             them
             .
             The
             king
             much
             estéemeth
             a
             white
             elephant
             ,
             and
             a
             red
             one
             also
             ,
             that
             hath
             eies
             like
             vnto
             flaming
             fire
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             in
             this
             countrey
             a
             certaine
             small
             vermine
             ,
             which
             vseth
             to
             cleaue
             fast
             to
             the
             trunke
             of
             the
             elephant
             ,
             and
             draweth
             the
             blood
             of
             the
             elephant
             ,
             and
             so
             he
             dieth
             thereof
             .
             The
             skull
             of
             this
             vermine
             is
             so
             hard
             ,
             that
             the
             shot
             of
             an
             handgun
             cannot
             enter
             it
             :
             they
             haue
             in
             their
             liuers
             the
             figures
             of
             men
             and
             women
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             Toke●a
             ,
             and
             are
             much
             like
             vnto
             a
             mandrake
             .
             
             And
             they
             affirme
             that
             he
             which
             hath
             one
             of
             them
             about
             him
             cannot
             die
             with
             the
             stroke
             of
             any
             iron
             .
             They
             haue
             also
             wilde
             kine
             in
             this
             countrey
             ,
             in
             the
             heads
             of
             whome
             they
             finde
             stones
             ,
             which
             are
             of
             vertue
             to
             bring
             good
             hap
             and
             fortune
             to
             marchants
             .
          
           
             After
             that
             
               Duarte
               Fernandes
            
             had
             béen
             with
             the
             Mantales
             or
             people
             of
             
               Sian
               ,
               Alfonso
               de
               Albuquerque
            
             sent
             thither
             a
             knight
             
             called
             
               Ruy
               Nunnez
               de
               Acunna
            
             with
             letters
             and
             ambassage
             vnto
             the
             king
             of
             the
             Seguies
             ,
             
             which
             we
             call
             Pegu.
             He
             went
             in
             a
             Iunco
             of
             the
             countrey
             in
             sight
             of
             the
             Cape
             Rachado
             ,
             and
             from
             thence
             went
             vnto
             the
             citie
             of
             Pera
             which
             standeth
             fast
             by
             the
             riuer
             Salano
             ,
             
             and
             many
             other
             villages
             standing
             all
             along
             this
             riuer
             ,
             where
             
               Duarte
               Fernandes
            
             had
             béene
             before
             ,
             vnto
             the
             cities
             of
             Tanaçerim
             and
             of
             Martauan
             ,
             standing
             in
             15.
             degrées
             toward
             the
             north
             ,
             and
             the
             citie
             of
             Pegu
             standeth
             in
             17.
             
             This
             was
             the
             first
             Portugall
             ,
             which
             trauailed
             in
             that
             kingdome
             :
             
             and
             he
             gaue
             good
             information
             of
             that
             countrey
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             people
             ,
             which
             vse
             to
             were
             bels
             in
             their
             priuities
             euen
             as
             the
             Mantales
             doe
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             end
             of
             this
             yeere
             1511.
             
             
             
               Alfonso
               de
               Albuquerque
            
             sent
             thrée
             ships
             to
             the
             Islands
             of
             Banda
             ,
             
             and
             Maluco
             .
             And
             there
             went
             as
             Generall
             of
             them
             one
             
               Antonio
               de
               Breu
            
             ,
             and
             with
             him
             also
             went
             one
             
               Francis
               Serrano
            
             :
             and
             in
             these
             ships
             there
             were
             120.
             persons
             .
             They
             passed
             through
             the
             Streight
             of
             Saban
             ,
             and
             along
             the
             Island
             of
             Samatra
             ,
             and
             others
             ,
             leauing
             them
             on
             the
             left
             hand
             ,
             towards
             the
             east
             :
             and
             they
             called
             them
             the
             Salites
             .
             
             They
             went
             also
             to
             the
             Islands
             of
             Palinibam
             and
             
               La
               Suparam
            
             ;
             from
             whence
             they
             sailed
             by
             the
             noble
             Island
             of
             Iaua
             ,
             
             and
             they
             ran
             their
             course
             east
             ,
             sailing
             betweene
             it
             and
             the
             Island
             of
             Madura
             .
             
             The
             people
             of
             this
             Island
             are
             very
             warlike
             and
             strong
             ,
             and
             doe
             little
             regard
             their
             liues
             .
             The
             women
             also
             are
             there
             hired
             for
             the
             warres
             :
             and
             they
             fall
             out
             often
             together
             ,
             and
             kill
             one
             another
             ,
             as
             the
             Mocos
             doe
             ,
             delighting
             onely
             in
             shedding
             of
             blood
             .
          
           
             Beyond
             the
             Island
             of
             Iaua
             they
             sailed
             along
             by
             another
             called
             Bali
             :
             
             and
             then
             came
             also
             vnto
             others
             called
             
               Aujaue
               ,
               çambaba
               ,
               Solor
            
             ,
             *
             
               Galao
               ,
               Mallua
               ,
               Vitara
               ,
               Rosalangum
               ,
            
             &
             *
             Arus
             ,
             from
             whence
             are
             brought
             delicate
             birds
             ,
             which
             are
             of
             great
             estimation
             because
             of
             their
             feathers
             :
             they
             came
             also
             to
             other
             Islands
             lying
             in
             the
             same
             parallele
             on
             the
             south
             side
             in
             7.
             or
             8.
             degrées
             of
             latitude
             .
             And
             they
             be
             so
             nere
             the
             one
             to
             the
             other
             ,
             that
             they
             séeme
             at
             the
             first
             to
             be
             one
             entire
             and
             maine
             land
             .
             The
             course
             by
             these
             Islands
             is
             aboue
             fiue
             hundred
             leagues
             .
             The
             ancient
             Cosmographers
             call
             all
             these
             Islands
             by
             the
             name
             Iauos
             :
             but
             late
             experience
             hath
             found
             their
             names
             to
             be
             very
             diuers
             ,
             as
             you
             see
             .
             Beyonde
             these
             there
             are
             other
             Islands
             toward
             the
             north
             ,
             which
             are
             inhabited
             with
             whiter
             
             people
             going
             arraied
             in
             shirts
             ,
             
             doublets
             and
             slops
             like
             vnto
             the
             Portugals
             ,
             hauing
             also
             money
             of
             siluer
             .
             The
             gouernours
             among
             them
             doe
             carrie
             in
             their
             hands
             red
             staues
             ,
             
             whereby
             they
             séeme
             to
             haue
             some
             affinitie
             with
             the
             people
             of
             China
             .
             There
             are
             other
             Islands
             and
             people
             about
             this
             place
             ,
             which
             are
             redde
             ;
             and
             it
             is
             reported
             that
             they
             are
             of
             the
             people
             of
             China
             .
          
           
             
               Antonie
               de
               Breu
            
             and
             those
             that
             went
             with
             him
             tooke
             their
             course
             toward
             the
             north
             ,
             where
             is
             a
             smal
             Island
             called
             Gumnape
             or
             Ternate
             ,
             
             from
             the
             highest
             place
             whereof
             there
             fall
             continually
             into
             the
             sea
             flakes
             or
             streames
             like
             vnto
             fire
             ;
             which
             is
             a
             woonderfull
             thing
             to
             behold
             .
             
             From
             thence
             they
             went
             to
             the
             Islands
             of
             Burro
             and
             Amboino
             ,
             
             and
             came
             to
             an
             anker
             in
             an
             hauen
             of
             it
             called
             Guliguli
             ,
             
             where
             they
             went
             on
             land
             and
             tooke
             a
             village
             standing
             by
             the
             riuer
             ,
             where
             they
             found
             dead
             men
             hanging
             in
             the
             houses
             ;
             for
             the
             people
             there
             are
             eaters
             of
             mans
             flesh
             .
             Here
             the
             Portugals
             burnt
             the
             ship
             wherein
             
               Francis
               Serrano
            
             was
             ,
             for
             she
             was
             old
             and
             rotten
             .
             They
             went
             to
             a
             place
             on
             the
             other
             side
             standing
             in
             8.
             degrées
             toward
             the
             south
             ,
             
             where
             they
             laded
             cloues
             ,
             nutmegs
             ,
             and
             mace
             in
             a
             Iunco
             or
             barke
             which
             
               Francis
               Serrano
            
             bought
             here
             .
          
           
             They
             say
             that
             not
             farre
             from
             the
             Islands
             of
             Banda
             there
             is
             an
             Island
             ,
             where
             there
             bréedeth
             nothing
             else
             but
             snakes
             ,
             and
             the
             most
             are
             in
             one
             caue
             in
             the
             middest
             of
             the
             land
             .
             This
             is
             a
             thing
             not
             much
             to
             be
             woondred
             at
             ;
             for
             as
             much
             as
             in
             the
             Leuant
             sea
             hard
             by
             the
             Isles
             of
             Maiorca
             and
             Minorca
             there
             is
             another
             Island
             of
             old
             named
             Ophi●sa
             ,
             and
             now
             Formentera
             ,
             wherein
             there
             is
             great
             abundance
             of
             these
             vermine
             :
             and
             in
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Islands
             lying
             by
             it
             there
             are
             none
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1512.
             they
             departed
             from
             Banda
             toward
             Malacea
             ,
             and
             on
             the
             baxos
             or
             flats
             of
             
               Luçapinho
               Francis
               Serrano
            
             perished
             in
             his
             Iunke
             or
             barke
             ,
             from
             whence
             escaped
             vnto
             the
             Isle
             of
             Mindanao
             nine
             or
             ten
             Portugals
             which
             were
             with
             him
             ,
             
             and
             the
             kings
             of
             Maluco
             sent
             for
             them
             .
             
             These
             were
             the
             first
             Portugals
             that
             came
             to
             the
             Islands
             of
             Cloues
             ,
             which
             stand
             from
             the
             Equinoctiall
             line
             towardes
             the
             north
             in
             one
             degrée
             ,
             where
             they
             liued
             seuen
             or
             eight
             yeeres
             .
          
           
             The
             Island
             of
             Gumnape
             now
             called
             Ternate
             is
             much
             to
             be
             admired
             ,
             for
             that
             it
             casteth
             out
             fire
             .
             There
             were
             some
             
             princes
             of
             the
             Moores
             and
             couragious
             Portugals
             which
             determined
             to
             goe
             néere
             to
             the
             firie
             place
             to
             sée
             what
             it
             was
             ;
             but
             they
             could
             neuer
             come
             néere
             it
             .
             But
             
               Antonie
               Galuano
            
             hearing
             of
             it
             ,
             vndertooke
             to
             goe
             vp
             to
             it
             ,
             and
             did
             so
             ,
             and
             found
             a
             riuer
             so
             extreme
             cold
             ,
             that
             he
             could
             not
             suffer
             his
             hand
             in
             it
             ,
             nor
             yet
             put
             any
             of
             the
             water
             in
             his
             mouth
             :
             And
             yet
             this
             place
             standeth
             vnder
             the
             line
             ,
             where
             the
             sunne
             continually
             burneth
             .
             In
             these
             Islands
             of
             Maluco
             there
             is
             a
             kinde
             of
             men
             that
             haue
             spurres
             on
             their
             ankles
             like
             vnto
             cocks
             .
             
             And
             it
             was
             told
             me
             by
             the
             king
             of
             Tydore
             ,
             
             that
             in
             the
             Islands
             of
             Batochina
             there
             were
             people
             that
             had
             tailes
             ,
             and
             had
             a
             thing
             like
             vnto
             a
             dug
             betwéen
             their
             cods
             ,
             out
             of
             the
             which
             there
             came
             milke
             .
             There
             are
             smal
             hennes
             also
             which
             lay
             their
             egges
             vnder
             the
             ground
             aboue
             a
             fathome
             and
             an
             halfe
             ,
             and
             the
             egges
             are
             bigger
             then
             ducks
             egges
             ,
             and
             many
             of
             these
             hennes
             are
             blacke
             in
             their
             flesh
             .
             There
             are
             hogs
             also
             with
             hornes
             ,
             and
             parats
             which
             prattle
             much
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             Noris
             .
             There
             is
             also
             a
             riuer
             of
             water
             so
             hot
             ,
             that
             whatsoeuer
             liuing
             creature
             cōmeth
             into
             it
             ,
             their
             skins
             will
             come
             off
             ,
             and
             yet
             fish
             bréede
             in
             it
             .
             There
             are
             crabs
             which
             be
             very
             swéete
             ,
             and
             so
             strong
             in
             their
             clawes
             ,
             that
             they
             will
             breake
             the
             iron
             of
             a
             pik●axe
             .
             There
             be
             others
             also
             in
             the
             sea
             little
             and
             hairie
             ,
             but
             whosoeuer
             eateth
             of
             them
             dieth
             immediately
             .
             There
             be
             likewise
             certaine
             oisters
             ,
             which
             they
             doe
             call
             Bras
             ,
             the
             shels
             whereof
             haue
             so
             large
             a
             compasse
             ,
             that
             they
             doe
             Christen
             in
             them
             .
             In
             the
             sea
             also
             there
             are
             liuely
             stones
             ,
             which
             doe
             grow
             and
             increase
             like
             vnto
             fish
             ,
             whereof
             very
             good
             lime
             is
             made
             :
             and
             if
             they
             let
             it
             lie
             when
             it
             is
             taken
             out
             of
             the
             water
             ,
             it
             looseth
             the
             strength
             ,
             and
             it
             neuer
             burneth
             after
             .
             
             There
             is
             also
             a
             certaine
             trée
             ,
             which
             beareth
             flowers
             at
             the
             sunne
             set
             ,
             which
             fall
             downe
             as
             soone
             as
             they
             be
             growne
             .
             There
             is
             a
             fruit
             also
             ,
             as
             they
             say
             ,
             whereof
             if
             a
             woman
             that
             is
             conceaued
             of
             childe
             eateth
             ,
             the
             childe
             by
             &
             by
             mooueth
             .
             There
             is
             further
             a
             kinde
             of
             herbe
             there
             growing
             ,
             which
             followeth
             the
             sunne
             ,
             and
             remooueth
             after
             it
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             very
             strange
             and
             maruailous
             thing
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1512.
             in
             the
             moneth
             of
             Ianuarie
             
               Alfonsus
               de
               Albuquerque
            
             went
             backe
             from
             Malaca
             vnto
             Goa
             ,
             
             and
             the
             ship
             wherein
             he
             went
             was
             lost
             ,
             and
             the
             rest
             went
             from
             his
             companie
             .
             
             
               Simon
               de
               Andrada
            
             ,
             and
             a
             few
             Portugals
             were
             driuen
             vnto
             the
             Islands
             of
             Maldiua
             being
             many
             &
             full
             of
             palme
             
             trées
             :
             and
             they
             stand
             lowe
             by
             the
             water
             :
             which
             staied
             there
             till
             they
             knew
             what
             was
             become
             of
             their
             gouernour
             .
             These
             were
             the
             first
             Portugals
             that
             had
             séene
             those
             Islands
             ,
             wherein
             there
             growe
             Cocos
             ,
             which
             are
             very
             good
             against
             all
             kinde
             of
             poison
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             yéere
             1512.
             there
             went
             out
             of
             Castile
             one
             
               Iohn
               de
               Solis
            
             borne
             in
             Lisbon
             ,
             
             and
             chiefe
             pilot
             vnto
             Don
             Fernando
             .
             And
             he
             hauing
             licence
             went
             to
             discouer
             the
             coast
             of
             Brasill
             .
             He
             tooke
             the
             like
             course
             that
             the
             Pinsons
             had
             done
             :
             he
             went
             also
             to
             the
             Cape
             of
             
               S.
               Augustine
            
             ,
             and
             went
             forwards
             to
             the
             south
             ,
             coasting
             the
             shore
             and
             land
             ,
             and
             he
             came
             vnto
             The
             Port
             
               De
               Lagoa
            
             :
             and
             in
             35.
             degrées
             of
             southerly
             latitude
             he
             found
             a
             riuer
             which
             they
             of
             Brasill
             call
             Parana-guaçu
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             The
             great
             Water
             .
             He
             sawe
             there
             signes
             of
             siluer
             ,
             and
             therefore
             called
             it
             
               Rio
               de
               Plata
            
             ,
             
             that
             is
             ,
             The
             Riuer
             of
             siluer
             .
             And
             it
             is
             said
             that
             at
             that
             time
             he
             went
             farther
             because
             he
             liked
             the
             countrey
             well
             :
             but
             he
             returned
             backe
             againe
             into
             Spaine
             ,
             and
             made
             account
             of
             all
             things
             to
             Don
             Fernando
             ,
             demaunding
             of
             the
             king
             the
             gouernment
             thereof
             ,
             which
             the
             king
             granted
             him
             .
             
             Whereupon
             he
             prouided
             thrée
             ships
             and
             with
             them
             in
             the
             yéere
             1515.
             he
             went
             againe
             into
             that
             kingdome
             ;
             but
             he
             was
             there
             slaine
             .
             These
             Solisses
             were
             great
             discouerers
             in
             those
             partes
             ,
             and
             spent
             therein
             their
             liues
             and
             goods
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             same
             yéere
             1512.
             
             
               Iohn
               Ponce
            
             of
             Leon
             ,
             which
             had
             béene
             goueruour
             of
             the
             Isle
             of
             
               S.
               Iohn
            
             armed
             two
             ships
             and
             went
             to
             séeke
             the
             Isle
             of
             Boyuca
             ,
             where
             the
             naturals
             of
             the
             countrey
             reported
             to
             be
             a
             Wel
             ,
             
             which
             maketh
             old
             men
             yoong
             .
             Whereupon
             he
             laboured
             to
             finde
             it
             out
             ,
             
             and
             was
             in
             searching
             of
             it
             the
             space
             of
             sixe
             monethes
             ,
             but
             could
             finde
             no
             such
             thing
             .
             He
             entred
             into
             the
             Isle
             of
             Bimini
             ;
             
             and
             discouered
             a
             point
             of
             the
             firme
             land
             standing
             in
             25.
             degrées
             towards
             the
             north
             vpon
             Easter
             day
             ,
             
             and
             therefore
             he
             named
             it
             Florida
             .
             And
             because
             the
             land
             séemed
             to
             yeeld
             gold
             and
             siluer
             and
             great
             riches
             ,
             
             he
             begged
             it
             of
             the
             king
             Don
             Fernando
             ,
             but
             he
             died
             in
             the
             discouerie
             of
             it
             ,
             as
             many
             more
             haue
             done
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1513.
             
             
               Vasco
               Nunnes
               de
               Valboa
            
             hearing
             spéech
             and
             newes
             of
             The
             south
             sea
             ,
             
             determined
             to
             goe
             thither
             ,
             although
             his
             companie
             dissuaded
             him
             from
             that
             action
             .
             But
             being
             a
             man
             of
             good
             valure
             with
             those
             soldiers
             that
             he
             had
             ,
             
             being
             290.
             he
             resolued
             to
             put
             himselfe
             into
             that
             ieoperdie
             .
             He
             went
             therefore
             from
             Dariene
             the
             first
             day
             of
             September
             ,
             carrying
             some
             Indians
             of
             the
             countrey
             with
             him
             to
             be
             his
             guides
             ,
             and
             he
             marched
             ouerthwart
             the
             land
             sometimes
             quietly
             ,
             sometimes
             in
             war
             :
             and
             in
             a
             certaine
             place
             called
             Careca
             he
             found
             Negroes
             captiues
             with
             curled
             haire
             .
             
             This
             Valboa
             came
             to
             the
             sight
             of
             the
             South
             Sea
             on
             the
             25.
             day
             of
             the
             said
             moneth
             ,
             and
             on
             
               Saint
               Michaels
            
             day
             came
             vnto
             it
             :
             where
             he
             imbarked
             himselfe
             against
             the
             will
             of
             Chiapes
             ,
             who
             was
             the
             Lord
             of
             that
             coast
             ,
             who
             wished
             him
             not
             to
             doe
             so
             ,
             because
             it
             was
             very
             dangerous
             for
             him
             .
             But
             he
             desirous
             to
             haue
             it
             knowne
             ,
             that
             he
             had
             béene
             vpon
             those
             seas
             ,
             went
             forwards
             ,
             and
             came
             backe
             againe
             to
             land
             in
             safetie
             ,
             and
             with
             great
             contentment
             ,
             bringing
             with
             him
             good
             store
             of
             gold
             ,
             siluer
             ,
             and
             pearles
             ,
             which
             there
             they
             tooke
             .
             For
             which
             good
             seruice
             of
             his
             Don
             Ferdinando
             the
             king
             greatly
             fauoured
             and
             honoured
             him
             .
          
           
             This
             yéere
             1513.
             in
             the
             moneth
             of
             Februarie
             
               Alfonsus
               de
               Albuquerque
            
             went
             frō
             the
             citie
             of
             Goa
             towards
             the
             streight
             of
             Mecha
             with
             twenty
             ships
             .
             
             They
             arriued
             at
             the
             citie
             of
             Aden
             and
             battered
             it
             ,
             
             and
             passed
             forward
             and
             entred
             into
             the
             Streight
             .
             They
             say
             that
             they
             saw
             a
             crosse
             in
             the
             element
             and
             worshipped
             it
             .
             
             They
             wintered
             in
             the
             Island
             of
             
               Camaran
               ▪
            
             This
             was
             the
             first
             Portugall
             captaine
             that
             gaue
             information
             of
             those
             seas
             ,
             and
             of
             that
             of
             Persia
             ,
             being
             things
             in
             the
             world
             of
             great
             account
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1514.
             and
             in
             the
             moneth
             of
             May
             there
             went
             out
             of
             
               Saint
               Lu●ar
            
             one
             
               Pedro
               Arias
               de
               Auila
            
             at
             the
             commandement
             of
             Don
             Ferdinando
             .
             
             He
             was
             the
             fourth
             gouernour
             of
             
               Castillia
               del
               Oro
            
             or
             Golden
             Castile
             :
             for
             so
             they
             named
             the
             countreyes
             of
             
               Dariene
               ,
               Carthagena
            
             ,
             and
             Vraba
             ,
             and
             that
             countrey
             which
             was
             newly
             conquered
             .
             He
             carried
             with
             him
             his
             wife
             the
             Lady
             Elizabeth
             and
             1500.
             men
             in
             seuen
             ships
             ;
             and
             the
             king
             appointed
             
               Vasco
               Nunnez
               de
               Valboa
            
             gouernour
             of
             the
             South
             Sea
             and
             of
             that
             coast
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             beginning
             of
             the
             yéere
             1515.
             the
             gouernour
             
               Pedro
               Arias
               de
               Auila
            
             sent
             one
             
               Gaspar
               Morales
            
             with
             150.
             men
             vnto
             the
             Gulfe
             of
             
               S.
               Michael
            
             to
             discouer
             the
             Islands
             of
             
               Tararequi
               ,
               Chiapes
            
             ,
             and
             Tumaccus
             .
             There
             was
             a
             
               Casique
               Valboas
            
             friend
             which
             gaue
             him
             many
             Canoas
             or
             boates
             made
             of
             one
             trée
             to
             
             rowe
             in
             ,
             
             wherein
             they
             passed
             vnto
             The
             Island
             of
             pearles
             :
             the
             Lord
             whereof
             resisted
             them
             at
             their
             comming
             on
             land
             .
             But
             Chiapes
             and
             Tumaccus
             did
             pacifie
             him
             in
             such
             order
             ,
             that
             the
             captaine
             of
             the
             Isle
             had
             them
             home
             vnto
             his
             house
             ,
             
             and
             made
             much
             of
             them
             ,
             
             and
             receiued
             baptisme
             at
             their
             hands
             ,
             naming
             him
             
               Pedro
               Arias
            
             after
             the
             gouernours
             name
             ,
             and
             he
             gaue
             vnto
             them
             for
             this
             a
             basket
             full
             of
             pearles
             waying
             110.
             pounds
             ,
             whereof
             some
             were
             as
             big
             as
             hasell
             nuts
             of
             20.
             25.
             26.
             or
             31.
             carats
             :
             &
             euery
             carat
             is
             fower
             graines
             .
             There
             was
             giuen
             for
             one
             of
             them
             1200.
             ducats
             .
             This
             Island
             of
             Tararequi
             standeth
             in
             5.
             degrées
             of
             latitude
             towards
             the
             north
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             yéere
             1515.
             in
             the
             moneth
             of
             March
             the
             gouernour
             sent
             one
             
               Gonsaluo
               de
               Badaios
            
             with
             80.
             soldiers
             to
             discouer
             new
             lands
             ,
             and
             they
             went
             from
             Dariene
             to
             
               Nombre
               de
               Dios
            
             ,
             where
             came
             vnto
             them
             one
             
               Lewis
               de
               Mercado
            
             with
             fiftie
             men
             more
             ,
             which
             the
             gouernour
             sent
             to
             aide
             him
             .
             They
             determined
             to
             discouer
             toward
             the
             South
             ,
             
             saying
             that
             that
             countrey
             was
             the
             richest
             .
             They
             tooke
             with
             them
             Indians
             to
             be
             their
             guides
             ,
             and
             going
             along
             the
             coast
             they
             found
             slaues
             marked
             with
             irons
             as
             the
             Portugals
             doe
             vse
             ;
             and
             hauing
             marched
             a
             good
             way
             through
             the
             countreyes
             with
             great
             trauaile
             they
             gathered
             together
             much
             golde
             and
             fortie
             slaues
             to
             doe
             them
             seruice
             :
             but
             one
             Casique
             named
             Pariza
             did
             set
             vpon
             them
             and
             slue
             and
             tooke
             the
             most
             part
             of
             them
             .
          
           
             The
             gouernour
             hearing
             of
             these
             newes
             ,
             the
             same
             yéere
             1515.
             sent
             foorth
             his
             sonne
             
               Iohn
               Arias
               de
               Auila
            
             to
             be
             reuenged
             and
             to
             discouer
             also
             by
             sea
             and
             by
             land
             :
             They
             went
             westward
             to
             Cape
             
               De
               Guerra
            
             standing
             in
             little
             more
             then
             sixe
             degrées
             towards
             the
             north
             ,
             
             and
             from
             thence
             vnto
             
               Punta
               de
               Borica
            
             ,
             
             and
             to
             Cape
             Blanco
             or
             the
             White
             Cape
             standing
             in
             8.
             degrées
             and
             an
             halfe
             :
             
             they
             discouered
             250.
             leagues
             as
             they
             affirme
             ,
             
             and
             peopled
             the
             citie
             of
             Panama
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             very
             yéere
             1515.
             in
             the
             moneth
             of
             May
             
               Alfonsus
               de
               Albuquerque
            
             gouernour
             of
             India
             sent
             from
             the
             citie
             of
             Ormuz
             one
             
               Fernando
               Gomes
               de
               Lemos
            
             as
             ambassadour
             vnto
             Xec
             or
             
               Shaugh
               Ismael
            
             king
             of
             Persia
             :
             
             and
             it
             is
             declared
             that
             they
             trauailed
             in
             it
             300.
             leagues
             ,
             
             and
             that
             it
             is
             a
             pleasant
             countrey
             like
             vnto
             France
             .
             
             This
             Xe●
             or
             
               Shaugh
               Ismael
            
             went
             on
             hunting
             and
             fishing
             for
             troutes
             ,
             whereof
             there
             are
             many
             .
             And
             there
             be
             the
             fairest
             women
             in
             all
             the
             world
             .
             And
             so
             
             Alexander
             the
             great
             affirmed
             ,
             when
             he
             called
             them
             The
             women
             with
             golden
             eies
             .
             And
             this
             yéere
             this
             woorthy
             Viceroy
             
               Alfonsus
               de
               Albuquerque
            
             died
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1416.
             and
             one
             hundred
             yéeres
             after
             the
             taking
             of
             Ceuta
             in
             
               Barba●ie
               ,
               Lopez
               Suares
            
             being
             gouernour
             of
             India
             ,
             there
             was
             a
             dispatch
             made
             by
             the
             commandement
             of
             the
             kings
             highnes
             vnto
             one
             
               Fernando
               Perez
               de
               Andrada
            
             to
             passe
             to
             the
             great
             countrey
             and
             kingdome
             of
             China
             .
             He
             went
             from
             the
             citie
             of
             Cochin
             in
             the
             moneth
             of
             Aprill
             .
             They
             receiued
             pepper
             ,
             
             being
             the
             principal
             marchandise
             to
             be
             sold
             in
             all
             China
             of
             any
             value
             :
             And
             he
             was
             farther
             commanded
             by
             the
             king
             Don
             Emmanuel
             to
             goe
             also
             to
             Bengala
             with
             his
             letter
             and
             dispatch
             to
             a
             knight
             called
             
               Iohn
               Coelo
            
             .
             This
             was
             the
             first
             Portugall
             as
             farre
             as
             I
             know
             ,
             which
             drunke
             of
             the
             water
             of
             the
             riuer
             Ganges
             .
          
           
             This
             yéere
             1516.
             died
             Don
             Fernando
             king
             of
             Spaine
             .
             
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1517.
             this
             
               Fernando
               Perez
            
             went
             vnto
             the
             citie
             of
             Malacha
             ,
             
             and
             in
             the
             moneth
             of
             Iune
             he
             departed
             from
             thence
             towards
             China
             with
             eight
             sailes
             fower
             Portugals
             and
             the
             others
             Malayans
             .
             
             He
             arriued
             in
             China
             :
             And
             because
             he
             could
             not
             come
             on
             land
             without
             an
             ambassage
             ,
             there
             was
             one
             
               Thomas
               Perez
            
             which
             had
             order
             for
             it
             :
             and
             he
             went
             from
             the
             citie
             of
             Canton
             ,
             
             where
             they
             came
             to
             an
             anker
             :
             They
             went
             by
             land
             fower
             hundred
             leagues
             ,
             and
             came
             vnto
             the
             citie
             of
             *
             Pekin
             ,
             where
             the
             king
             was
             for
             this
             prouince
             and
             countrey
             is
             the
             biggest
             that
             is
             in
             the
             worlde
             .
             It
             beginneth
             at
             Sailana
             in
             twentie
             degrées
             of
             latitude
             towards
             the
             north
             ,
             and
             it
             endeth
             almost
             in
             50.
             degrées
             .
             Which
             must
             be
             500.
             leagues
             in
             length
             :
             and
             they
             say
             that
             it
             containeth
             300.
             leagues
             in
             bredth
             .
             
               Fernando
               Perez
            
             was
             14.
             moneths
             in
             the
             Isle
             
               Da
               Veniaga
            
             ,
             
             learning
             as
             much
             as
             he
             could
             of
             the
             countrey
             ,
             according
             as
             the
             king
             his
             master
             had
             commanded
             him
             .
             And
             although
             one
             
               Raphael
               Perestrello
            
             had
             beene
             there
             in
             a
             Iunke
             or
             barke
             of
             certaine
             marchants
             of
             Malaca
             ,
             yet
             vnto
             
               Fernando
               Perez
            
             there
             ought
             to
             be
             giuen
             the
             praise
             of
             this
             discouerie
             :
             as
             well
             for
             that
             he
             had
             commandement
             from
             the
             king
             ,
             as
             in
             discouering
             so
             much
             with
             
               Thomas
               Perez
            
             by
             land
             ,
             and
             
               George
               Mascarenhas
            
             by
             sea
             ,
             
             and
             for
             coasting
             vnto
             the
             citie
             of
             Foquiem
             standing
             in
             24.
             degrees
             of
             latitude
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             same
             yéere
             1517.
             
             Charles
             ,
             which
             afterward
             was
             
             Emperour
             ,
             
             came
             into
             Spaine
             ,
             and
             tooke
             possession
             thereof
             .
             And
             in
             the
             same
             yéere
             
               Francis
               Fernandes
               de
               Cordoua
               ,
               Christopher
               Morantes
               ,
            
             
             and
             
               Lopez
               Ochoa
            
             armed
             thrée
             ships
             at
             their
             owne
             proper
             charges
             from
             the
             Island
             of
             Cuba
             .
             They
             had
             also
             with
             them
             a
             barke
             of
             
               Diego
               Velasques
            
             ,
             who
             then
             was
             gouernour
             :
             
             They
             came
             on
             land
             in
             Iucatan
             standing
             in
             20.
             degrées
             of
             latitude
             at
             a
             point
             which
             they
             called
             
               Punta
               de
               las
               Duennas
            
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             The
             point
             of
             Ladies
             ,
             which
             was
             the
             first
             place
             wherein
             they
             had
             séen
             Temples
             and
             buildings
             of
             lime
             and
             stone
             .
             The
             people
             here
             goe
             better
             apparelled
             then
             in
             any
             other
             place
             .
             They
             haue
             crosses
             which
             they
             worship
             ,
             setting
             them
             vpon
             their
             tombes
             when
             they
             be
             buried
             .
             Wherby
             it
             séemeth
             that
             in
             times
             past
             they
             had
             in
             that
             place
             the
             faith
             of
             Christ
             among
             them
             .
             And
             some
             say
             that
             thereabouts
             were
             
               The
               seuen
               Cities
            
             .
             
             They
             went
             round
             about
             it
             towards
             the
             north
             which
             is
             on
             the
             right
             hand
             :
             from
             whence
             they
             turned
             backe
             vnto
             the
             Island
             of
             Cuba
             with
             some
             examples
             of
             gold
             ,
             and
             men
             which
             they
             had
             taken
             .
             And
             this
             was
             the
             first
             beginning
             of
             the
             discouerie
             of
             
               New
               Spaine
            
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1518.
             
             
               Lopez
               Suares
            
             commanded
             Don
             
               Iohn
               de
               Silueira
            
             to
             goe
             to
             the
             Islands
             of
             Maldiua
             :
             
             and
             he
             made
             peace
             with
             them
             :
             
             and
             from
             thence
             he
             went
             to
             the
             citie
             of
             Chatigam
             situated
             on
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             riuer
             Ganges
             vnder
             the
             Tropicke
             of
             Cancer
             .
             
             For
             this
             riuer
             ,
             and
             the
             riuer
             Indus
             ,
             which
             standeth
             an
             hundred
             leagues
             beyond
             the
             citie
             of
             Diu
             ,
             and
             that
             of
             Canton
             in
             China
             doe
             all
             fall
             in
             t
             the
             sea
             vnder
             one
             parallele
             or
             latitude
             .
             And
             although
             before
             that
             time
             
               Fernan
               Perez
            
             had
             béen
             commanded
             to
             goe
             to
             Bengala
             ,
             yet
             notwithstanding
             
               Iohn
               de
               Silueira
            
             ought
             to
             beare
             away
             the
             commendation
             of
             this
             discouerie
             :
             because
             he
             went
             as
             captaine
             generall
             ,
             and
             remained
             there
             longest
             ,
             learning
             the
             commodities
             of
             the
             countrey
             ,
             and
             maners
             of
             the
             people
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             said
             yéere
             1518.
             the
             first
             day
             of
             May
             
               Diego
               Velasques
            
             gouernour
             of
             the
             Island
             of
             Cuba
             sent
             his
             nephew
             
               Iohn
               de
               Grisalua
            
             with
             fower
             ships
             &
             two
             hundred
             soldiers
             to
             discouer
             the
             land
             of
             Iucatan
             .
             
             And
             they
             founde
             in
             their
             way
             the
             Island
             of
             *
             Cosumel
             standing
             towards
             the
             north
             in
             19.
             degrées
             ,
             and
             named
             it
             
               Santa
               Cruz
            
             ,
             because
             they
             came
             to
             it
             the
             third
             of
             May.
             
             They
             coasted
             the
             land
             lying
             vpon
             the
             left
             hand
             of
             the
             Gulfe
             ,
             and
             came
             to
             an
             Island
             called
             Ascension
             ,
             because
             
             they
             came
             vnto
             it
             vpon
             Ascension
             day
             ▪
             
             They
             went
             vnto
             the
             end
             of
             it
             standing
             in
             16.
             degrées
             of
             latitude
             :
             from
             whence
             they
             came
             backe
             because
             they
             could
             finde
             no
             place
             to
             goe
             out
             at
             :
             and
             from
             hence
             they
             went
             round
             about
             it
             to
             another
             riuer
             ,
             which
             they
             called
             The
             riuer
             of
             Grisalua
             standing
             in
             17.
             degrées
             of
             latitude
             :
             
             the
             people
             thereabout
             troubled
             them
             sore
             ,
             yet
             notwithstanding
             they
             brought
             from
             thence
             some
             gold
             ,
             siluer
             ,
             and
             feathers
             ,
             being
             there
             in
             great
             estimation
             ,
             and
             so
             they
             turned
             backe
             againe
             to
             the
             Island
             of
             Cuba
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             same
             yéere
             1518.
             one
             
               Francis
               Garay
            
             armed
             thrée
             ships
             in
             the
             Isle
             of
             Iamaica
             at
             his
             owne
             charges
             ,
             
             and
             went
             towards
             the
             point
             of
             Florida
             standing
             in
             25.
             degrées
             towards
             the
             north
             ,
             séeming
             to
             them
             to
             be
             an
             Island
             most
             pleasant
             ,
             thinking
             it
             better
             to
             people
             Islands
             then
             the
             firme
             land
             ,
             because
             they
             could
             best
             conquere
             them
             and
             kéepe
             them
             .
             They
             went
             there
             on
             land
             ,
             but
             the
             people
             of
             Florida
             killed
             many
             of
             them
             ,
             so
             that
             they
             durst
             not
             inhabite
             it
             .
             So
             they
             sailed
             along
             the
             coast
             ,
             
             and
             came
             vnto
             the
             riuer
             of
             Panuco
             ,
             standing
             500.
             leagues
             from
             the
             point
             of
             Florida
             in
             sailing
             along
             the
             coast
             ;
             but
             the
             people
             resisted
             them
             in
             euery
             place
             .
             Many
             of
             them
             also
             were
             killed
             in
             Chila
             ,
             whom
             the
             Sauages
             flaied
             and
             eate
             ,
             hanging
             vp
             their
             skinnes
             in
             their
             Temples
             in
             memoriall
             of
             their
             valiantnes
             .
             Notwithstanding
             all
             thi●
             
               Francis
               de
               Garay
            
             went
             thither
             the
             next
             yéere
             and
             begged
             the
             gouernment
             of
             that
             countrey
             of
             the
             Emperour
             ,
             because
             he
             sawe
             in
             it
             some
             shew
             of
             gold
             and
             siluer
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yeere
             1519.
             in
             the
             moneth
             of
             Februarie
             
               Fernando
               Cortes
            
             went
             from
             the
             Island
             of
             Cuba
             to
             the
             land
             which
             is
             called
             
               Noua
               Spania
            
             with
             11.
             ships
             and
             550.
             
             Spanyards
             in
             them
             .
             
             The
             first
             place
             where
             he
             went
             on
             land
             was
             the
             Island
             of
             Cosumel
             ;
             where
             they
             immediately
             destroied
             all
             the
             Idols
             ,
             and
             set
             crosses
             on
             the
             altars
             and
             the
             images
             of
             the
             virgine
             Marie
             .
             
             From
             this
             Island
             they
             went
             and
             arriued
             on
             the
             firme
             land
             of
             Iucatan
             ,
             at
             the
             point
             
               De
               las
               Duen●as
            
             ,
             or
             the
             point
             of
             Ladies
             ,
             
             and
             went
             thence
             to
             the
             riuer
             of
             Tauasco
             ,
             and
             set
             vpon
             a
             citie
             fast
             by
             called
             Potoncian
             inuironed
             with
             wood
             ,
             
             and
             the
             houses
             were
             built
             with
             lime
             and
             stone
             ,
             and
             couered
             with
             tile
             :
             they
             fought
             there
             egarly
             ;
             and
             there
             appeered
             vnto
             them
             
               S.
               Iames
            
             on
             horsebacke
             ,
             which
             increased
             their
             courage
             .
             They
             called
             that
             citie
             Victoria
             :
             and
             they
             were
             the
             first
             people
             
             which
             were
             subdued
             to
             the
             Spanyards
             obedience
             in
             all
             
               Newe
               Spaine
            
             .
             From
             hence
             they
             went
             discouering
             the
             coast
             till
             they
             came
             vnto
             a
             place
             named
             
               S.
               Iohn
               de
               Vllhua
            
             ,
             
             distant
             as
             they
             said
             from
             Mexico
             where
             the
             king
             Muteçuma
             was
             ,
             60.
             or
             70.
             leagues
             :
             and
             there
             was
             a
             seruant
             of
             his
             that
             gouerned
             that
             prouince
             ,
             named
             Tendilli
             ,
             which
             gaue
             them
             good
             entertainment
             ,
             although
             they
             vnderstood
             not
             one
             another
             .
             But
             Cortes
             had
             20.
             women
             ,
             whereof
             one
             was
             called
             Marine
             borne
             in
             tha●
             countrey
             :
             They
             were
             the
             first
             that
             were
             baptized
             in
             
               New
               Spaine
            
             .
             And
             from
             that
             time
             forward
             Marine
             and
             Aguilar
             serued
             as
             interpreters
             .
             Tendilli
             presently
             gaue
             knowledge
             of
             this
             vnto
             Muteçuma
             ,
             that
             a
             kinde
             of
             bearded
             people
             were
             arriued
             in
             his
             countrey
             :
             for
             so
             they
             called
             the
             Castillians
             .
             But
             he
             was
             troubled
             vpon
             that
             newes
             :
             for
             his
             Gods
             ,
             (
             which
             are
             to
             be
             thought
             to
             be
             diuels
             )
             had
             told
             him
             ,
             that
             such
             people
             as
             the
             Spanyards
             were
             should
             destroy
             his
             law
             and
             countrey
             ,
             and
             be
             Lords
             thereof
             .
             And
             therefore
             he
             sent
             gifts
             vnto
             Cortes
             ,
             in
             value
             20.
             thousand
             ducats
             ,
             but
             would
             not
             come
             to
             him
             .
          
           
             Because
             
               S.
               Iohn
               de
               Vllhua
            
             was
             then
             no
             place
             for
             a
             nauie
             to
             ride
             in
             ,
             Cortes
             sent
             
               Francis
               de
               Mont●io
            
             ,
             and
             the
             pilot
             
               Antonie
               Alaminos
            
             in
             two
             brigandines
             to
             discouer
             that
             coast
             ;
             who
             came
             to
             a
             place
             where
             they
             might
             ride
             without
             danger
             .
             They
             came
             to
             Panuco
             standing
             in
             23.
             degrées
             northward
             :
             
             from
             whence
             they
             came
             backe
             vpon
             an
             agreement
             to
             goe
             vnto
             Culuacan
             being
             an
             hauen
             of
             more
             safetie
             .
             They
             set
             saile
             ,
             but
             Cortes
             went
             by
             land
             westward
             with
             the
             most
             part
             of
             his
             men
             on
             horsebacke
             ,
             
             and
             they
             came
             vnto
             a
             citie
             called
             Zempoallan
             ;
             where
             they
             were
             well
             receiued
             .
             And
             from
             thence
             he
             went
             to
             another
             towne
             called
             Chiauitztlan
             :
             
             with
             the
             Lord
             of
             which
             towne
             as
             with
             all
             the
             countrey
             besides
             he
             made
             league
             to
             be
             against
             Muteçuma
             .
             And
             when
             he
             knew
             that
             his
             ships
             were
             come
             ,
             he
             went
             vnto
             them
             ,
             and
             there
             builded
             a
             towne
             ,
             
             and
             called
             it
             
               Villa
               rica
               de
               la
               vera
               cruz
               .
            
             From
             whence
             he
             sent
             vnto
             Charles
             the
             Emperour
             a
             present
             ,
             and
             made
             report
             of
             all
             that
             he
             had
             done
             ,
             and
             how
             he
             determined
             to
             goe
             to
             Mexico
             ,
             and
             to
             visite
             Muteçuma
             :
             and
             besought
             the
             Emperour
             to
             giue
             him
             the
             gouernment
             of
             that
             countrey
             .
             And
             because
             his
             people
             should
             not
             rise
             in
             mutinie
             ,
             as
             they
             began
             ,
             he
             destroied
             all
             his
             ships
             .
          
           
             Cortes
             presently
             went
             from
             
               Villa
               rica
               de
               la
               vera
               Cruz
               ,
            
             leauing
             
             there
             150.
             
             Spanish
             horsemen
             ,
             and
             many
             Indians
             to
             serue
             them
             ;
             and
             the
             villages
             round
             about
             became
             his
             friends
             .
             He
             went
             vnto
             the
             citie
             of
             Zempoallan
             :
             
             there
             he
             heard
             newes
             that
             
               Francis
               Garay
            
             was
             on
             the
             coast
             with
             fower
             ships
             to
             come
             on
             land
             :
             And
             by
             subtiltie
             he
             got
             nine
             of
             his
             men
             ;
             of
             whom
             he
             vnderstood
             ,
             that
             Garay
             had
             béene
             in
             Florida
             ,
             and
             came
             vnto
             the
             riuer
             Panuco
             ,
             where
             he
             got
             some
             golde
             ,
             determining
             to
             stay
             there
             in
             a
             towne
             which
             is
             now
             called
             Almeria
             .
          
           
             Cortos
             ouerthrew
             the
             idols
             in
             Zempoallan
             ,
             
             &
             the
             tombes
             of
             their
             kings
             ,
             whome
             they
             worshipped
             as
             Gods
             ,
             and
             tolde
             them
             that
             they
             were
             to
             worship
             the
             true
             God.
             From
             thence
             he
             went
             toward
             Mexico
             the
             16.
             day
             of
             August
             1519.
             and
             trauailed
             thrée
             daies
             iourney
             ,
             
             and
             came
             to
             the
             citie
             of
             Zalapan
             ,
             and
             to
             another
             beyond
             it
             named
             Sicuchimatl
             ,
             
             where
             they
             were
             well
             receiued
             ,
             and
             offered
             to
             be
             conducted
             to
             Mexico
             ,
             because
             Muteçuma
             had
             giuen
             such
             commandement
             .
             Beyond
             this
             place
             he
             passed
             with
             his
             companie
             a
             certaine
             hill
             of
             thrée
             leagues
             high
             ,
             wherein
             there
             were
             vines
             .
             In
             another
             place
             they
             found
             aboue
             a
             thousand
             loades
             of
             wood
             ready
             cut
             ;
             and
             beyond
             they
             met
             with
             a
             plaine
             countrey
             ,
             and
             in
             going
             through
             the
             same
             ,
             he
             named
             it
             
               Nombre
               de
               Dios.
            
             At
             the
             bottome
             of
             the
             mountaine
             he
             rested
             in
             a
             towne
             called
             Te●hixuacan
             ,
             and
             from
             thence
             they
             went
             through
             a
             desolate
             countrey
             ,
             and
             so
             came
             to
             another
             mountaine
             that
             was
             very
             colde
             and
             full
             of
             snow
             ,
             
             and
             they
             lay
             in
             a
             towne
             named
             Zaclotan
             :
             And
             so
             from
             towne
             to
             towne
             they
             were
             well
             receiued
             and
             feasted
             till
             they
             came
             into
             another
             realme
             named
             Tlaxcallan
             ,
             
             which
             waged
             warre
             against
             Muteçuma
             ,
             and
             being
             valiant
             they
             skirmished
             with
             Cortes
             ;
             but
             in
             the
             end
             they
             agréed
             and
             entred
             into
             league
             with
             him
             against
             the
             Mexicans
             ;
             and
             so
             they
             went
             from
             countrey
             to
             countrey
             till
             they
             came
             within
             fight
             of
             Mexico
             .
             The
             king
             Muteçuma
             fearing
             them
             ,
             gaue
             them
             good
             entertainment
             with
             lodging
             and
             all
             things
             necessarie
             :
             and
             they
             were
             with
             this
             for
             a
             time
             contented
             :
             but
             mistrusting
             that
             he
             and
             his
             should
             be
             slaine
             ,
             
             he
             tooke
             Muteçuma
             prisoner
             and
             brought
             him
             to
             his
             lodging
             with
             good
             garde
             .
             Cortes
             demanded
             how
             farre
             his
             realme
             did
             extend
             ,
             and
             sought
             to
             know
             the
             mines
             of
             gold
             and
             siluer
             that
             were
             in
             it
             ,
             and
             how
             many
             kings
             neighbours
             to
             Muteçuma
             dwelled
             therein
             ,
             requiring
             certaine
             Indians
             to
             be
             informed
             thereof
             ,
             whereof
             he
             had
             eight
             
             prouided
             :
             and
             he
             ioined
             to
             them
             eight
             Spanyards
             ,
             and
             sent
             them
             two
             and
             two
             into
             fower
             countreyes
             ,
             
             namely
             into
             Zuçolla
             ,
             
             Malinaltepec
             ,
             
             Tenich
             ,
             
             &
             Tututepec
             .
             They
             which
             went
             vnto
             Zuçolla
             went
             80.
             leagues
             :
             for
             so
             much
             it
             was
             from
             Mexico
             thither
             :
             They
             which
             went
             to
             Mahnaltepec
             ,
             went
             70.
             leagues
             ,
             séeing
             goodly
             countries
             ,
             and
             brought
             examples
             of
             gold
             ,
             which
             the
             naturals
             of
             the
             countrey
             tooke
             out
             of
             great
             riuers
             :
             and
             all
             this
             prouince
             belonged
             vnto
             Muteçuma
             .
          
           
             The
             countrey
             of
             Tenich
             and
             vp
             the
             riuer
             were
             not
             subiect
             to
             Muteçuma
             ,
             but
             had
             warre
             with
             him
             ,
             and
             would
             not
             suffe●
             the
             Mexicans
             to
             enter
             into
             their
             territorie
             .
             They
             sent
             ambassadors
             vnto
             Cortes
             with
             presents
             ,
             offering
             him
             their
             estate
             ,
             and
             amitie
             ;
             whereof
             Muteçuma
             was
             nothing
             glad
             .
             They
             which
             went
             to
             Tututepec
             standing
             néere
             the
             South
             sea
             did
             also
             bring
             with
             them
             examples
             of
             gold
             ,
             and
             praised
             the
             pleasantnes
             of
             the
             countrey
             ,
             and
             the
             multitude
             of
             good
             harbours
             vpon
             that
             coast
             ,
             shewing
             to
             Cortes
             a
             cloth
             of
             cotton
             wooll
             all
             wouen
             with
             goodly
             workes
             ,
             wherein
             all
             the
             coast
             with
             the
             hauens
             and
             créekes
             were
             set
             foorth
             .
             
             But
             this
             thing
             then
             could
             not
             be
             prosecuted
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             comming
             of
             
               Pamphilus
               de
               Naruaez
            
             into
             the
             countrey
             ,
             
             who
             set
             all
             the
             kingdome
             of
             Mexico
             in
             an
             vprore
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             yéere
             1519.
             the
             tenth
             day
             of
             August
             one
             
               Fernande
               de
               Magallanes
            
             departed
             from
             Siuill
             with
             fiue
             ships
             toward
             the
             Islands
             of
             Maluco
             :
             
             he
             went
             along
             the
             coast
             of
             Brasill
             till
             he
             came
             vnto
             the
             riuer
             of
             Plate
             ,
             which
             the
             Castillians
             had
             before
             discouered
             .
             
             From
             thence
             therefore
             he
             began
             his
             discouerie
             ,
             and
             came
             vnto
             an
             hauen
             which
             he
             called
             The
             Porte
             of
             
               Saint
               Iulian
            
             standing
             in
             49.
             degrées
             ,
             and
             there
             he
             entred
             and
             wintred
             :
             they
             endured
             much
             cold
             by
             reason
             of
             snow
             and
             ice
             :
             the
             people
             of
             that
             countrey
             they
             found
             to
             be
             of
             great
             stature
             ,
             and
             of
             great
             strength
             ,
             taking
             men
             by
             the
             legs
             and
             renting
             them
             in
             the
             middest
             as
             easily
             as
             one
             of
             vs
             will
             rent
             an
             hen
             :
             they
             liue
             by
             fruits
             and
             hunting
             .
             
             They
             called
             them
             Patagones
             ,
             but
             the
             Brasilians
             doe
             call
             them
             Morcas
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1520.
             in
             the
             beginning
             of
             the
             moneth
             of
             September
             growing
             then
             somewhat
             temperate
             they
             went
             out
             of
             the
             port
             and
             riuer
             of
             
               Saint
               Iulian
            
             ,
             hauing
             lost
             in
             it
             one
             of
             their
             ships
             ,
             and
             with
             the
             other
             f●wer
             he
             came
             vnto
             the
             Streights
             named
             after
             the
             name
             of
             Mag●llanes
             standing
             in
             52.
             degrées
             
             and
             a
             halfe
             .
             From
             thence
             one
             of
             the
             ships
             returned
             backe
             vnto
             Castile
             ,
             whereof
             was
             captaine
             and
             pilot
             one
             
               Stephen
               de
               Porto
            
             a
             Portugall
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             thrée
             went
             forward
             ,
             entring
             into
             a
             mightie
             sea
             called
             Pacificum
             ,
             without
             séeing
             any
             inhabited
             land
             till
             they
             came
             in
             13.
             degrées
             towards
             the
             north
             of
             the
             Equinoctiall
             :
             in
             which
             latitude
             they
             came
             vnto
             Islands
             which
             they
             called
             
               Los
               Iardines
            
             ;
             
             and
             from
             thence
             they
             sailed
             to
             the
             Archipelagus
             of
             
               S.
               Lazarus
            
             ,
             and
             in
             one
             of
             the
             Islands
             called
             
               Matan
               Magallanes
            
             was
             slaine
             ,
             
             and
             his
             ship
             was
             burnt
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             two
             went
             vnto
             Borneo
             ,
             and
             so
             from
             place
             to
             place
             they
             went
             backe
             vntill
             they
             came
             to
             the
             Islands
             of
             Mal●cos
             ,
             
             leauing
             many
             others
             discouered
             ,
             which
             I
             rehearse
             not
             ,
             because
             I
             finde
             not
             this
             voiage
             exactly
             written
             .
          
           
             About
             this
             time
             Pope
             Leo
             the
             tenth
             sent
             one
             
               Paulus
               Centurio
            
             as
             ambassadour
             to
             the
             greot
             Duke
             of
             Moscouie
             to
             wish
             him
             to
             send
             into
             India
             an
             armie
             along
             the
             coast
             of
             Tartarie
             .
             
             And
             by
             the
             reasons
             of
             this
             ambassadour
             the
             said
             Duke
             was
             almost
             persuaded
             vnto
             that
             action
             ,
             
             if
             other
             inconueniences
             had
             not
             letted
             him
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             same
             yéere
             1520.
             in
             Februarie
             
               Diego
               Lopes
               de
               Sequeira
            
             gouernour
             of
             India
             went
             towards
             the
             Streight
             of
             Mecha
             and
             carried
             with
             him
             the
             ambassadour
             of
             
               Presbyter
               Iohn
            
             ,
             and
             
               Roderigo
               de
               Lima
            
             who
             also
             went
             as
             ambassadour
             to
             him
             .
             
             They
             came
             vnto
             the
             Island
             of
             Maçua
             standing
             in
             the
             
               Red
               sea
            
             on
             the
             side
             of
             Africa
             in
             17.
             degrées
             towards
             the
             north
             :
             where
             he
             set
             the
             ambassadours
             on
             land
             ,
             with
             the
             Portugals
             that
             should
             goe
             with
             them
             .
             
               Peter
               de
               Couillan
            
             had
             béene
             there
             before
             ,
             
             being
             sent
             thither
             by
             king
             Iohn
             the
             second
             of
             Portugall
             :
             but
             yet
             
               Francis
               Aluarez
            
             gaue
             principall
             light
             and
             knowledge
             of
             that
             countrey
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yeere
             1520.
             the
             licenciate
             
               Lucas
               Vasques
               de
               Aillon
            
             and
             other
             inhabitants
             of
             
               S.
               Domingo
            
             furnished
             two
             ships
             ,
             
             and
             sent
             them
             to
             the
             Isles
             of
             Lucayos
             to
             get
             slaues
             ,
             and
             finding
             none
             they
             passed
             along
             by
             the
             firme
             land
             beyond
             Florida
             vnto
             certaine
             countreyes
             called
             Chicora
             and
             Gualdapé
             ,
             
             vnto
             the
             riuer
             Iordan
             and
             the
             Cape
             of
             
               Saint
               Helena
            
             standing
             in
             32.
             degrées
             toward
             the
             north
             .
             
             They
             of
             the
             countrey
             came
             downe
             to
             the
             sea
             side
             to
             see
             the
             ships
             ,
             as
             hauing
             neuer
             before
             séene
             the
             like
             :
             The
             Spanyards
             went
             on
             land
             where
             they
             receiued
             good
             entertainment
             ,
             and
             had
             giuen
             vnto
             them
             such
             things
             as
             they
             
             lacked
             .
             But
             they
             brought
             many
             of
             them
             into
             their
             ships
             and
             then
             set
             saile
             and
             brought
             them
             away
             for
             slaues
             :
             but
             in
             the
             way
             one
             of
             their
             ships
             sunke
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             was
             also
             in
             great
             hazard
             .
             By
             this
             newes
             the
             Licentiate
             Aillon
             knowing
             the
             wealth
             of
             the
             countrey
             ,
             begged
             the
             gouernment
             thereof
             of
             the
             Emperour
             ,
             and
             it
             was
             giuen
             him
             :
             whither
             he
             went
             to
             get
             money
             to
             pay
             his
             debt
             .
          
           
             About
             this
             time
             
               Diego
               Velasques
            
             gouernour
             of
             Cuba
             hearing
             the
             good
             successe
             of
             Cortes
             ,
             
             and
             that
             he
             had
             begged
             the
             gouernment
             of
             
               New
               Spaine
            
             ,
             which
             he
             held
             to
             be
             his
             ,
             he
             furnished
             out
             thither
             against
             Cortes
             18.
             ships
             with
             1000.
             men
             and
             80.
             horses
             ,
             whereof
             he
             sent
             as
             Generall
             one
             
               Pamphilus
               de
               Naruaez
            
             .
             He
             came
             vnto
             the
             towne
             called
             
               Villa
               rica
               de
               la
               vera
               Cruz
               ,
            
             where
             he
             tooke
             land
             ,
             and
             commanded
             those
             of
             the
             countrey
             to
             receiue
             him
             as
             gouernour
             thereof
             :
             But
             they
             tooke
             his
             messenger
             prisoner
             ,
             and
             sent
             him
             to
             Mexico
             where
             Cortes
             was
             .
             Which
             thing
             being
             knowne
             of
             Cortes
             ,
             he
             wrote
             letters
             vnto
             Naruaez
             not
             to
             raise
             any
             vprore
             in
             the
             countrey
             which
             he
             had
             discouered
             ,
             offering
             him
             obedience
             if
             he
             had
             any
             commission
             from
             the
             Emperour
             ;
             but
             he
             corrupted
             the
             people
             of
             the
             countrey
             with
             money
             :
             Whereupon
             Cortes
             went
             from
             Mexico
             and
             tooke
             Naruaez
             prisoner
             in
             the
             towne
             of
             Zampoallan
             ,
             and
             put
             out
             one
             of
             his
             eies
             .
          
           
             Naruaez
             being
             thus
             taken
             prisoner
             ,
             his
             armie
             submitted
             themselues
             to
             Cortes
             ,
             and
             obeied
             him
             .
             Whereupon
             presently
             he
             dispatched
             200.
             soldiers
             vnto
             the
             riuer
             of
             Garay
             ,
             and
             he
             sent
             
               Iohn
               Vasquez
               de
               Leon
            
             with
             other
             two
             hundred
             vnto
             Cosaalco
             ,
             and
             withall
             sent
             a
             Spanyard
             with
             the
             newes
             of
             his
             victorie
             vnto
             Mexico
             .
             
             But
             the
             Indians
             being
             in
             the
             meane
             time
             risen
             ,
             hurt
             the
             messenger
             .
             Which
             being
             knowne
             to
             Cortes
             ,
             he
             mustered
             his
             men
             ,
             and
             found
             a
             thousand
             footemen
             and
             two
             hundred
             horsemen
             ,
             with
             the
             which
             he
             went
             towards
             Mexico
             ,
             where
             he
             found
             
               Peter
               de
               Aluarado
            
             ,
             and
             the
             rest
             which
             he
             had
             left
             there
             aliue
             &
             in
             safetie
             ,
             wherewith
             he
             was
             greatly
             pleased
             ,
             and
             Muteçuma
             made
             much
             of
             him
             .
             But
             yet
             the
             Mexicans
             ceased
             not
             but
             made
             warre
             against
             him
             :
             and
             the
             warre
             grew
             so
             hot
             that
             they
             killed
             their
             king
             Muteçuma
             with
             a
             stone
             ,
             
             and
             then
             there
             rose
             vp
             another
             king
             such
             an
             one
             as
             pleased
             them
             ,
             till
             such
             time
             as
             they
             might
             put
             the
             Spanyards
             out
             of
             the
             citie
             ,
             being
             no
             more
             then
             504.
             footemen
             ,
             and
             
             fortie
             horsemen
             .
             
             The
             Spanyards
             with
             great
             losse
             being
             driuen
             out
             of
             Mexico
             ,
             retired
             themselues
             with
             much
             adoe
             to
             Tlaxcallan
             ,
             where
             they
             were
             well
             receiued
             :
             and
             so
             they
             gathered
             together
             900.
             
             Spanyards
             ,
             80.
             horsemen
             ,
             and
             two
             hundred
             thousand
             Indians
             ,
             their
             friends
             ▪
             and
             allies
             :
             and
             so
             they
             went
             backe
             againe
             to
             take
             Mexico
             in
             the
             moneth
             of
             August
             in
             the
             yéere
             1521.
             
          
           
             Cortes
             obtaining
             still
             more
             and
             more
             victories
             defermined
             to
             sée
             further
             within
             the
             countrey
             :
             
             and
             for
             this
             purpose
             in
             the
             yéere
             1521.
             and
             in
             October
             he
             sent
             out
             one
             
               Gonsalo
               de
               Sandoual
            
             with
             200.
             footemen
             and
             35
             ▪
             horsemen
             ,
             and
             cortaine
             Indians
             his
             friends
             vnto
             Tochtepec
             and
             Coazacoalco
             ,
             
             which
             had
             rebelled
             ,
             
             but
             at
             length
             yéelded
             .
             And
             they
             discouered
             the
             countrey
             ,
             and
             built
             a
             towne
             120.
             leagues
             from
             Mexico
             ,
             and
             named
             it
             Medelin
             ,
             and
             another
             towne
             they
             made
             naming
             it
             
               Santo
               Spirito
            
             fewer
             leagues
             from
             the
             sea
             vpon
             a
             riuer
             ;
             and
             these
             two
             townes
             kept
             the
             whole
             countrey
             in
             obedience
             .
          
           
             This
             yéere
             1521.
             in
             December
             Emmanuell
             king
             of
             Portugall
             died
             ,
             
             and
             after
             him
             his
             sonne
             king
             Iohn
             the
             3.
             reigned
             .
             
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1521.
             there
             went
             from
             Maluco
             one
             of
             Magellans
             ships
             laden
             with
             cl●ues
             :
             
             they
             victualed
             themselues
             in
             the
             Island
             of
             Burro
             ,
             and
             from
             thence
             went
             to
             Timor
             which
             standeth
             in
             11.
             degrées
             of
             southerly
             latitude
             .
             
             Beyond
             this
             Island
             one
             hundred
             leagues
             they
             discouered
             certaine
             Islands
             and
             one
             named
             Eude
             ,
             
             finding
             the
             places
             from
             thence
             forward
             peopled
             .
             
             Afterward
             passing
             without
             Samatra
             they
             met
             with
             no
             land
             till
             they
             fell
             with
             the
             Cape
             of
             
               Bona
               Sperança
            
             ,
             where
             they
             tooke
             in
             fresh
             water
             and
             wood
             :
             So
             they
             came
             by
             the
             Islands
             of
             Cape
             Verde
             ,
             and
             from
             thence
             to
             Siuill
             ,
             where
             they
             were
             notably
             receiued
             ,
             as
             well
             for
             the
             cloues
             that
             they
             brought
             ,
             as
             that
             they
             had
             compassed
             about
             the
             world
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1522.
             in
             Ianuarie
             one
             Gilgonzales
             armed
             fower
             ships
             in
             the
             Island
             of
             Tararequi
             standing
             in
             the
             South
             sea
             with
             intent
             to
             discouer
             the
             coast
             of
             Nicarag●a
             ,
             
             and
             especially
             a
             streight
             or
             passage
             from
             the
             South
             sea
             into
             the
             North
             sea
             .
             And
             sailing
             along
             the
             coast
             he
             came
             vnto
             an
             hauen
             called
             
               S.
               Vincent
            
             ,
             and
             there
             landed
             with
             100.
             
             Spanyards
             and
             certaine
             horsemen
             ,
             and
             went
             within
             the
             land
             200.
             leagues
             ▪
             and
             he
             brought
             with
             him
             200.
             pesoes
             of
             gold
             ,
             and
             so
             came
             backe
             againe
             to
             
               S.
               Vincent
            
             :
             where
             he
             found
             his
             pilot
             
               Andrew
               Nigno
            
             ,
             
             who
             was
             as
             far
             as
             Tecoantepec
             in
             16.
             degrées
             to
             the
             north
             ,
             
             and
             had
             sailed
             thrée
             hundred
             leagues
             :
             
             from
             whence
             they
             returned
             to
             Panama
             ,
             and
             so
             ouer
             land
             to
             Hispaniola
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             same
             yéere
             1522.
             in
             the
             moneth
             of
             Aprill
             the
             other
             ship
             of
             Magallanes
             called
             
               The
               Trinitie
            
             went
             from
             the
             Island
             of
             Tidoré
             ,
             
             wherein
             was
             captaine
             
               Gonzalo
               Gomez
               de
               Espinosa
            
             ,
             
             shaping
             their
             course
             toward
             
               Noua
               Spania
            
             :
             and
             because
             winde
             was
             scant
             they
             stirred
             toward
             the
             northeast
             into
             16.
             degrées
             ,
             
             where
             they
             found
             two
             Islands
             ,
             and
             named
             them
             the
             Isles
             of
             
               Saint
               Iohn
            
             ,
             and
             in
             that
             course
             they
             came
             to
             another
             Island
             in
             20.
             degrées
             ,
             which
             they
             named
             
               La
               Griega
            
             ,
             where
             the
             simple
             people
             came
             into
             their
             ships
             ,
             of
             whom
             they
             kept
             some
             to
             shew
             them
             in
             
               Noua
               Spania
            
             :
             They
             were
             in
             this
             course
             fower
             monethes
             ,
             
             vntill
             they
             came
             into
             42.
             degrées
             of
             northerly
             latitude
             ,
             where
             they
             did
             sée
             sea
             fishes
             called
             Seales
             and
             Tunies
             .
             And
             the
             climate
             séemed
             vnto
             them
             comming
             newly
             out
             of
             the
             heat
             ,
             to
             be
             so
             cold
             and
             vntemperate
             ,
             that
             they
             could
             not
             well
             abide
             it
             ,
             and
             therefore
             they
             turned
             backe
             againe
             to
             Tidore
             ,
             being
             thereunto
             enforced
             also
             by
             contrarie
             windes
             .
             These
             were
             the
             first
             Spanyards
             which
             had
             béene
             in
             so
             high
             a
             latitude
             toward
             the
             north
             .
             And
             there
             they
             found
             one
             
               Antonie
               de
               Bri●to
            
             building
             a
             fortresse
             ,
             which
             tooke
             from
             them
             their
             goods
             ,
             and
             sent
             48.
             of
             them
             prisoners
             to
             Malaca
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             yéere
             1522.
             
             
             Cortes
             desirous
             to
             haue
             some
             hauens
             on
             the
             South
             sea
             ,
             and
             to
             discouer
             the
             coast
             of
             
               ●oua
               Spania
            
             on
             that
             side
             ,
             whereof
             he
             had
             knowledge
             in
             Muteçuma
             his
             time
             ,
             (
             bicause
             he
             thought
             by
             that
             way
             to
             bring
             the
             drugs
             from
             Maluco
             and
             Banda
             ,
             and
             the
             spiceris
             from
             Iaua
             ,
             with
             lesse
             trauaile
             and
             danger
             )
             he
             sent
             fewer
             Spaniards
             with
             their
             guides
             to
             
               Tecoantepec
               ,
               Qua●utemallan
            
             ,
             and
             other
             hauens
             :
             where
             they
             were
             wel
             receiued
             ,
             and
             brought
             some
             of
             the
             people
             with
             them
             to
             Mexico
             :
             
             And
             Cortes
             made
             much
             of
             them
             ;
             and
             afterwards
             sent
             ten
             pilots
             thither
             to
             search
             the
             seas
             there
             about
             .
             They
             went
             70.
             leagues
             in
             the
             sea
             but
             found
             no
             hauen
             .
             One
             Casique
             or
             Lord
             called
             Cuchataquir
             vsed
             them
             well
             ,
             &
             sent
             with
             them
             to
             Cortes
             200.
             of
             his
             men
             with
             a
             present
             of
             gold
             and
             siluer
             ,
             and
             other
             things
             of
             the
             countrey
             :
             
             and
             they
             of
             Tecoantepec
             did
             the
             like
             :
             and
             not
             long
             after
             ,
             this
             Casique
             sent
             for
             aide
             to
             Cortes
             against
             his
             neighbours
             which
             did
             warre
             against
             him
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1523.
             
             Cortes
             sent
             vnto
             him
             for
             his
             aide
             
               Peter
               
               de
               Aluarado
            
             ,
             
             with
             two
             hundred
             soldiers
             footemen
             ,
             and
             fortie
             horsemen
             ,
             and
             the
             Caciques
             of
             
               Tecoantepec
               ▪
            
             and
             Quahutemallan
             asked
             them
             for
             the
             monsters
             of
             the
             sea
             which
             came
             thither
             the
             yéere
             past
             ,
             meaning
             the
             ships
             of
             
               Gil
               Gonsales
               de
               Auila
            
             ,
             being
             greatly
             amazed
             at
             the
             sight
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             woondring
             much
             more
             when
             they
             heard
             ,
             that
             Cortes
             had
             bigger
             then
             those
             :
             
             and
             they
             painted
             vnto
             them
             a
             mightie
             Carake
             with
             sixe
             masts
             ,
             and
             sailes
             and
             shroudes
             ,
             and
             men
             armed
             on
             horsebacke
             .
             This
             Aluarado
             went
             through
             the
             countrey
             and
             builded
             there
             the
             city
             of
             
               Sant
               Iago
            
             or
             
               Saint
               Iames
            
             ,
             
             and
             a
             towne
             which
             he
             called
             Segura
             leauing
             certaine
             of
             his
             people
             in
             it
             .
             
          
           
             In
             the
             same
             yeere
             1523.
             in
             the
             moneth
             of
             May
             
               Antonie
               de
               Britto
            
             being
             captaine
             of
             the
             Isles
             of
             Maluco
             sent
             his
             cosen
             
               Simon
               de
               Breu
            
             to
             learne
             the
             way
             by
             the
             Isle
             of
             Borneo
             to
             Malaca
             :
             
             They
             came
             in
             sight
             of
             the
             Islands
             of
             Manada
             and
             Panguensara
             :
             
             They
             went
             through
             the
             straight
             of
             Treminao
             and
             Taguy
             :
             
             and
             to
             the
             Islands
             of
             
               Saint
               Michael
            
             standing
             in
             7.
             degrées
             ,
             
             and
             from
             thence
             discouered
             the
             Islands
             of
             Borneo
             ,
             and
             had
             sight
             of
             
               Pedra
               branca
            
             or
             the
             White
             stone
             ,
             
             and
             passed
             through
             the
             straight
             of
             Cincapura
             ,
             &
             so
             to
             the
             citie
             of
             Malaca
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             same
             yéere
             1523.
             
             Cortes
             went
             with
             300.
             footemen
             and
             150.
             horsemen
             and
             40000.
             
             Mexicans
             to
             Panuco
             both
             to
             discouer
             it
             better
             ,
             
             and
             also
             to
             inhabite
             it
             ,
             and
             withall
             to
             be
             reuenged
             vpon
             them
             which
             had
             killed
             and
             eaten
             the
             soldiers
             of
             
               Francis
               Garay
            
             .
             They
             of
             Panuco
             resisted
             him
             ,
             but
             Cortes
             in
             the
             end
             ouerthrew
             them
             ,
             and
             conquered
             the
             countrey
             :
             And
             hard
             by
             Chila
             vpon
             the
             riuer
             he
             built
             a
             towne
             and
             named
             it
             
               Santo
               Stephano
               del
               puerto
            
             ,
             
             leauing
             in
             it
             100.
             footemen
             ,
             and
             thirtie
             horsemen
             and
             one
             
               Peter
               de
               Vall●io
            
             for
             lieutenant
             .
             This
             iourney
             cost
             him
             76.
             thousand
             Castillians
             ,
             besides
             the
             Spanyards
             ,
             horses
             ,
             and
             Maxicans
             which
             died
             there
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             yéere
             1523.
             
             
               Francis
               de
               Garay
            
             made
             nine
             ships
             and
             two
             brigandines
             to
             goe
             to
             Panuco
             and
             to
             
               Rio
               de
               las
               Palmas
            
             to
             be
             there
             as
             gouernour
             :
             
             for
             that
             the
             Emperour
             had
             granted
             vnto
             him
             from
             the
             coast
             of
             Florida
             vnto
             Panuco
             ,
             in
             regard
             of
             the
             charges
             ,
             which
             he
             had
             béene
             at
             in
             that
             discouerie
             .
             He
             carried
             with
             him
             850.
             soldiers
             ,
             and
             140.
             horses
             ,
             and
             some
             men
             out
             of
             the
             Island
             of
             Iamaica
             ,
             where
             he
             furnished
             his
             fléet
             with
             munition
             for
             the
             warre
             :
             and
             he
             went
             vnto
             Xagua
             an
             hauen
             in
             the
             Island
             of
             Cuba
             ,
             where
             he
             vnderstood
             that
             Cortes
             had
             
             peopled
             the
             coast
             of
             Panuco
             :
             and
             that
             it
             might
             not
             happen
             vnto
             him
             as
             it
             did
             to
             
               Pamphilus
               de
               Naruaez
            
             ,
             he
             determined
             to
             take
             another
             companion
             with
             him
             ,
             and
             desired
             the
             Doctor
             Zuazo
             to
             goe
             to
             Mexico
             and
             procure
             some
             agréement
             betwéene
             Cortes
             and
             him
             .
             And
             they
             departed
             from
             Xagua
             each
             one
             about
             his
             busines
             .
             Zuazo
             came
             in
             great
             ieoperdie
             ,
             and
             Garay
             went
             not
             cléere
             without
             .
             
             Garay
             arriued
             in
             
               Rio
               de
               las
               Palmas
            
             on
             
               S.
               Iames
            
             his
             day
             ,
             and
             then
             he
             sent
             vp
             the
             riuer
             one
             
               Gonsaluo
               de
               Ocampo
            
             ,
             who
             at
             his
             returne
             declared
             that
             it
             was
             an
             euill
             and
             desert
             countrey
             :
             but
             notwithstanding
             Garay
             went
             there
             on
             land
             with
             400.
             footemen
             and
             some
             horsemen
             ;
             and
             he
             commanded
             one
             
               Iohn
               de
               Grijalua
            
             to
             search
             the
             coast
             ,
             and
             he
             himselfe
             marched
             by
             land
             towards
             Panuco
             ,
             and
             passed
             a
             riuer
             which
             he
             named
             
               Rio
               montalco
            
             ;
             
             he
             entred
             into
             a
             great
             towne
             where
             they
             found
             many
             hennes
             ,
             wherewith
             they
             refreshed
             themselues
             ,
             and
             he
             tooke
             some
             of
             the
             people
             of
             Chila
             which
             he
             vsed
             for
             messengers
             to
             certaine
             places
             :
             
             And
             after
             great
             trauaile
             comming
             to
             Panuco
             they
             found
             no
             victuailes
             there
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             warres
             of
             Cortes
             and
             the
             spoile
             of
             the
             soldiers
             .
             Garay
             then
             sent
             one
             
               Gonçalo
               de
               Ocampo
            
             to
             
               Sant
               Isteuan
               del
               puerto
            
             to
             know
             whether
             they
             would
             receiue
             him
             or
             no.
             They
             had
             a
             good
             answere
             .
             But
             Cortes
             his
             men
             priuily
             by
             an
             ambushment
             tooke
             40.
             of
             Garayes
             horsemen
             ,
             alleaging
             that
             they
             came
             to
             vsurpe
             the
             gouernment
             of
             another
             :
             and
             besides
             this
             misfortune
             he
             lost
             fower
             of
             his
             ships
             :
             whereupon
             he
             left
             off
             to
             procéede
             any
             farther
             .
          
           
             While
             Cortes
             was
             preparing
             to
             set
             forward
             to
             
               Panuco
               ▪
               Francis
               de
               las
               Casas
               ,
            
             and
             
               Roderigo
               de
               la
               Paz
            
             arriued
             at
             Mexico
             with
             letters
             patents
             ,
             
             wherein
             the
             Emperour
             gaue
             the
             gouernment
             of
             
               Nueua
               Spagna
            
             and
             all
             the
             countrey
             which
             Cortes
             had
             conquered
             to
             Cortes
             ,
             and
             namely
             Panuco
             .
             Whereupon
             he
             staied
             his
             iourney
             .
             But
             he
             sent
             
               Diego
               de
               Ocampo
            
             with
             the
             said
             letters
             patents
             ,
             and
             
               Pedro
               de
               Aluarado
            
             with
             store
             of
             footemen
             and
             horsemen
             .
             Garay
             knowing
             this
             thought
             it
             best
             to
             yéeld
             himselfe
             vnto
             Cortes
             his
             hands
             ,
             and
             to
             go
             to
             Mexico
             ;
             which
             thing
             he
             did
             hauing
             discouered
             a
             great
             tract
             of
             land
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             yéere
             1523.
             
             
               Gil
               Gonçales
               de
               Auila
            
             made
             a
             discouerie
             ,
             
             and
             peopled
             a
             towne
             called
             
               San
               Gil
               de
               buena
               vista
            
             standing
             in
             14.
             degrées
             toward
             the
             north
             ,
             
             and
             almost
             in
             the
             bottome
             of
             the
             Bay
             called
             the
             Ascension
             or
             the
             Honduras
             .
             He
             
             began
             to
             conquere
             it
             because
             he
             best
             knew
             the
             secrets
             thereof
             ,
             and
             that
             it
             was
             a
             very
             rich
             countrey
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             yéere
             1523.
             the
             sixt
             day
             of
             December
             
               Peter
               de
               Aluarado
            
             went
             from
             the
             citie
             of
             Mexico
             by
             Cortes
             his
             commandement
             to
             discouer
             &
             conquere
             Quahutemallan
             ,
             
             
               Vtlatlan
               ,
               Chiapa
               ,
               Xochnuxco
            
             ,
             and
             other
             townes
             toward
             the
             South
             sea
             .
             He
             had
             with
             him
             thrée
             hundred
             soldiers
             ,
             170.
             horsemen
             ,
             foure
             field
             péeces
             ,
             and
             some
             noble
             men
             of
             Mexico
             ,
             with
             people
             of
             the
             countrey
             to
             aide
             him
             as
             well
             in
             the
             warre
             ,
             as
             by
             the
             way
             being
             long
             .
             He
             went
             by
             Tecoantepec
             to
             Xochnuxco
             ,
             and
             other
             places
             aboue
             said
             with
             great
             trauaile
             and
             losse
             of
             his
             men
             :
             but
             he
             discouered
             and
             subdued
             all
             the
             countrey
             .
             There
             are
             in
             those
             parts
             certaine
             hils
             that
             haue
             Alume
             in
             them
             ,
             
             and
             out
             of
             which
             distilleth
             a
             certaine
             liquor
             like
             vnto
             oile
             ,
             and
             sulphur
             or
             brimstone
             ,
             whereof
             the
             Spanyards
             made
             excellent
             gunpowder
             .
             
             He
             trauailed
             400.
             leagues
             in
             this
             voiage
             ,
             and
             passed
             certaine
             riuers
             which
             were
             so
             hot
             ,
             that
             they
             could
             not
             well
             endure
             to
             wade
             through
             them
             .
             He
             builded
             a
             citie
             calling
             it
             
               Sant
               Iago
               de
               Quahutemallan
            
             .
             
             
               Peter
               de
               Aluarado
            
             begged
             the
             gouernment
             of
             this
             countrey
             ,
             and
             the
             report
             is
             that
             it
             was
             giuen
             him
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yeere
             1523.
             the
             8.
             day
             of
             December
             Cortes
             sent
             
               Diego
               de
               Godoy
            
             with
             100.
             footemen
             and
             30.
             horsemen
             ,
             
             two
             field
             péeces
             ,
             and
             many
             of
             his
             friends
             Indians
             vnto
             the
             towne
             
               Del
               Espiritu
               santo
            
             :
             
             He
             ioined
             himselfe
             with
             the
             captaine
             of
             that
             towne
             ,
             
             and
             they
             went
             to
             Chamolla
             the
             head
             citie
             of
             that
             prouince
             ,
             and
             that
             being
             taken
             all
             the
             countrey
             grew
             quiet
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1524.
             in
             Februarie
             Cortes
             sent
             one
             
               Roderigo
               Rangel
            
             with
             150.
             
             Spaniards
             and
             many
             of
             the
             Tlaxcallans
             and
             Mexicans
             against
             the
             Zapoteeas
             and
             Nixticas
             and
             vnto
             other
             prouinces
             and
             countreyes
             not
             so
             well
             discouered
             :
             
             they
             were
             resisted
             at
             the
             first
             ,
             but
             quickly
             put
             the
             people
             to
             the
             woorst
             ,
             and
             kept
             them
             for
             euer
             after
             in
             subiection
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             same
             yéere
             1524.
             one
             
               Roderigo
               de
               Bastidas
            
             was
             sent
             to
             discouer
             ,
             
             people
             ,
             and
             gouerne
             the
             countrey
             of
             
               Santa
               Martha
            
             :
             where
             he
             lost
             his
             life
             because
             he
             would
             not
             suffer
             the
             soldiers
             to
             take
             the
             spoile
             of
             a
             certaine
             towne
             .
             They
             ioined
             with
             
               Peter
               Villa-forte
            
             ,
             and
             he
             being
             sometimes
             his
             entire
             friend
             did
             helpe
             to
             kill
             him
             with
             daggers
             lying
             in
             his
             bed
             .
             Afterward
             Don
             
               Pedro
               de
               Lugo
            
             ,
             and
             Don
             Alfonso
             his
             sonne
             
             were
             gouernours
             of
             that
             place
             ,
             which
             vsed
             themselues
             like
             couetous
             tyrants
             ;
             whereof
             grew
             much
             trouble
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             same
             yéere
             also
             1524.
             after
             that
             the
             Licenciate
             
               Lucas
               Vasques
               de
               Aillon
            
             had
             obtained
             of
             the
             Emperour
             the
             gouernment
             of
             Chicora
             ,
             
             he
             armed
             for
             that
             purpose
             certaine
             ships
             from
             the
             citie
             of
             
               Santo
               Domingo
            
             and
             went
             to
             discouer
             the
             countrey
             ,
             and
             to
             inhabite
             it
             :
             but
             he
             was
             lost
             with
             all
             his
             companie
             ,
             leauing
             nothing
             done
             woorthy
             of
             memorie
             .
             And
             I
             cannot
             tell
             how
             it
             commeth
             to
             passe
             ,
             except
             it
             be
             by
             the
             iust
             iudgement
             of
             God
             ,
             that
             of
             so
             much
             gold
             and
             precious
             stones
             as
             haue
             béene
             gotten
             in
             the
             Antiles
             by
             so
             many
             Spaniards
             ,
             little
             or
             none
             remaineth
             ,
             but
             the
             most
             part
             is
             spent
             and
             consumed
             ,
             and
             no
             good
             thing
             done
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             yéere
             1524.
             
             Cortes
             sent
             one
             
               Christopher
               de
               Olid
            
             with
             a
             fléete
             to
             the
             Island
             of
             Cuba
             to
             receiue
             the
             vitailes
             and
             munition
             which
             
               Alonso
               de
               Contreras
            
             had
             prepared
             and
             to
             discouer
             and
             people
             the
             countrey
             about
             Cape
             
               De
               Higueras
            
             and
             the
             Honduras
             ;
             
             and
             to
             send
             
               Diego
               Hurtado
               de
               Mendoça
            
             by
             sea
             ,
             to
             search
             the
             coast
             from
             thence
             euen
             to
             Darien
             to
             finde
             out
             the
             Streight
             which
             was
             thought
             to
             run
             into
             the
             South
             sea
             ,
             as
             the
             Emperour
             had
             commanded
             .
             He
             sent
             also
             two
             ships
             from
             Panuco
             to
             search
             along
             the
             coast
             vnto
             Florida
             .
             He
             commanded
             also
             certaine
             brigandines
             to
             search
             the
             coast
             from
             Zacatullan
             vnto
             Panama
             .
             This
             
               Christopher
               de
               Olid
            
             came
             to
             the
             Island
             of
             Cuba
             ,
             and
             made
             a
             league
             with
             
               Diego
               Velasquez
            
             against
             Cortes
             ,
             and
             so
             set
             saile
             and
             went
             on
             land
             hard
             by
             
               Puerto
               de
               Cauallos
            
             standing
             in
             10.
             degrées
             to
             the
             north
             ,
             and
             built
             a
             towne
             which
             he
             called
             
               Triumpho
               de
               la
               Cruz.
            
             He
             tooke
             
               Gil
               Gonzales
               de
               Auila
            
             prisoner
             ,
             and
             killed
             his
             nephew
             and
             the
             Spaniards
             that
             were
             with
             him
             all
             sauing
             one
             childe
             ,
             and
             shewed
             himselfe
             an
             enimie
             to
             Cortes
             ,
             who
             had
             spent
             in
             that
             expedition
             thirty
             thousand
             Castellans
             of
             gold
             to
             doe
             him
             pleasure
             withall
             .
          
           
             Cortes
             vnderstanding
             hereof
             the
             same
             yéere
             1524.
             and
             in
             the
             moneth
             of
             October
             he
             went
             out
             of
             the
             citie
             of
             Mexico
             to
             seeke
             
               Christopher
               de
               Olid
            
             to
             be
             reuenged
             of
             him
             ,
             
             and
             also
             to
             discouer
             ,
             carrying
             with
             him
             thrée
             hundred
             Spanish
             footemen
             and
             horsemen
             ,
             and
             Quahutimoc
             king
             of
             Mexico
             ,
             and
             other
             great
             Lords
             of
             the
             same
             citie
             .
             And
             comming
             to
             the
             towne
             called
             
               La
               villa
               del
               Espiritu
               santo
            
             ,
             he
             required
             guides
             of
             the
             Lords
             
             of
             Tauasco
             and
             Xicalanco
             :
             and
             they
             sent
             him
             ten
             of
             their
             principall
             men
             for
             guides
             :
             who
             gaue
             him
             also
             a
             map
             of
             cotton
             wooll
             ,
             
             wherein
             was
             painted
             the
             situation
             of
             the
             whole
             countrey
             from
             Xicalanco
             vnto
             Naco
             ,
             and
             Nito
             ,
             and
             euen
             as
             farre
             as
             Nicaragua
             ,
             with
             their
             mountaines
             ,
             hils
             ,
             fields
             ,
             meadowes
             ,
             vallies
             ,
             riuers
             ,
             cities
             and
             townes
             .
             And
             Cortes
             in
             the
             meane
             time
             sent
             for
             thrée
             ships
             which
             were
             at
             the
             hauen
             of
             Medellin
             to
             follow
             him
             along
             the
             coast
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             yeere
             1524.
             they
             came
             to
             the
             citie
             of
             Izancanac
             ,
             
             where
             he
             vnderstood
             that
             the
             king
             Quahutimoc
             and
             the
             Mexicans
             that
             were
             in
             his
             companie
             were
             conspired
             against
             him
             and
             the
             Spanyards
             :
             for
             the
             which
             he
             hanged
             the
             king
             and
             two
             others
             of
             the
             chiefe
             :
             
             and
             so
             came
             to
             the
             citie
             of
             Mazaclan
             ,
             
             and
             after
             that
             to
             Tiaca
             the
             head
             citie
             of
             a
             prouince
             so
             called
             standing
             in
             the
             middest
             of
             a
             lake
             :
             and
             here
             about
             they
             began
             to
             finde
             the
             traine
             of
             the
             Spanyards
             ,
             which
             they
             went
             to
             seeke
             ,
             
             and
             so
             they
             went
             to
             Zuzullin
             ,
             and
             at
             length
             came
             to
             the
             towne
             of
             Nito
             :
             from
             
               Nito
               Cortes
            
             with
             his
             owne
             companie
             and
             all
             the
             Spanyards
             that
             he
             found
             there
             departed
             to
             the
             shore
             or
             strand
             called
             
               La
               Ba●a
               de
               Sant
               Andres
            
             ,
             
             and
             finding
             there
             a
             good
             hauen
             he
             builded
             a
             towne
             in
             that
             place
             and
             called
             it
             
               Natividad
               de
               nuestra
               Sen̄ora
            
             .
             
          
           
             From
             hence
             Cortes
             went
             to
             the
             towne
             of
             Truxillo
             standing
             in
             the
             hauen
             of
             the
             Honduras
             ,
             
             where
             the
             Spanyards
             dwelling
             there
             did
             entertaine
             him
             well
             :
             
             and
             while
             he
             was
             there
             ,
             there
             arriued
             a
             ship
             which
             brought
             newes
             of
             the
             stirre
             in
             Mexico
             in
             Cortes
             his
             absence
             :
             whereupon
             he
             sent
             word
             to
             
               Gonsalo
               de
               Sandoual
            
             to
             march
             with
             his
             companie
             from
             Naco
             to
             Mexico
             by
             land
             toward
             the
             South
             sea
             vnto
             Quahutemallan
             ,
             
             because
             that
             is
             the
             vsuall
             plaine
             and
             safest
             way
             ,
             and
             he
             left
             as
             captaine
             in
             
               Truxillo
               Fernando
               de
               Saavedra
            
             his
             cosen
             :
             and
             he
             himselfe
             went
             by
             sea
             along
             the
             coast
             of
             Iucatan
             to
             Chalchicoeca
             now
             called
             
               Sant
               Iuan
               de
               Vllhua
            
             ,
             and
             so
             to
             Medellin
             ,
             and
             from
             thence
             to
             Mexico
             ,
             where
             he
             was
             well
             receiued
             ,
             hauing
             béene
             from
             thence
             18.
             monethes
             ,
             and
             had
             gone
             fiue
             hundred
             leagues
             trauailing
             often
             out
             of
             his
             way
             ,
             and
             enduring
             much
             hardnes
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1525.
             
             
               Francis
               Pizarro
            
             and
             
               Diego
               de
               Almagro
            
             went
             from
             Panama
             to
             discouer
             Peru
             standing
             beyond
             the
             line
             towarde
             the
             South
             ,
             
             which
             they
             called
             
               Nueua
               Castillia
            
             .
             
             
             The
             gouernour
             
               Pedro
               Arias
            
             would
             not
             entermeddle
             with
             this
             expedition
             ,
             because
             of
             the
             euill
             newes
             which
             his
             captaine
             
               Francis
               Vezerra
            
             had
             brought
             .
          
           
             
               Francis
               Pizarro
            
             went
             first
             in
             a
             ship
             hauing
             with
             him
             124.
             soldiers
             ,
             and
             Almagro
             went
             after
             him
             in
             another
             ship
             with
             70.
             men
             .
             He
             came
             to
             
               Rio
               de
               San
               Iuan
            
             standing
             in
             thrée
             degrées
             where
             he
             got
             two
             thousand
             pesoes
             of
             gold
             ;
             and
             not
             finding
             Pizarro
             ,
             he
             went
             to
             séeke
             him
             ,
             repenting
             his
             doings
             by
             reason
             of
             a
             mishap
             that
             he
             had
             .
             But
             he
             went
             first
             to
             an
             Island
             called
             
               Isla
               del
               Gorgona
            
             ,
             
             and
             afterward
             to
             another
             called
             
               Isla
               del
               Gallo
            
             ,
             
             and
             to
             the
             riuer
             called
             
               Rio
               del
               Peru
            
             standing
             in
             two
             degrées
             northward
             ,
             
             whereof
             so
             many
             famous
             countreyes
             take
             their
             name
             .
             From
             thence
             they
             went
             to
             
               Rio
               de
               San
               Francisco
            
             ,
             
             and
             to
             
               Cabo
               de
               Passaos
            
             ,
             where
             they
             passed
             the
             Equinoctiall
             line
             ,
             
             and
             came
             to
             
               Puerto
               Vejo
            
             standing
             in
             one
             degrée
             to
             the
             south
             of
             the
             line
             :
             from
             whence
             they
             sailed
             to
             the
             riuers
             of
             Chinapanpa
             ,
             
             Tumbez
             ,
             
             and
             Payta
             standing
             in
             4.
             or
             .
             5.
             degrées
             ,
             where
             they
             had
             knowledge
             of
             king
             Atabalipa
             and
             of
             the
             exceeding
             wealth
             and
             riches
             of
             his
             palace
             .
             Which
             newes
             mooued
             Pizarro
             spéedily
             to
             returne
             home
             againe
             to
             Panama
             ,
             and
             so
             into
             Spaine
             ,
             and
             to
             request
             the
             gouernment
             of
             that
             countrey
             of
             the
             Emperour
             :
             which
             he
             also
             obtained
             .
             He
             had
             spent
             aboue
             thrée
             yéeres
             before
             in
             this
             discouerie
             not
             without
             enduring
             great
             trauaile
             and
             perils
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             same
             yéere
             1525.
             there
             was
             sent
             out
             of
             Spaine
             a
             fléete
             of
             seuen
             ships
             ,
             
             whereof
             was
             captaine
             generall
             Don
             
               Garsia
               de
               Loaisa
            
             to
             the
             Islands
             of
             Maluco
             .
             
             They
             went
             from
             the
             citie
             of
             the
             Groine
             and
             passed
             by
             the
             Islands
             of
             the
             Canaries
             ,
             and
             went
             to
             Brasill
             ,
             where
             they
             found
             an
             Island
             in
             two
             degrées
             ,
             
             and
             named
             it
             .
             
               S.
               Matthew
            
             :
             and
             it
             seemed
             to
             be
             inhabited
             ,
             because
             they
             found
             in
             it
             orenge
             trées
             ,
             hogs
             ,
             and
             hennes
             in
             caues
             ,
             and
             vpon
             the
             rindes
             of
             most
             of
             the
             trées
             there
             were
             grauen
             Portugall
             letters
             ,
             shewing
             that
             the
             Portugals
             had
             béene
             there
             17.
             yéeres
             before
             that
             time
             .
             
             A
             patache
             or
             pinnesse
             of
             theirs
             passed
             the
             streight
             of
             Magellane
             hauing
             in
             her
             one
             
               Iohn
               de
               Resaga
            
             ,
             and
             ran
             all
             along
             the
             coast
             of
             Peru
             and
             
               Noua
               Spagna
            
             :
             They
             declared
             all
             their
             successe
             vnto
             Cortes
             ,
             and
             told
             him
             ,
             that
             frier
             
               Garsia
               de
               Loaisa
            
             was
             passed
             to
             the
             islands
             of
             cloues
             .
             But
             of
             this
             fléete
             the
             Admirall
             onely
             came
             thither
             ,
             wherein
             was
             captaine
             one
             
               Martine
               Mingues
               de
               Car●houa
            
             :
             
             for
             Loaisa
             and
             the
             other
             captaines
             died
             by
             the
             way
             .
             All
             the
             Moores
             of
             Maluco
             were
             found
             well
             affectioned
             to
             the
             Spaniards
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             same
             yéere
             1525.
             the
             pilot
             
               Stephen
               Gomes
            
             went
             from
             the
             port
             of
             the
             Groine
             toward
             the
             north
             to
             discouer
             the
             streight
             vnto
             the
             Malucos
             by
             the
             north
             ,
             
             to
             whom
             they
             would
             giue
             no
             charge
             in
             the
             fléete
             of
             frier
             
               Garsia
               de
               Loaisa
            
             .
             
             But
             yet
             the
             Earle
             Don
             
               Fernando
               de
               Andrada
            
             ,
             and
             the
             Doctor
             Beltram
             ,
             and
             the
             marchant
             
               Christopher
               de
               Sarro
            
             furnished
             a
             gallion
             for
             him
             ,
             and
             he
             went
             from
             the
             Groine
             in
             Galicia
             to
             the
             Island
             of
             Cuba
             ,
             and
             to
             the
             point
             of
             Florida
             ,
             sailing
             by
             day
             because
             he
             knew
             not
             the
             land
             .
             He
             passed
             the
             bay
             Angra
             ,
             and
             the
             riuer
             Enseada
             ,
             and
             so
             went
             ouer
             to
             the
             other
             side
             .
             It
             is
             also
             reported
             that
             he
             came
             to
             Cape
             Razo
             in
             46.
             degrées
             to
             the
             north
             :
             from
             whence
             he
             came
             backe
             againe
             to
             the
             Groine
             laden
             with
             slaues
             .
             The
             newes
             hereof
             ran
             by
             and
             by
             through
             Spaine
             ,
             that
             he
             was
             come
             home
             laden
             with
             cloues
             as
             mistaking
             the
             word
             :
             and
             it
             was
             carried
             to
             the
             Court
             of
             Spaine
             :
             but
             when
             the
             truth
             was
             knowne
             it
             turned
             to
             a
             pleasant
             iest
             .
             In
             this
             voiage
             Gomes
             was
             ten
             monethes
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             yéere
             1525.
             
             Don
             
               George
               de
               Meneses
            
             captaine
             of
             Maluco
             ,
             and
             with
             him
             Don
             
               Garcia
               Henriques
            
             sent
             a
             foyst
             to
             discouer
             land
             towards
             the
             north
             ,
             wherein
             went
             as
             captaine
             one
             
               Diego
               de
               Rocha
            
             ,
             and
             
               Gomes
               de
               Sequeira
            
             for
             pilot
             .
             In
             9.
             or
             10.
             degrées
             they
             found
             certaine
             Islands
             standing
             close
             together
             ,
             
             and
             they
             called
             them
             the
             Islands
             of
             
               Gomes
               de
               Sequeira
            
             ,
             he
             being
             the
             first
             pilot
             that
             discouered
             them
             .
             And
             they
             came
             backe
             againe
             by
             the
             Island
             of
             Batochina
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1526.
             there
             went
             out
             of
             Siuill
             one
             
               Sebastian
               Cabota
            
             a
             Venetian
             by
             his
             father
             ,
             
             but
             borne
             at
             Bristol
             in
             England
             ,
             being
             chiefe
             pilote
             to
             the
             Emperour
             ,
             with
             fower
             ships
             toward
             Maluco
             .
             They
             came
             to
             Pernambuco
             ,
             and
             staied
             there
             thrée
             monethes
             for
             a
             winde
             to
             double
             the
             Cape
             of
             
               Saint
               Augustine
            
             .
             In
             the
             Bay
             of
             Patos
             or
             of
             ducks
             the
             Admirall
             ship
             perished
             ;
             and
             being
             without
             hope
             to
             get
             to
             the
             Isles
             of
             Maluco
             they
             there
             made
             a
             pinnesse
             to
             enter
             vp
             the
             riuer
             of
             Plate
             ,
             and
             to
             search
             it
             .
             They
             ran
             60.
             leagues
             vp
             before
             they
             came
             to
             the
             barre
             :
             where
             they
             left
             their
             great
             ships
             ,
             and
             with
             their
             small
             pinnesses
             passed
             vp
             the
             riuer
             Parana
             ,
             
             which
             the
             inhabitants
             count
             to
             be
             the
             principall
             riuer
             .
             Hauing
             rowed
             vp
             
             120.
             leagues
             ,
             they
             made
             a
             fortresse
             and
             staied
             there
             aboue
             a
             yéere
             :
             and
             then
             rowed
             further
             till
             they
             came
             to
             the
             mouth
             of
             another
             riuer
             called
             Paragioa
             ,
             
             and
             perceiuing
             that
             the
             countrey
             yéelded
             gold
             and
             siluer
             they
             kept
             on
             their
             course
             ,
             and
             sent
             a
             brigandine
             before
             ;
             but
             those
             of
             the
             countrey
             tooke
             it
             :
             and
             Cabote
             vnderstanding
             of
             it
             thought
             it
             best
             to
             turne
             backe
             vnto
             their
             forte
             ,
             and
             there
             tooke
             in
             his
             men
             which
             he
             had
             left
             there
             ,
             and
             so
             went
             downe
             the
             riuer
             where
             his
             ships
             did
             ride
             ,
             and
             from
             thence
             he
             sailed
             home
             to
             Siuill
             in
             the
             yéere
             1530.
             leauing
             discouered
             about
             two
             hundred
             leagues
             within
             this
             riuer
             ,
             
             reporting
             it
             to
             be
             very
             nauigable
             ,
             and
             that
             it
             springeth
             out
             of
             a
             lake
             named
             Bombo
             .
             It
             standeth
             in
             the
             firme
             land
             of
             the
             kingdome
             of
             Peru
             ,
             running
             through
             the
             vallies
             of
             Xauxa
             ,
             and
             méeteth
             with
             the
             riuers
             
               Parso
               ,
               Bulcasban
               ,
               Cay
               ,
               Parima
               ,
               Hiucax
               ,
            
             with
             others
             which
             make
             it
             very
             broad
             and
             great
             .
             It
             is
             said
             also
             ,
             that
             out
             of
             this
             lake
             runneth
             the
             riuer
             called
             
               Rio
               de
               San
               Francesco
            
             ;
             and
             by
             this
             meane
             the
             riuers
             come
             to
             be
             so
             great
             .
             
             For
             the
             riuers
             that
             come
             out
             of
             lakes
             are
             bigger
             then
             those
             which
             procéede
             from
             a
             spring
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1517.
             one
             
               Pamphilus
               de
               Naruaez
            
             went
             out
             of
             
               S.
               Lucar
               de
               Barameda
            
             to
             be
             generall
             of
             the
             coast
             and
             land
             of
             Florida
             as
             farre
             as
             
               Rio
               de
               las
               Palmas
            
             ,
             
             and
             had
             with
             him
             fiue
             ships
             ,
             600.
             soldiers
             ,
             100.
             horses
             ,
             besides
             a
             great
             summe
             and
             quantitie
             of
             victuailes
             ,
             armour
             ,
             clothing
             and
             other
             things
             .
             He
             could
             not
             goe
             on
             land
             where
             his
             desire
             was
             ,
             but
             went
             on
             land
             somewhat
             néere
             to
             Florida
             with
             thrée
             hundred
             of
             his
             companie
             ,
             some
             horses
             ,
             and
             some
             victuailes
             ,
             commanding
             the
             ships
             to
             goe
             to
             
               Rio
               de
               las
               Palmas
            
             ;
             in
             which
             voiage
             they
             were
             almost
             all
             lost
             :
             
             and
             those
             which
             escaped
             passed
             great
             dangers
             ,
             hunger
             and
             thirst
             in
             an
             Island
             called
             Xamo
             and
             by
             the
             
               Spaniards
               Malhada
            
             being
             very
             drie
             and
             barren
             ,
             where
             the
             Spaniards
             killed
             one
             another
             ,
             and
             the
             people
             also
             of
             the
             countrey
             did
             the
             like
             .
             Naruaez
             and
             those
             which
             went
             with
             him
             sawe
             some
             golde
             with
             certaine
             Indians
             ,
             and
             he
             demanded
             of
             them
             where
             they
             gathered
             it
             :
             and
             they
             answered
             that
             they
             had
             it
             at
             Apalachen
             .
             
             They
             therefore
             searched
             this
             gold
             ,
             and
             in
             searching
             came
             to
             the
             said
             towne
             ,
             where
             they
             found
             no
             gold
             nor
             siluer
             :
             they
             saw
             many
             Bay
             trées
             ,
             and
             almost
             all
             other
             kinde
             of
             trées
             with
             beasts
             ,
             birds
             ,
             and
             such
             like
             .
             The
             men
             and
             women
             of
             this
             place
             are
             high
             and
             strong
             ,
             very
             light
             and
             so
             swift
             
             runners
             ,
             that
             they
             will
             take
             déere
             at
             their
             pleasure
             ,
             and
             will
             not
             grow
             wearie
             though
             they
             run
             a
             whole
             day
             .
             From
             Apalachen
             they
             went
             to
             a
             towne
             called
             Aute
             ;
             
             and
             from
             thence
             to
             Xamo
             a
             poore
             countrey
             with
             small
             sustinance
             .
             
             These
             people
             bring
             vp
             their
             children
             very
             tenderly
             ,
             and
             make
             great
             lamentation
             when
             any
             of
             them
             dieth
             ;
             they
             neither
             wéepe
             nor
             lament
             at
             the
             death
             of
             any
             olde
             bodie
             .
             Here
             the
             people
             desired
             the
             Spanyards
             to
             cure
             their
             sicke
             folks
             ,
             for
             they
             had
             many
             diseased
             :
             and
             certaine
             of
             the
             Spanyards
             being
             in
             extreme
             pouertie
             assaied
             it
             ,
             and
             vsed
             praier
             ,
             and
             it
             pleased
             God
             that
             they
             did
             indéede
             recouer
             as
             well
             those
             that
             were
             hurt
             ,
             as
             those
             which
             were
             otherwise
             diseased
             ;
             in
             so
             much
             ,
             that
             one
             which
             was
             thought
             verily
             to
             be
             dead
             ,
             was
             by
             them
             restored
             to
             life
             ,
             as
             they
             themselues
             reporte
             .
             They
             affirme
             that
             they
             passed
             through
             many
             countreies
             and
             many
             strange
             people
             differing
             in
             language
             ,
             apparell
             ,
             and
             customes
             .
             And
             because
             they
             plaied
             the
             physitions
             ,
             they
             were
             as
             they
             passed
             greatly
             estéemed
             and
             held
             for
             Gods
             ,
             and
             the
             people
             did
             no
             hurt
             vnto
             them
             ,
             but
             would
             giue
             them
             part
             of
             such
             things
             as
             they
             had
             .
             Therefore
             they
             passed
             quietly
             ,
             and
             trauailed
             so
             farre
             till
             they
             came
             to
             a
             people
             ,
             that
             vse
             continually
             to
             liue
             in
             heards
             with
             their
             cattel
             as
             the
             Arabians
             doe
             .
             They
             be
             poore
             ,
             and
             eate
             snakes
             ,
             lisards
             ,
             spiders
             ,
             ants
             ,
             and
             al
             kinde
             of
             vermine
             ,
             and
             herewith
             they
             liue
             so
             well
             contented
             that
             commonly
             they
             sing
             and
             dance
             .
             They
             buie
             the
             women
             of
             their
             enimies
             ,
             and
             kill
             their
             daughters
             ,
             because
             they
             would
             not
             haue
             them
             marrie
             with
             them
             ,
             whereby
             they
             might
             increase
             .
             They
             trauailed
             through
             certaine
             places
             ,
             where
             the
             women
             gaue
             sucke
             vnto
             their
             children
             til
             they
             were
             ten
             or
             twelue
             yéeres
             of
             age
             ;
             and
             where
             certaine
             men
             being
             Hermaphrodites
             doe
             marrie
             one
             another
             .
             These
             Spaniards
             trauailed
             aboue
             800.
             leagues
             ;
             and
             there
             escaped
             aliue
             in
             this
             iourney
             not
             aboue
             seuen
             or
             eight
             of
             them
             .
             They
             came
             vpon
             the
             coast
             of
             the
             South
             sea
             vnto
             a
             citie
             called
             
               Saint
               Michael
            
             of
             Culuacan
             standing
             in
             23.
             degrées
             and
             vpward
             toward
             the
             north
             .
          
           
             This
             yéere
             1527.
             when
             Cortes
             vnderstood
             by
             the
             pinnesse
             aforesaide
             that
             Don
             
               Garcia
               de
               Loaisa
            
             was
             passed
             by
             the
             Streight
             of
             Magelan
             toward
             the
             Islands
             of
             cloues
             ,
             
             he
             prouided
             thrée
             ships
             to
             goe
             séeke
             him
             ,
             and
             to
             discouer
             by
             that
             way
             of
             
               New
               Spaine
            
             as
             farre
             as
             the
             Isles
             of
             Maluco
             .
             There
             went
             
             as
             gouernour
             in
             those
             ships
             one
             
               Aluaro
               de
               Saavedra
               Ceron
            
             ,
             cosen
             vnto
             Cortes
             ,
             a
             man
             fit
             for
             that
             purpose
             .
             He
             made
             saile
             from
             Ciuatlanejo
             ,
             now
             named
             
               S.
               Christopher
            
             standing
             in
             20.
             degrées
             toward
             the
             north
             on
             
               All
               Saints
            
             day
             .
             They
             arriued
             at
             the
             Islands
             which
             Magelan
             named
             
               The
               Pleasures
            
             ;
             and
             from
             thence
             sailed
             to
             the
             Islands
             ,
             which
             
               Gomes
               de
               Sequeira
            
             had
             discouered
             ,
             
             &
             not
             knowing
             thereof
             ,
             they
             named
             thē
             
               Islas
               de
               los
               Reyes
            
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             
               The
               Isles
               of
               the
               kings
            
             ,
             because
             they
             came
             vnto
             them
             on
             Twelfe
             day
             .
             In
             the
             way
             Saavedra
             lost
             two
             ships
             of
             his
             company
             ,
             of
             which
             they
             neuer
             after
             heard
             newes
             .
             But
             from
             Island
             to
             Island
             he
             still
             sailed
             and
             came
             to
             the
             Island
             of
             Candiga
             ,
             
             where
             he
             bought
             two
             Spanyards
             for
             70.
             ducats
             ,
             which
             had
             béene
             of
             the
             companie
             of
             Frier
             Loaisa
             ,
             who
             was
             lost
             thereabout
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1528.
             in
             March
             Saavedra
             arriued
             at
             the
             Islands
             of
             Maluco
             ,
             and
             came
             to
             an
             anker
             before
             the
             Isle
             of
             Gilolo
             :
             he
             found
             the
             sea
             calme
             and
             winde
             at
             will
             ,
             without
             any
             tempests
             :
             and
             he
             tooke
             the
             distance
             from
             thence
             to
             
               Noua
               Spagna
            
             to
             be
             2050.
             leagues
             .
             At
             this
             time
             
               Martin
               Yn̄iguez
               de
               Carquiçano
            
             died
             ,
             and
             
               Fernando
               de
               la
               Torre
            
             was
             chosen
             their
             Generall
             ,
             who
             then
             was
             in
             the
             citie
             of
             Tidore
             ,
             who
             had
             there
             erected
             a
             gallows
             and
             had
             fierce
             warre
             with
             Don
             
               George
               de
               Meneses
            
             captaine
             of
             the
             Portugals
             :
             and
             in
             a
             fight
             which
             they
             had
             the
             fourth
             day
             of
             May
             Saavedra
             tooke
             from
             him
             a
             galiotte
             and
             slew
             the
             captaine
             thereof
             called
             
               Fernando
               de
               Baldaya
            
             ,
             and
             in
             Iune
             he
             returned
             towards
             
               New
               Spaine
            
             ,
             hauing
             with
             him
             one
             
               Simon
               de
               Brito
               Patalin
            
             and
             other
             Portugals
             ,
             and
             hauing
             béene
             certaine
             monethes
             at
             sea
             ,
             he
             was
             forced
             backe
             vnto
             Tidore
             ,
             where
             Patalin
             was
             beheaded
             and
             quartered
             ,
             and
             his
             companions
             hanged
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             yéere
             1528.
             
             Cortes
             sent
             two
             hundred
             footemen
             and
             60.
             horsemen
             ,
             
             and
             many
             Mexicans
             to
             discouer
             and
             plant
             the
             countrey
             of
             the
             Chichimecas
             ,
             for
             that
             it
             was
             reported
             to
             be
             rich
             of
             gold
             .
             This
             being
             done
             he
             shipped
             himselfe
             ,
             and
             came
             into
             Castile
             with
             great
             pompe
             ,
             &
             brought
             with
             him
             250000.
             marks
             of
             gold
             and
             siluer
             :
             and
             being
             come
             to
             Toledo
             where
             the
             Emperour
             then
             lay
             ,
             he
             was
             entertained
             according
             to
             his
             deserts
             ,
             and
             the
             Emperour
             made
             him
             Marques
             
               Del
               Valle
            
             ,
             and
             married
             him
             to
             the
             Lady
             
               Iane
               de
               Zuniga
            
             daughter
             vnto
             the
             Earle
             
               de
               Aguilar
            
             ,
             and
             then
             the
             Emperour
             sent
             him
             backe
             
             againe
             to
             be
             Generall
             of
             
               New
               Spaine
            
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1529.
             in
             May
             Saavedra
             returned
             back
             againe
             towards
             
               New
               Spaine
            
             ,
             
             and
             he
             had
             sight
             of
             a
             land
             toward
             the
             South
             in
             two
             degrées
             ,
             and
             he
             ran
             East
             along
             by
             it
             aboue
             fiue
             hundred
             leagues
             till
             the
             end
             of
             August
             .
             The
             coast
             was
             cleane
             and
             of
             good
             ankerage
             ,
             
             but
             the
             people
             blacke
             and
             of
             curled
             haire
             ;
             from
             the
             girdle
             downward
             they
             did
             weare
             a
             certaine
             thing
             plaited
             to
             couer
             their
             lower
             parts
             .
             The
             people
             of
             Maluco
             call
             them
             Papuas
             ,
             
             because
             they
             be
             blacke
             and
             friseled
             in
             their
             haire
             :
             and
             so
             also
             doe
             the
             Portugals
             call
             them
             .
          
           
             Saavedra
             hauing
             sailed
             4.
             or
             5.
             degrées
             to
             the
             South
             of
             the
             line
             ,
             returned
             vnto
             it
             ,
             and
             passed
             the
             Equinoctiall
             towards
             the
             north
             ,
             and
             discouered
             an
             Island
             which
             he
             called
             
               Isla
               de
               los
               Pintados
            
             ,
             
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             The
             Isle
             of
             painted
             people
             :
             for
             the
             people
             thereof
             be
             white
             ,
             and
             all
             of
             them
             marked
             with
             an
             iron
             :
             and
             by
             the
             signes
             which
             they
             gaue
             he
             conceaued
             that
             they
             were
             of
             China
             .
             There
             came
             vnto
             them
             from
             the
             shore
             a
             kinde
             of
             boate
             full
             of
             these
             men
             ,
             making
             tokens
             of
             threatnings
             to
             the
             Spanyards
             ;
             who
             séeing
             that
             the
             Spanyards
             would
             not
             obey
             them
             ,
             they
             began
             to
             skirmish
             with
             slinging
             of
             stones
             ,
             but
             Saavedra
             would
             suffer
             no
             shot
             to
             be
             shot
             at
             them
             ,
             because
             their
             stones
             were
             of
             no
             strength
             ,
             and
             did
             no
             harme
             .
          
           
             A
             little
             beyond
             this
             Island
             in
             10.
             or
             12.
             degrées
             they
             found
             many
             small
             low
             Islands
             full
             of
             palme
             trées
             and
             grasse
             ,
             which
             they
             called
             
               Los
               Iardines
            
             ,
             
             and
             they
             came
             to
             an
             anker
             in
             the
             middest
             of
             them
             ,
             where
             they
             taried
             certaine
             daies
             .
             The
             people
             séemed
             to
             descend
             from
             them
             of
             China
             ,
             but
             by
             reason
             of
             their
             long
             continuance
             there
             they
             are
             become
             so
             brutish
             ,
             that
             they
             haue
             neither
             law
             ,
             nor
             yet
             giue
             themselues
             to
             any
             honest
             labour
             .
             They
             were
             white
             clothing
             which
             they
             make
             of
             grasse
             .
             They
             stand
             in
             maruailous
             feare
             of
             fire
             ,
             because
             they
             neuer
             saw
             any
             .
             They
             eate
             Cocos
             in
             stéede
             of
             bread
             ,
             breaking
             them
             before
             they
             be
             ripe
             ,
             and
             putting
             them
             vnder
             the
             sand
             ,
             and
             then
             after
             certaine
             daies
             they
             take
             them
             out
             and
             lay
             them
             in
             the
             sunne
             ,
             and
             then
             they
             will
             open
             .
             They
             eate
             fish
             which
             they
             take
             in
             a
             kinde
             of
             boate
             called
             a
             Parao
             ,
             which
             they
             make
             of
             pine
             wood
             ,
             
             which
             is
             driuen
             thither
             at
             certaine
             times
             of
             the
             yéere
             ,
             they
             know
             not
             how
             ,
             nor
             from
             whence
             ,
             and
             the
             tooles
             wherewith
             they
             make
             their
             boates
             are
             of
             shels
             .
          
           
             Saavedra
             perceiuing
             that
             the
             time
             and
             weather
             was
             then
             
             somewhat
             better
             for
             his
             purpose
             ,
             made
             saile
             towards
             the
             firme
             land
             and
             citie
             of
             Panama
             ,
             where
             he
             might
             vnlade
             the
             cloues
             and
             marchandise
             which
             he
             had
             ,
             that
             so
             in
             cartes
             it
             might
             be
             carried
             fower
             leagues
             to
             the
             riuer
             of
             Chagre
             ,
             which
             they
             say
             is
             nauigable
             running
             out
             into
             the
             North
             sea
             not
             far
             from
             
               Nombre
               de
               Dios
            
             ,
             where
             the
             ships
             ride
             ,
             which
             come
             out
             of
             Spaine
             :
             by
             which
             way
             all
             kinde
             of
             goods
             might
             be
             brought
             vnto
             them
             in
             shorter
             time
             ,
             and
             with
             lesse
             danger
             ,
             then
             to
             saile
             about
             the
             Cape
             of
             
               Bona
               Sperança
            
             .
             For
             from
             Maluco
             vnto
             Panama
             they
             saile
             continually
             betwéene
             the
             Tropickes
             and
             the
             line
             :
             but
             they
             neuer
             found
             winde
             to
             serue
             that
             course
             ,
             and
             therefore
             they
             came
             backe
             againe
             to
             Maluco
             very
             sad
             ,
             because
             Saavedra
             died
             by
             the
             way
             :
             who
             if
             he
             had
             liued
             meant
             to
             haue
             opened
             the
             land
             of
             
               Gastillia
               del
               Oro
            
             and
             
               New
               Spaine
            
             from
             sea
             to
             sea
             .
             
             Which
             might
             haue
             béene
             done
             in
             fower
             places
             :
             namely
             from
             the
             Gulfe
             of
             
               S.
               Michael
            
             to
             Vraba
             ,
             which
             is
             25.
             leagues
             ,
             
             or
             from
             Panama
             to
             
               Nombre
               de
               Dios
            
             being
             17.
             leagues
             distance
             :
             or
             through
             Xaquator
             a
             riuer
             of
             Nicaragua
             ,
             which
             springeth
             out
             of
             a
             lake
             thrée
             or
             fower
             leagues
             from
             the
             South
             sea
             ,
             and
             falleth
             into
             the
             North
             sea
             ;
             whereupon
             doe
             saile
             great
             barks
             and
             crayers
             .
             The
             other
             place
             is
             from
             Tecoantepee
             through
             a
             riuer
             to
             
               Verdadera
               Cruz
            
             in
             the
             Bay
             of
             the
             Honduras
             ,
             which
             also
             might
             be
             opened
             in
             a
             streight
             .
             Which
             if
             it
             were
             done
             ,
             then
             they
             might
             saile
             from
             the
             Canaries
             vnto
             the
             Malucos
             vnder
             the
             climate
             of
             the
             Zodiake
             in
             lesse
             time
             and
             with
             much
             lesse
             danger
             ,
             then
             to
             saile
             about
             the
             Cape
             
               de
               Bona
               Sperança
            
             ,
             or
             by
             the
             streight
             of
             Magelan
             ,
             or
             by
             the
             Northwest
             .
             
             And
             yet
             if
             there
             might
             be
             found
             a
             streight
             there
             to
             saile
             into
             the
             sea
             of
             China
             ,
             as
             it
             hath
             béene
             sought
             ,
             it
             would
             doe
             much
             good
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             yéere
             1529
             ,
             one
             
               Damian
               de
               Goes
            
             a
             Portugal
             being
             in
             Flanders
             ,
             after
             that
             he
             had
             trauailed
             ouer
             all
             Spaine
             ,
             was
             yet
             desirous
             to
             sée
             more
             countreyes
             ,
             and
             fashions
             ,
             and
             diuersities
             of
             people
             ;
             and
             therefore
             went
             ouer
             into
             England
             and
             Scotland
             ,
             and
             was
             in
             the
             courts
             of
             the
             kings
             of
             those
             parts
             :
             and
             after
             that
             came
             againe
             into
             Flanders
             ,
             and
             then
             trauailed
             through
             
               Zealand
               ,
               Holland
               ,
               Brabant
               ,
               Luxenburge
               ,
               Suitzerland
               ,
            
             and
             so
             through
             the
             cities
             of
             
               Colen
               ,
               Spyres
               ,
               Argentine
               ,
               Basill
               ,
            
             and
             other
             parts
             of
             Alemaine
             ,
             &
             then
             came
             backe
             againe
             into
             Flanders
             :
             and
             from
             thence
             he
             went
             into
             France
             through
             
             
               Picardie
               ,
               Normandie
               ,
               Champaine
               ,
               Burgundie
               ,
            
             the
             dukedome
             of
             
               Borbon
               ,
               Gascoigne
               ,
               Languedoc
               ,
               Daulphinie
               ,
            
             the
             dukedome
             of
             Sauoy
             ,
             and
             passed
             into
             Italy
             into
             the
             dukedome
             of
             
               Millaine
               ,
               Ferrara
               ,
               Lombardie
            
             ,
             and
             so
             to
             Venice
             ,
             and
             turned
             backe
             againe
             to
             the
             territorie
             of
             Genoa
             ,
             and
             the
             dukedome
             of
             Florence
             through
             all
             Tuscane
             :
             and
             he
             was
             in
             the
             citie
             of
             Rome
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             kingdome
             of
             Naples
             from
             the
             one
             side
             to
             the
             other
             .
          
           
             From
             thence
             he
             went
             into
             Germanie
             to
             Vlmes
             ,
             and
             other
             places
             of
             the
             Empire
             ,
             to
             the
             dukedome
             of
             Sueuia
             and
             of
             Bauier
             ,
             and
             the
             Archdukedome
             of
             Austrich
             ,
             the
             kingdome
             of
             Boeme
             ,
             the
             dukedome
             of
             Morania
             ,
             and
             the
             kingdome
             of
             Hungarie
             ,
             and
             so
             to
             the
             confines
             of
             Graecia
             .
             From
             thence
             he
             went
             to
             the
             kingdome
             of
             
               Poland
               ,
               Prussia
            
             ,
             and
             the
             dukedome
             of
             Liuonia
             ,
             and
             so
             came
             into
             the
             great
             dukedome
             of
             Moscouia
             .
             From
             whence
             he
             came
             backe
             into
             High
             Alemayne
             ,
             and
             through
             the
             countreyes
             of
             the
             Lantzgraue
             ,
             the
             dukedome
             of
             Saxonie
             ,
             the
             countreyes
             of
             
               Denmarke
               ,
               Gotland
            
             ,
             and
             Norway
             ,
             trauailing
             so
             farre
             ,
             that
             he
             found
             himselfe
             in
             70.
             degrées
             of
             latitude
             towards
             the
             North.
             He
             did
             sée
             ,
             speake
             and
             was
             conuersant
             with
             all
             the
             kings
             ,
             princes
             ,
             nobles
             and
             chiefe
             cities
             of
             all
             Christendome
             in
             the
             space
             of
             22.
             yéeres
             :
             So
             that
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             greatnes
             of
             his
             trauell
             ,
             I
             thought
             him
             a
             man
             woorthie
             to
             be
             here
             remembred
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1529.
             or
             1530.
             one
             
               Melchior
               de
               Sofa
               Tauarez
            
             went
             from
             the
             citie
             of
             Ormuz
             vnto
             Balfera
             and
             the
             Islands
             of
             Gissara
             with
             certaine
             ships
             of
             warre
             ,
             and
             passed
             vp
             as
             farre
             as
             the
             place
             ,
             where
             the
             riuers
             Tygris
             and
             Euphrates
             méete
             one
             with
             the
             other
             .
             And
             although
             other
             Portugals
             had
             discouered
             and
             sailed
             through
             that
             streight
             ,
             yet
             neuer
             any
             of
             them
             sailed
             so
             farre
             vpon
             the
             fresh
             water
             till
             that
             time
             ,
             when
             he
             discouered
             that
             riuer
             from
             the
             one
             side
             to
             the
             other
             ,
             wherein
             he
             saw
             many
             things
             which
             the
             Portugals
             knew
             not
             .
          
           
             Not
             long
             after
             this
             one
             
               Ferdinando
               Coutinho
            
             a
             Portugall
             came
             vnto
             Ormuz
             ,
             and
             being
             desirous
             to
             sée
             the
             world
             ,
             he
             determined
             to
             goe
             into
             Portugall
             from
             thence
             ouer
             land
             to
             sée
             Asia
             and
             Europe
             ;
             And
             to
             doe
             this
             the
             better
             he
             went
             into
             
               Arabia
               ,
               Persia
            
             ,
             and
             vpwards
             the
             riuer
             Euphrates
             the
             space
             of
             a
             moneth
             ;
             and
             saw
             many
             kingdomes
             and
             countreies
             ,
             which
             in
             our
             time
             had
             not
             béene
             séene
             by
             the
             Portugals
             :
             He
             was
             taken
             prisoner
             in
             Damasco
             ,
             and
             afterward
             crost
             ouer
             the
             prouince
             
             of
             Syria
             ,
             and
             came
             vnto
             the
             citie
             of
             Alepo
             .
             He
             had
             béene
             at
             the
             holy
             Sepulchre
             in
             Ierusalem
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             citie
             of
             Cayro
             ,
             and
             at
             Constantinople
             with
             the
             Great
             Turke
             ;
             and
             hauing
             séene
             his
             court
             he
             passed
             ouer
             vnto
             Venice
             ,
             and
             from
             thence
             into
             
               Italie
               ,
               France
               ,
               Spaine
            
             ,
             and
             so
             came
             againe
             to
             Lisbon
             .
             So
             that
             he
             and
             
               Damian
               de
               Goes
            
             were
             in
             our
             time
             the
             most
             noble
             Portugals
             ,
             that
             had
             discouered
             and
             séene
             most
             countreyes
             and
             realmes
             of
             their
             owne
             affections
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             same
             yéere
             1530.
             little
             more
             or
             lesse
             ,
             
             one
             
               Francis
               Pisarro
            
             ,
             which
             had
             béene
             in
             Spaine
             to
             obtaine
             the
             gouernment
             of
             Peru
             ,
             turned
             backe
             againe
             to
             the
             citie
             of
             Panama
             with
             all
             things
             that
             he
             desired
             :
             he
             brought
             with
             him
             fower
             brethren
             ,
             
               Ferdinand
               ,
               Iohn
               ,
               Gonzaluo
            
             ,
             and
             
               Francis
               Martines
               de
               Alcantara
            
             :
             They
             were
             not
             well
             receiued
             by
             
               Diego
               de
               Almagro
            
             ,
             and
             his
             friends
             ;
             for
             that
             Pisarro
             had
             not
             so
             much
             commended
             him
             to
             the
             Emperour
             as
             he
             looked
             for
             ,
             but
             omitted
             the
             discouerie
             ,
             wherein
             he
             had
             lost
             one
             of
             his
             eies
             ,
             and
             spent
             much
             :
             yet
             in
             the
             end
             they
             agreed
             ,
             and
             
               Diegro
               de
               Almagro
            
             gaue
             vnto
             Pisarro
             700.
             pezoes
             of
             golde
             ,
             victuailes
             and
             munition
             ,
             wherewith
             he
             prepared
             himselfe
             the
             better
             for
             his
             iourney
             .
          
           
             Not
             long
             after
             this
             agréement
             
               Francis
               Pisarro
            
             and
             his
             brethren
             went
             in
             two
             ships
             with
             the
             most
             of
             their
             soldiers
             and
             horses
             ;
             but
             he
             could
             not
             arriue
             at
             Tumbez
             as
             he
             was
             minded
             ,
             and
             so
             they
             went
             on
             land
             in
             the
             riuer
             of
             Peru
             ;
             and
             went
             along
             the
             coast
             with
             great
             paines
             ,
             because
             there
             were
             many
             b●gs
             and
             riuers
             in
             their
             way
             ,
             wherein
             some
             of
             his
             men
             were
             drowned
             :
             They
             came
             to
             the
             towne
             of
             Coaché
             ,
             where
             they
             rested
             ,
             
             where
             they
             found
             much
             gold
             and
             emeraulds
             ,
             of
             which
             they
             brake
             some
             to
             sée
             if
             they
             were
             perfect
             .
             From
             thence
             Pisarro
             sent
             to
             
               Diego
               de
               Almagro
            
             twentie
             thousand
             pezoes
             of
             gold
             to
             send
             him
             men
             ,
             horses
             ,
             munition
             ,
             and
             victuailes
             ;
             and
             so
             he
             went
             on
             his
             iourney
             to
             the
             hauen
             named
             
               Porto
               Viejo
            
             :
             and
             thither
             came
             vnto
             him
             one
             
               Sebastian
               de
               Benalcazar
            
             ,
             with
             all
             such
             things
             as
             had
             sent
             for
             ,
             which
             pleased
             and
             pleasured
             him
             very
             much
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1531.
             he
             hauing
             this
             aide
             ,
             
             passed
             ouer
             into
             a
             rich
             Island
             called
             Puna
             ,
             
             where
             he
             was
             well
             receiued
             of
             the
             gouernour
             :
             yet
             at
             last
             he
             conspired
             to
             kill
             him
             and
             all
             his
             men
             :
             but
             Pisarro
             preuented
             him
             ,
             and
             tooke
             many
             of
             the
             Indians
             ,
             and
             bound
             them
             with
             chaines
             of
             gold
             and
             siluer
             .
             The
             gouernour
             
             caused
             those
             that
             kept
             his
             wines
             to
             haue
             their
             noses
             ,
             armes
             ,
             and
             priuie
             members
             to
             be
             cut
             off
             ,
             so
             iealous
             was
             he
             .
             Here
             Pisarro
             found
             aboue
             sixe
             hundred
             men
             prisoners
             belonging
             to
             the
             king
             Attabalipa
             ,
             
             who
             waged
             warre
             against
             his
             eldest
             brother
             Guascar
             to
             winne
             reputation
             .
             These
             he
             set
             at
             libertie
             and
             sent
             them
             to
             the
             citie
             of
             Tombez
             ,
             who
             promised
             to
             be
             a
             meane
             that
             he
             should
             be
             well
             receiued
             in
             those
             partes
             .
             But
             when
             they
             saw
             themselues
             out
             of
             bondage
             ,
             they
             forgat
             their
             promise
             ,
             and
             incited
             the
             people
             against
             the
             Spaniards
             .
             Then
             Pisarro
             sent
             thrée
             Spaniards
             to
             Tombez
             to
             treate
             for
             peace
             ,
             whome
             they
             tooke
             and
             slew
             and
             sacrificed
             ,
             and
             their
             priestes
             wept
             not
             for
             pitie
             but
             of
             custome
             .
             Pisarro
             hearing
             of
             this
             cruell
             fact
             ,
             passed
             ouer
             to
             the
             maine
             ,
             and
             set
             vpon
             the
             citie
             one
             night
             suddenly
             and
             killed
             many
             of
             them
             ,
             so
             that
             they
             presented
             him
             with
             gifts
             of
             gold
             and
             siluer
             and
             other
             riches
             ,
             and
             so
             became
             friends
             .
             This
             done
             ,
             he
             builded
             a
             towne
             vpon
             the
             riuer
             of
             Cira
             ,
             
             and
             called
             it
             
               Saint
               Michael
            
             of
             Tangarara
             ,
             which
             was
             the
             first
             towne
             inhabited
             by
             Christians
             in
             those
             partes
             ;
             whereof
             
               Sebastian
               de
               Benalcazar
            
             was
             appointed
             captaine
             .
             
             Then
             he
             searched
             out
             a
             good
             and
             sure
             hauen
             for
             his
             ships
             ,
             and
             found
             that
             of
             Payta
             to
             be
             an
             excellent
             harbour
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             same
             yéere
             1531.
             there
             went
             one
             
               Diego
               de
               Ordas
            
             to
             be
             gouernour
             in
             the
             riuer
             of
             Maragnon
             ,
             
             with
             thrée
             ships
             ,
             sixe
             hundred
             soldiers
             ,
             and
             35.
             horses
             .
             He
             died
             by
             the
             way
             ,
             so
             that
             the
             intention
             came
             to
             none
             effect
             .
             After
             that
             in
             the
             yéere
             1534.
             there
             was
             sent
             thither
             one
             
               Hierome
               Artal
            
             with
             130.
             soldiers
             ,
             
             yet
             he
             came
             not
             to
             the
             riuer
             ,
             but
             peopled
             
               Saint
               Michael
               de
               Neueri
            
             ,
             and
             other
             places
             in
             Paria
             .
             Also
             there
             went
             vnto
             this
             riuer
             Maragnon
             a
             Portugall
             gentleman
             named
             
               Aries
               Dacugna
            
             ,
             and
             he
             had
             with
             him
             ten
             ships
             ,
             nine
             hundred
             Portugals
             ,
             and
             130.
             horses
             .
             He
             spent
             much
             ,
             but
             he
             that
             lost
             most
             was
             one
             
               Iohn
               de
               Barros
            
             .
             
             This
             riuer
             standeth
             in
             thrée
             degrées
             toward
             the
             South
             ,
             hauing
             at
             the
             entrance
             of
             it
             15.
             leagues
             of
             breadth
             and
             many
             Islands
             inhabited
             ,
             wherein
             grow
             trées
             that
             beare
             incence
             of
             a
             greater
             bignes
             then
             in
             Arabia
             ,
             gold
             ,
             rich
             stones
             ,
             and
             one
             emeraud
             was
             found
             there
             as
             big
             as
             the
             palme
             of
             a
             mans
             hand
             .
             The
             people
             of
             the
             countrey
             make
             their
             drinke
             of
             a
             kinde
             of
             dates
             ,
             which
             are
             as
             big
             as
             quinces
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1531.
             one
             
               Nunnez
               de
               Gusman
            
             went
             from
             the
             
             citie
             of
             Mexico
             towards
             the
             northwest
             to
             discouer
             and
             conquer
             the
             countreies
             of
             Xalisco
             ,
             
             
               Ceintiliquipac
               ,
               Ciametlan
               ,
               Toualla
               ,
               Cnixco
               ,
               Ciamolla
               ,
               Culhuacan
               ,
            
             and
             other
             places
             .
             And
             to
             doe
             this
             he
             caried
             with
             him
             250.
             horses
             ,
             and
             fiue
             hundred
             soldiers
             .
             He
             went
             through
             the
             countrey
             of
             Mechuacan
             ,
             where
             he
             had
             much
             gold
             ,
             ten
             thousand
             marks
             of
             siluer
             ,
             and
             6000.
             
             Indians
             to
             carrie
             burdens
             .
             
             He
             conquered
             many
             countreyes
             ,
             called
             that
             of
             
               Xalisco
               Nueua
               Galicia
            
             ,
             because
             it
             is
             a
             ragged
             countrey
             ,
             and
             the
             people
             strong
             .
             He
             builded
             a
             citie
             which
             he
             called
             Compostella
             ,
             
             and
             another
             named
             Guadalajara
             ,
             because
             he
             was
             borne
             in
             the
             citie
             of
             Guadalajara
             in
             Spaine
             .
             
             He
             likewise
             builded
             the
             townes
             
               de
               Santo
               Espirito
            
             ,
             
             
               de
               la
               Conception
            
             ,
             
             and
             
               de
               San
               Miguel
            
             standing
             in
             24.
             degrées
             of
             northerly
             latitude
             .
             
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1532.
             
             
               Ferdinando
               Cortes
            
             sent
             one
             
               Diego
               Hurtado
               de
               Mendoça
            
             vnto
             Acapulco
             70.
             leagues
             from
             Mexico
             ,
             
             where
             he
             had
             prepared
             a
             small
             fléete
             to
             discouer
             the
             coast
             of
             the
             South
             sea
             as
             he
             had
             promised
             the
             Emperour
             .
             And
             finding
             two
             ships
             readie
             ,
             he
             went
             into
             them
             ,
             and
             sailed
             to
             the
             hauen
             of
             Xalisco
             ,
             where
             he
             would
             haue
             taken
             in
             water
             and
             wood
             :
             but
             
               Nunnez
               de
               Gusman
            
             caused
             him
             to
             be
             resisted
             ,
             and
             so
             he
             went
             forward
             :
             but
             some
             of
             his
             men
             mutined
             against
             him
             ,
             and
             he
             put
             them
             all
             into
             one
             of
             the
             ships
             ,
             and
             sent
             them
             backe
             into
             
               New
               Spaine
            
             .
             They
             wanted
             water
             ,
             and
             going
             to
             take
             some
             in
             the
             bay
             of
             the
             Vanderas
             ,
             the
             Indians
             killed
             them
             .
             But
             
               Diego
               Hurtado
            
             sailed
             200.
             leagues
             along
             the
             coast
             ,
             yet
             did
             nothing
             woorth
             the
             writing
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1533.
             
             
               Francis
               Pisarro
            
             went
             from
             the
             citie
             of
             Tumbes
             to
             Caxamalca
             ,
             
             where
             he
             tooke
             the
             king
             Attabalipa
             ,
             who
             promised
             for
             his
             ransome
             much
             gold
             and
             siluer
             :
             and
             to
             accomplish
             it
             there
             went
             to
             the
             citie
             of
             Cusco
             standing
             in
             17.
             degrées
             on
             the
             South
             side
             
               Peter
               de
               Varco
            
             ,
             and
             
               Ferdinando
               de
               Sotto
            
             ,
             who
             discouered
             that
             iourney
             being
             200.
             leagues
             all
             causies
             of
             stone
             ,
             and
             bridges
             was
             made
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             from
             one
             iourney
             to
             another
             ,
             lodgings
             made
             for
             the
             Yngas
             :
             for
             so
             they
             call
             their
             kings
             .
             Their
             armies
             are
             very
             great
             and
             monstrous
             .
             For
             they
             bring
             aboue
             an
             hundred
             thousand
             fighting
             men
             to
             the
             field
             .
             They
             lodge
             vpon
             these
             causies
             ;
             and
             haue
             there
             prouision
             sufficient
             and
             necessarie
             ,
             after
             the
             vse
             and
             custome
             of
             Chi●●●
             ,
             as
             it
             is
             said
             .
             
               Ferdinando
               Pisarro
            
             with
             some
             horsemen
             went
             vnto
             Paciacama
             100.
             leagues
             from
             Caxamalca
             ,
             and
             
             discouered
             that
             prouince
             :
             And
             comming
             backe
             he
             vnderstood
             how
             Guascar
             brother
             to
             Attabalipa
             was
             by
             his
             commandement
             killed
             ,
             
             and
             how
             that
             his
             captaine
             Ruminaguy
             rose
             vp
             in
             armes
             with
             the
             citie
             of
             Quito
             .
             
             After
             this
             Attabalipa
             was
             by
             the
             commandement
             of
             Pisarro
             strangled
             .
             
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1534.
             
             
               Francis
               Pisarro
            
             séeing
             that
             the
             two
             kings
             were
             goue
             ,
             began
             to
             enlarge
             himselfe
             in
             his
             signiories
             ,
             and
             to
             build
             cities
             ,
             forts
             ,
             and
             townes
             to
             haue
             them
             more
             in
             subiection
             .
             
             Likewise
             he
             sent
             
               Sebastian
               de
               Banalcazar
            
             the
             captaine
             of
             
               S.
               Michael
            
             of
             Tangarara
             against
             Ruminaguy
             vnto
             Quito
             .
             He
             had
             with
             him
             two
             hundred
             footemen
             and
             80.
             horsemen
             :
             He
             went
             discouering
             and
             conquering
             120.
             leagues
             from
             the
             one
             citie
             to
             the
             other
             east
             not
             farre
             from
             the
             Equinoctiall
             line
             :
             
             where
             
               Peter
               Aluarado
            
             found
             mountaines
             full
             of
             snow
             ,
             
             and
             so
             cold
             ,
             that
             70.
             of
             his
             men
             were
             frosen
             to
             death
             .
             When
             he
             came
             vnto
             Quito
             ,
             he
             began
             to
             inhabite
             it
             ,
             and
             named
             it
             
               S.
               Francis.
            
             In
             this
             countrey
             there
             is
             plentie
             of
             wheate
             ,
             barlie
             ,
             cattell
             and
             plants
             of
             Spaine
             ,
             
             which
             is
             very
             strange
             .
             Pisarro
             went
             straight
             to
             the
             citie
             of
             Cusco
             ,
             and
             found
             by
             the
             way
             the
             captaine
             Quisquiz
             risen
             in
             armes
             ,
             whome
             shortly
             he
             defeated
             .
             About
             this
             time
             there
             came
             vnto
             him
             a
             brother
             of
             Attabalipa
             named
             Mango
             ,
             whom
             he
             made
             Ynga
             or
             king
             of
             the
             countrey
             .
             Thus
             marching
             forward
             on
             his
             iourney
             after
             certaine
             skirmishes
             he
             tooke
             that
             excéeding
             rich
             and
             wealthie
             citie
             of
             Culco
             .
             
          
           
             In
             this
             same
             yéere
             1534.
             a
             Briton
             called
             
               Iaques
               Cartier
            
             with
             thrée
             ships
             went
             to
             the
             land
             of
             Corterealis
             ,
             and
             the
             Bay
             of
             
               Sain●
               Laurence
            
             ,
             
             otherwise
             called
             
               Golfo
               Quadrato
            
             ,
             and
             fell
             in
             48.
             degrées
             and
             an
             halfe
             towards
             the
             north
             ;
             and
             so
             he
             sailed
             till
             he
             came
             vnto
             51.
             degrees
             hoping
             to
             haue
             passed
             that
             way
             to
             China
             ,
             and
             to
             bring
             thence
             drugs
             and
             other
             marchandise
             into
             France
             .
             The
             next
             yéere
             after
             he
             made
             another
             voiage
             into
             those
             partes
             ,
             and
             found
             the
             countrey
             abounding
             with
             victuailes
             ,
             houses
             and
             good
             habitations
             ,
             with
             many
             and
             great
             riuers
             .
             He
             sailed
             in
             one
             riuer
             toward
             the
             southwest
             300.
             leagues
             ,
             and
             named
             the
             countrey
             thereabout
             
               Noua
               Francia
            
             :
             at
             length
             finding
             the
             water
             fresh
             he
             perceiued
             he
             could
             not
             passe
             through
             to
             the
             South
             sea
             ,
             and
             hauing
             wintered
             in
             those
             parts
             ,
             the
             next
             yéere
             following
             he
             returned
             into
             France
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1535.
             or
             in
             the
             beginning
             of
             the
             yéere
             1536.
             
             
             Don
             
               Antonie
               de
               Mendoça
            
             came
             vnto
             the
             citie
             of
             Mexico
             as
             
             Viceroy
             of
             
               New
               Spaine
            
             .
             In
             the
             meane
             while
             Cortes
             was
             gone
             for
             more
             men
             to
             continue
             his
             discouerie
             ,
             which
             immediately
             he
             set
             in
             hand
             sending
             foorth
             two
             ships
             from
             Tecoantepec
             which
             he
             had
             made
             readie
             .
             There
             went
             as
             captaines
             in
             them
             
               Fernando
               de
               Grijalua
            
             ,
             and
             
               Diego
               Bezerra
               de
               Mendoça
            
             ,
             and
             for
             pilots
             there
             went
             a
             Portugal
             named
             Acosta
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             
               Fortunio
               Ximenez
            
             a
             Biscaine
             .
             The
             first
             night
             they
             deuided
             themselues
             .
             
               Fortunio
               Ximenez
            
             killed
             his
             captaine
             Bezerra
             and
             hurt
             many
             of
             his
             confederacie
             :
             and
             then
             he
             went
             on
             land
             to
             take
             water
             and
             wood
             in
             the
             Bay
             of
             
               Santa
               Cruz
            
             ,
             
             but
             the
             Indians
             there
             slue
             him
             ,
             and
             aboue
             20.
             of
             his
             companie
             .
             Two
             mariners
             which
             were
             in
             the
             boate
             escaped
             ,
             and
             went
             vnto
             Xalisco
             ,
             and
             told
             
               Nunnes
               de
               Gusman
            
             that
             they
             had
             found
             tokens
             of
             pearles
             :
             he
             went
             into
             the
             ship
             ,
             and
             so
             went
             to
             séeke
             the
             pearles
             ,
             he
             discouered
             along
             the
             coast
             aboue
             150.
             leagues
             .
             They
             said
             that
             
               Ferdinando
               de
               Grijalua
            
             sailed
             thrée
             hundred
             leagues
             from
             Tecoantepec
             without
             seeing
             any
             land
             ,
             
             but
             onely
             one
             Island
             which
             he
             named
             The
             Isle
             of
             
               Saint
               Thomas
            
             ,
             because
             he
             came
             vnto
             it
             on
             that
             Saints
             day
             :
             it
             standeth
             in
             20.
             degrées
             of
             latitude
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             yéere
             1535.
             
             Pisarro
             builded
             the
             citie
             
               de
               los
               Reyes
            
             vpon
             the
             riuer
             of
             Lima.
             
             The
             inhabitants
             of
             Xauxa
             went
             to
             dwell
             there
             ,
             
             because
             it
             was
             a
             better
             countrey
             ,
             standing
             in
             12.
             degrées
             of
             southerly
             latitude
             .
             In
             this
             same
             yéere
             of
             1535.
             he
             caused
             the
             citie
             of
             Truxillo
             to
             be
             builded
             on
             a
             riuers
             side
             vpon
             a
             fruitfull
             soile
             ,
             
             standing
             in
             8.
             degrées
             on
             that
             side
             .
             He
             built
             also
             the
             citie
             of
             
               Saint
               Iago
            
             in
             
               Porto
               Viejo
            
             :
             
             besides
             many
             others
             along
             the
             sea
             coast
             and
             within
             the
             land
             :
             where
             there
             bréede
             many
             horses
             ,
             asses
             ,
             mules
             ,
             kine
             ,
             hogs
             ,
             goates
             ,
             shéepe
             ,
             and
             other
             beasts
             ;
             also
             trées
             and
             plants
             ,
             but
             principally
             rosemary
             ,
             oranges
             ,
             limons
             ,
             citrons
             ,
             and
             other
             sower
             fruits
             ,
             vines
             ,
             wheate
             ,
             barlie
             ,
             and
             other
             graines
             ,
             radishes
             and
             other
             kinde
             of
             herbage
             and
             fruits
             brought
             out
             of
             Spaine
             thither
             to
             be
             sowne
             and
             planted
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             same
             yéere
             1535.
             one
             
               Diego
               de
               Almagro
            
             went
             from
             the
             citie
             of
             Culco
             to
             the
             prouinces
             of
             Arequipa
             and
             Chili
             ,
             
             reaching
             beyond
             Cusco
             towards
             the
             South
             vnto
             30.
             degrées
             .
             This
             voiage
             was
             long
             ,
             and
             he
             discouered
             much
             land
             ,
             suffering
             great
             hunger
             ,
             cold
             ,
             and
             other
             extremities
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             abundance
             of
             ice
             ,
             which
             stoppeth
             the
             running
             of
             the
             riuers
             ;
             
             so
             that
             men
             and
             horses
             die
             in
             those
             parts
             of
             the
             colde
             .
             About
             this
             time
             
               Ferdinando
               Pilarro
            
             came
             out
             of
             Spaine
             to
             the
             citie
             
               de
               los
               Reyes
            
             ,
             and
             brought
             with
             him
             the
             title
             of
             Marquisate
             of
             Atanillos
             for
             his
             brother
             
               Francis
               Pisarro
            
             ,
             &
             vnto
             
               Diego
               de
               Almagro
            
             he
             brought
             the
             gouernment
             of
             100.
             leagues
             ouer
             and
             besides
             that
             which
             was
             discouered
             ,
             
             and
             named
             it
             
               The
               New
               kingdome
               of
               Toledo
               .
               Ferdinando
               Pilarro
            
             went
             straight
             to
             the
             citie
             of
             Cusco
             :
             and
             one
             
               Iohn
               de
               Rada
            
             went
             to
             Almagro
             into
             Chili
             with
             the
             Emperours
             patents
             .
          
           
             
               Diego
               de
               Almagro
            
             hauing
             receiued
             the
             letters
             patents
             which
             the
             Emperour
             had
             sent
             him
             ,
             
             went
             straight
             from
             Chili
             vnto
             Cusco
             ,
             to
             haue
             it
             ,
             séeing
             it
             did
             appertaine
             vnto
             him
             .
             Which
             was
             the
             cause
             of
             a
             ciuill
             warre
             .
             They
             were
             mightily
             oppressed
             with
             want
             of
             victuailes
             and
             other
             things
             in
             this
             their
             returne
             ,
             and
             were
             enforced
             to
             eate
             the
             horses
             ,
             which
             had
             died
             fower
             moneths
             and
             a
             halfe
             before
             ,
             when
             they
             passed
             that
             way
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             same
             yéere
             1535.
             
             
               Nunnez
               Dacun̄a
            
             being
             gouernour
             of
             India
             ,
             
             while
             he
             was
             making
             a
             fortresse
             at
             the
             citie
             of
             Diu
             ,
             he
             sent
             a
             fleete
             to
             the
             riuer
             of
             Indus
             ,
             being
             frō
             thence
             90.
             or
             100.
             leagues
             towards
             the
             north
             vnder
             the
             Tropicke
             of
             Cancer
             .
             The
             captaines
             name
             was
             
               Vasques
               Perez
               de
               San
               Paio
            
             :
             also
             he
             sent
             another
             armie
             against
             Badu
             the
             king
             of
             Cambaia
             ,
             
             the
             captaine
             whereof
             was
             Cosesofar
             a
             renegado
             .
             They
             came
             to
             the
             barre
             of
             that
             mighty
             riuer
             in
             the
             moneth
             of
             December
             ,
             of
             the
             water
             whereof
             they
             found
             such
             trial
             as
             
               Quintus
               Curtius
            
             writeth
             of
             it
             ,
             when
             Alexander
             came
             thither
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             yeere
             1535.
             one
             
               Simon
               de
               Alcazaua
            
             went
             from
             Siuill
             with
             two
             ships
             and
             240.
             
             
             Spaniards
             in
             them
             .
             Some
             say
             they
             went
             to
             
               New
               Spaine
            
             ,
             others
             that
             they
             went
             to
             Maluco
             ,
             but
             others
             also
             say
             to
             China
             ;
             where
             they
             had
             béene
             with
             
               Ferdinando
               Perez
               de
               Andrada
            
             .
             Howsoeuer
             it
             was
             ,
             they
             went
             first
             vnto
             the
             Canaries
             ,
             and
             from
             thence
             to
             the
             streight
             of
             Magelan
             ,
             without
             touching
             at
             the
             land
             of
             Brasill
             or
             any
             part
             at
             all
             of
             that
             coast
             .
             They
             entred
             into
             the
             streight
             in
             the
             moneth
             of
             December
             with
             contrarie
             windes
             and
             cold
             weather
             .
             The
             soldiers
             would
             ha●●
             had
             him
             turne
             backe
             againe
             ,
             but
             he
             would
             not
             .
             He
             went
             into
             an
             hauen
             on
             the
             South
             side
             in
             53.
             degrées
             :
             There
             the
             captaine
             Simon
             of
             Alcazaua
             commanded
             
               Roderigo
               de
               Isla
            
             with
             60.
             
             Spanyards
             to
             goe
             and
             discouer
             land
             :
             
             but
             they
             rose
             vp
             against
             him
             and
             killed
             him
             ,
             and
             appointed
             such
             captaines
             and
             officers
             as
             pleased
             them
             ,
             and
             returned
             .
             Comming
             thwart
             of
             Brasil
             they
             lost
             one
             of
             their
             ships
             vpon
             the
             coast
             ,
             and
             the
             Spanyards
             that
             escaped
             drowning
             were
             eaten
             by
             the
             Sauages
             .
             The
             other
             ship
             went
             to
             
               Saint
               Iago
            
             in
             Hispaniola
             ,
             and
             from
             thence
             to
             Siuill
             in
             Spaine
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             same
             yéere
             1535.
             
             
             Don
             
               Pedro
               de
               Mendoça
            
             went
             from
             Cadiz
             towards
             the
             riuer
             of
             Plate
             with
             twelue
             ships
             ,
             and
             had
             with
             him
             two
             thousand
             men
             :
             which
             was
             the
             greatest
             number
             of
             ships
             and
             men
             ,
             that
             euer
             any
             captaine
             carried
             into
             the
             Indies
             .
             He
             died
             by
             the
             way
             returning
             homewards
             .
             The
             most
             part
             of
             his
             men
             remained
             in
             that
             riuer
             ,
             and
             builded
             a
             great
             towne
             containing
             now
             two
             thousand
             houses
             ,
             wherein
             great
             store
             of
             Indians
             dwell
             with
             the
             Spanyards
             .
             They
             discouered
             and
             conquered
             the
             countrey
             till
             they
             came
             to
             the
             mines
             of
             Potossi
             and
             to
             the
             towne
             
               La
               Plata
            
             ,
             
             which
             is
             500.
             leagues
             distant
             from
             them
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1536.
             
             Cortes
             vnderstanding
             that
             his
             ship
             wherein
             
               Fortunio
               Ximenez
            
             was
             pilote
             was
             seased
             on
             by
             
               Nunnez
               de
               Guzman
            
             ,
             
             he
             sent
             foorth
             thrée
             ships
             to
             the
             place
             where
             Guzman
             was
             ,
             and
             he
             himselfe
             went
             by
             land
             well
             accompanied
             ,
             and
             found
             the
             ship
             which
             he
             sought
             all
             spoiled
             and
             rifled
             .
             When
             his
             thrée
             other
             ships
             were
             come
             about
             ,
             he
             went
             aboord
             himselfe
             with
             the
             most
             part
             of
             his
             men
             and
             horses
             ,
             leauing
             for
             captaine
             of
             those
             which
             remained
             on
             land
             one
             
               Andrew
               de
               Tapia
            
             .
             
             So
             he
             set
             saile
             ,
             and
             comming
             to
             a
             point
             the
             first
             day
             of
             May
             he
             called
             it
             
               Saint
               Philip
            
             ,
             and
             an
             Island
             that
             lieth
             fast
             by
             it
             he
             called
             
               Sant
               Iago
            
             .
             Within
             three
             daies
             after
             he
             came
             into
             the
             bay
             where
             the
             pilot
             
               Fortunio
               Ximenez
            
             was
             killed
             ,
             
             which
             he
             called
             
               La
               plaia
               de
               Santa
               Cruz
            
             ,
             where
             he
             went
             on
             land
             ,
             and
             commanded
             
               Andrew
               de
               Tapia
            
             to
             discouer
             ,
             Cortes
             tooke
             shipping
             againe
             and
             came
             to
             the
             riuer
             now
             called
             
               Rio
               de
               San
               Pedro
               y
               San
               Paulo
               ,
            
             
             where
             by
             a
             tempest
             the
             ships
             were
             separated
             ,
             one
             was
             driuen
             to
             the
             bay
             
               de
               Santa
               Cruz
            
             ,
             
             another
             to
             the
             riuer
             of
             Guajaual
             ,
             and
             the
             third
             was
             driuen
             on
             shore
             hard
             by
             Xalisco
             ,
             and
             the
             men
             thereof
             went
             by
             land
             to
             Mexico
             .
          
           
             Cortes
             long
             expected
             his
             two
             ships
             that
             he
             wanted
             :
             but
             they
             not
             comming
             he
             hoised
             saile
             &
             entred
             into
             the
             Gulfe
             now
             called
             
               Mar
               de
               Cortes
            
             ,
             
             
               Mar
               Vermejo
            
             ,
             or
             the
             Gulfe
             of
             California
             ,
             
             and
             shot
             himselfe
             50.
             leagues
             within
             it
             :
             where
             he
             espied
             a
             ship
             at
             anker
             &
             sailing
             towards
             her
             he
             had
             béene
             lost
             ,
             if
             that
             ship
             had
             not
             succored
             him
             .
             
             But
             hauing
             graued
             his
             ship
             ,
             he
             departed
             with
             both
             the
             ships
             from
             thence
             .
             Hée
             bought
             victuals
             at
             a
             déere
             rate
             at
             Saint
             Michael
             of
             Culhuacan
             ;
             and
             from
             thence
             he
             went
             to
             the
             hauen
             of
             
               Santa
               Cruz
            
             ,
             where
             hée
             heard
             that
             
               Don
               Antonio
               de
               Mendoça
            
             was
             come
             out
             of
             Spaine
             to
             be
             Viceroy
             .
             He
             therefore
             left
             to
             be
             captaine
             of
             his
             men
             one
             
               Francis
               de
               Vlloa
            
             ,
             to
             send
             him
             certaine
             ships
             to
             discouer
             that
             coast
             .
             While
             he
             was
             at
             Acapulco
             messengers
             came
             vnto
             him
             from
             
               Don
               Antonio
               de
               Mendoça
            
             the
             Viceroy
             ,
             to
             certifie
             him
             of
             his
             arriuall
             :
             and
             also
             he
             sent
             him
             the
             coppie
             of
             a
             letter
             ,
             wherein
             
               Francis
               Pisarro
            
             wrote
             ,
             that
             
               Mango
               Ynga
            
             was
             risen
             against
             him
             ,
             and
             was
             come
             to
             the
             citie
             of
             Cusco
             with
             an
             hundred
             thousand
             fighting
             men
             ,
             and
             that
             they
             had
             killed
             his
             brother
             
               Iohn
               Pisarro
            
             ,
             and
             aboue
             400.
             
             Spaniards
             and
             200.
             horses
             ,
             and
             he
             himselfe
             was
             in
             danger
             ,
             so
             that
             he
             demanded
             succour
             and
             aide
             .
             Cortes
             being
             informed
             of
             the
             state
             of
             Pisarro
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             arriuall
             of
             
               Don
               Antonio
               de
               Mendoça
            
             ,
             because
             he
             would
             not
             as
             yet
             be
             at
             obediēce
             ;
             First
             he
             determined
             to
             sende
             to
             Maluco
             to
             discouer
             that
             way
             a
             long
             vnder
             the
             Equinoctial
             line
             ,
             because
             The
             Islands
             of
             Cloues
             stand
             vnder
             that
             paralele
             :
             And
             for
             that
             purpose
             he
             prepared
             2.
             ships
             with
             prouision
             ,
             victuals
             &
             men
             ,
             besides
             all
             other
             things
             necessarie
             .
             He
             gaue
             the
             charge
             of
             one
             of
             these
             ships
             to
             
               Ferdinando
               de
               Grijalua
            
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             other
             vnto
             one
             Aluarado
             a
             Gentleman
             .
             They
             went
             first
             to
             
               Saint
               Michael
               de
               Tangarara
            
             in
             Peru
             to
             succour
             
               Francis
               Pisarro
            
             ,
             and
             from
             thence
             to
             Maluco
             all
             along
             néere
             the
             line
             as
             they
             were
             commanded
             .
             And
             it
             is
             declared
             that
             they
             sailed
             aboue
             a
             thousand
             leagues
             without
             fight
             of
             land
             ,
             on
             she
             one
             side
             nor
             yet
             on
             the
             other
             of
             the
             Equinoctiall
             .
             And
             in
             two
             degrées
             toward
             the
             north
             they
             discouered
             one
             Island
             named
             Asea
             ,
             
             which
             séemeth
             to
             be
             one
             of
             the
             Islands
             of
             Cloues
             :
             500.
             leagues
             little
             more
             or
             lesse
             as
             they
             sailed
             ,
             
             they
             came
             to
             the
             sight
             of
             another
             which
             they
             named
             
               Isla
               de
               los
               Pescadores
            
             .
             Going
             still
             in
             this
             course
             they
             sawe
             another
             Island
             called
             Hayme
             towards
             the
             south
             ,
             
             and
             another
             named
             Apia
             :
             
             and
             then
             they
             came
             to
             the
             fight
             of
             Seri
             :
             
             turning
             towards
             the
             north
             one
             degrée
             ,
             they
             came
             to
             anker
             at
             another
             Island
             named
             Coroa
             ,
             
             and
             from
             thence
             they
             came
             to
             another
             
             vnder
             the
             liue
             〈…〉
             and
             from
             thence
             vnto
             Bufu
             standing
             in
             the
             same
             course
             .
             
          
           
             The
             people
             of
             all
             these
             Islands
             are
             blacke
             ,
             and
             haue
             their
             haire
             frisled
             ,
             
             whom
             the
             people
             of
             Maluco
             do
             call
             Papuas
             .
             The
             most
             of
             them
             eate
             mans
             flesh
             ,
             and
             are
             witches
             ,
             so
             giuen
             to
             diuilishnes
             ,
             that
             the
             diuels
             walk
             among
             them
             as
             cōpanions
             .
             If
             these
             wicked
             spirits
             do
             finde
             one
             alone
             ,
             they
             kill
             him
             with
             cruell
             blowes
             or
             smoother
             him
             .
             Therefore
             they
             vse
             not
             to
             goe
             ,
             but
             when
             two
             or
             thrée
             may
             be
             in
             a
             companie
             .
             
             There
             is
             héere
             a
             bird
             as
             bigge
             as
             a
             Crane
             :
             he
             flieth
             not
             ,
             nor
             hath
             any
             wings
             wherewith
             to
             flée
             ,
             he
             runneth
             on
             the
             ground
             like
             a
             Déere
             :
             of
             their
             small
             feathers
             they
             do
             make
             haire
             for
             their
             idols
             .
             There
             is
             also
             an
             herbe
             ,
             which
             being
             washed
             in
             warme
             water
             ,
             if
             the
             leafe
             thereof
             be
             laide
             on
             any
             member
             and
             licked
             with
             the
             toong
             ,
             it
             will
             draw
             out
             all
             the
             blood
             of
             a
             mans
             body
             :
             and
             with
             this
             leafe
             they
             vse
             to
             let
             themselues
             blood
             .
          
           
             From
             these
             Islands
             they
             came
             vnto
             others
             named
             the
             Guelles
             standing
             one
             degree
             towards
             the
             north
             ,
             
             east
             ,
             and
             west
             from
             the
             Isle
             Terenate
             ,
             
             wherein
             the
             Portugals
             haue
             a
             fortresse
             :
             these
             men
             are
             haired
             like
             the
             people
             of
             the
             Malucoes
             .
             These
             Islands
             stande
             124.
             leagues
             from
             the
             Island
             named
             Moro
             ;
             
             and
             from
             Terenate
             betwéene
             40.
             and
             50.
             
             From
             whence
             they
             went
             to
             the
             Isle
             of
             Moro
             ,
             
             &
             the
             Islāds
             of
             Cloues
             ,
             going
             from
             the
             one
             vnto
             the
             other
             .
             But
             the
             people
             of
             the
             countrey
             would
             not
             suffer
             them
             to
             come
             on
             lande
             ,
             saying
             vnto
             them
             :
             
             Go
             vnto
             the
             fortresse
             where
             the
             captain
             
               Antonie
               Galuano
            
             is
             ,
             and
             we
             will
             receiue
             you
             with
             a
             good
             will
             :
             for
             they
             would
             not
             suffer
             them
             to
             come
             on
             land
             without
             his
             licence
             :
             for
             he
             was
             factor
             of
             the
             countrey
             ,
             as
             they
             named
             him
             .
             A
             thing
             woorthie
             to
             be
             noted
             ,
             that
             those
             of
             the
             countrey
             were
             so
             affectioned
             to
             the
             Portugals
             ,
             
             that
             they
             would
             venter
             for
             them
             their
             liues
             ,
             wiues
             ,
             children
             and
             goods
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1537.
             the
             licenciate
             
               Iohn
               de
               Vadillo
            
             gouernour
             of
             Cartagena
             ,
             
             went
             out
             with
             a
             good
             armie
             from
             a
             porte
             of
             Vraba
             called
             
               Saint
               Sebastian
               de
               buena
               Vista
            
             ,
             being
             in
             the
             gulfe
             of
             Vraba
             ,
             and
             from
             thence
             to
             
               Rio
               verde
            
             ,
             &
             from
             thence
             by
             land
             without
             knowing
             any
             way
             ,
             nor
             yet
             hauing
             any
             carriages
             ,
             they
             went
             to
             the
             end
             of
             the
             countrey
             of
             Peru
             ,
             and
             to
             the
             towne
             
               La
               plata
            
             ,
             
             by
             the
             space
             of
             1200.
             leagues
             :
             a
             thing
             woorthie
             of
             memorie
             .
             For
             from
             this
             riuer
             to
             the
             mountaines
             
             of
             Abibe
             the
             countrey
             is
             full
             of
             hils
             ,
             
             thicke
             forests
             of
             trées
             ,
             and
             many
             riuers
             :
             and
             for
             lacke
             of
             a
             beaten
             way
             ,
             they
             had
             pierced
             sides
             .
             The
             mountaines
             of
             Abibe
             as
             it
             is
             recorded
             haue
             20.
             leagues
             in
             bredth
             .
             They
             must
             be
             passed
             ouer
             in
             Ianuarie
             ,
             Februarie
             ,
             March
             ,
             and
             Aprill
             .
             And
             from
             that
             time
             forward
             it
             raineth
             much
             ,
             and
             the
             riuers
             will
             be
             so
             greatly
             encreased
             ,
             that
             you
             cannot
             passe
             for
             them
             .
             There
             are
             in
             those
             mountaines
             many
             heards
             of
             swine
             ,
             many
             dantes
             ,
             lyons
             ,
             tygers
             ,
             beares
             ,
             ounses
             ,
             and
             great
             cats
             ,
             and
             monkeis
             ,
             and
             mightie
             snakes
             and
             other
             such
             vermine
             .
             Also
             there
             be
             in
             these
             mountaines
             abundance
             of
             partridges
             ,
             quailes
             ,
             turtle
             doues
             ,
             pigeons
             ,
             and
             other
             birdes
             and
             foules
             of
             sundrie
             sorts
             .
             Likewise
             in
             the
             riuers
             is
             such
             plentie
             of
             fish
             ,
             that
             they
             did
             kill
             of
             them
             with
             their
             staues
             :
             and
             carrying
             canes
             and
             nets
             they
             affirme
             that
             a
             great
             army
             might
             be
             sustained
             that
             way
             without
             being
             distressed
             for
             want
             of
             victuals
             .
             Moreouer
             they
             declared
             the
             diuersities
             of
             the
             people
             ,
             toongs
             ,
             and
             apparell
             that
             they
             obserued
             in
             the
             countries
             ,
             kingdomes
             ,
             and
             prouinces
             which
             they
             went
             through
             ,
             and
             the
             great
             trauels
             and
             dangers
             that
             they
             were
             in
             till
             they
             came
             to
             the
             towne
             called
             
               Villa
               de
               la
               Plata
            
             ,
             
             and
             vnto
             the
             sea
             there
             unto
             adioyning
             .
             This
             was
             the
             greatest
             discouerie
             that
             hath
             béene
             heard
             of
             by
             land
             ,
             and
             in
             so
             short
             a
             time
             .
             And
             if
             it
             had
             not
             béene
             done
             in
             our
             daies
             ,
             the
             credite
             thereof
             would
             haue
             béene
             doubtfull
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1538.
             there
             went
             out
             of
             Mexico
             certaine
             friers
             of
             the
             order
             of
             
               Saint
               Francis
            
             towards
             the
             north
             to
             preach
             to
             the
             Indians
             the
             Catholicke
             faith
             .
             
             He
             that
             went
             farthest
             was
             one
             frier
             
               Marke
               de
               Nizza
            
             ,
             
             who
             passed
             through
             Cul●acan
             ,
             
             and
             came
             to
             the
             prouince
             of
             Sibola
             ,
             where
             he
             found
             seuen
             cities
             :
             and
             the
             farther
             he
             went
             ,
             the
             richer
             he
             found
             the
             countrie
             of
             gold
             ,
             siluer
             ,
             precious
             stones
             ,
             and
             shéepe
             bearing
             very
             fine
             wool
             .
             Vpon
             the
             fame
             of
             this
             welth
             the
             viceroy
             
               don
               Antonio
               de
               Mendoça
            
             ,
             and
             Cortes
             ,
             determined
             to
             send
             a
             power
             thither
             .
             But
             when
             they
             could
             not
             agrée
             thereupon
             Cortes
             went
             ouer
             into
             Spaine
             in
             the
             yéere
             1540.
             where
             afterward
             he
             died
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             yéere
             1538.
             began
             the
             ciuil
             warre
             betweene
             Pisarro
             and
             Alonagro
             ,
             wherein
             at
             the
             last
             Alinagro
             was
             taken
             and
             beheaded
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             same
             yéere
             1538.
             
             
               Antonie
               Galuano
            
             being
             chiefe
             captaine
             in
             the
             isles
             of
             Maluco
             sent
             a
             ship
             towards
             the
             north
             ,
             
             
             whereof
             one
             
               Francis
               de
               Castro
            
             was
             captaine
             ,
             
             hauing
             commandement
             to
             conuert
             as
             many
             as
             he
             could
             to
             the
             faith
             .
             He
             himselfe
             christened
             many
             ,
             as
             the
             lords
             of
             the
             
               Celebes
               ,
               Macasares
               ,
               Amboynos
               ,
               Moros
               ,
               Moratax
               ,
            
             and
             diuers
             other
             places
             ,
             When
             
               Francis
               de
               Gastro
            
             arriued
             at
             the
             Island
             of
             Mindanao
             ,
             sixe
             kings
             receiued
             the
             water
             of
             Baptisme
             ,
             with
             their
             wiues
             ,
             children
             and
             subiects
             :
             and
             the
             most
             of
             them
             
               Antonie
               Galuano
            
             gaue
             commandement
             to
             be
             called
             by
             the
             name
             of
             Iohn
             ,
             in
             remembrance
             that
             king
             Iohn
             the
             third
             raigned
             then
             in
             Portugall
             .
          
           
             The
             Portugals
             and
             Spaniards
             which
             haue
             béene
             in
             these
             Islands
             affirme
             ,
             that
             there
             be
             certaine
             hogs
             in
             them
             ,
             which
             besides
             the
             téeth
             which
             they
             haue
             in
             their
             mouthes
             ,
             haue
             other
             two
             growing
             out
             of
             their
             snouts
             ,
             and
             as
             many
             behinde
             their
             eares
             of
             a
             large
             span
             and
             an
             halfe
             in
             length
             .
             Likewise
             they
             say
             there
             is
             a
             tree
             ,
             the
             one
             halfe
             whereof
             ,
             which
             standeth
             towards
             the
             east
             is
             a
             good
             medicine
             against
             all
             poyson
             ,
             &
             the
             other
             side
             of
             the
             trée
             which
             standeth
             toward
             the
             west
             is
             very
             poison
             ;
             and
             the
             fruite
             on
             that
             side
             is
             like
             a
             bigge
             pease
             ;
             and
             there
             is
             made
             of
             it
             the
             strongest
             poyson
             that
             is
             in
             all
             the
             world
             .
             Also
             they
             report
             that
             there
             is
             there
             another
             trée
             ,
             the
             fruite
             whereof
             whosoeuer
             doth
             eate
             ,
             shall
             be
             twelue
             houres
             besides
             himselfe
             ,
             and
             when
             he
             commeth
             againe
             vnto
             himselfe
             he
             shall
             not
             remember
             what
             he
             did
             in
             the
             time
             of
             his
             madnes
             .
             Moreouer
             there
             are
             certaine
             crabs
             of
             the
             land
             ,
             whereof
             whosoeuer
             doth
             eate
             shall
             be
             a
             certaine
             space
             out
             of
             his
             wits
             .
             Likewise
             the
             countrey
             people
             declare
             that
             there
             is
             a
             stone
             in
             these
             Islands
             whereon
             whosoeuer
             sitteth
             shall
             be
             broken
             in
             his
             bodie
             .
             It
             is
             farther
             to
             be
             noted
             ,
             that
             the
             people
             of
             these
             Islands
             do
             gild
             their
             téeth
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1539.
             
             Cortes
             sent
             thrée
             ships
             with
             
               Francis
               Vlloa
            
             to
             discouer
             the
             coast
             of
             Coludean
             northward
             .
             
             They
             vient
             from
             Acapulco
             ,
             
             and
             touched
             at
             
               S.
               Iago
               de
               buqna
               sperança
            
             ,
             and
             entred
             into
             the
             gulfe
             that
             Cortes
             had
             discouered
             ,
             and
             sailed
             till
             they
             came
             in
             32.
             degrées
             ,
             which
             is
             almost
             the
             farthest
             end
             of
             that
             gulfe
             ,
             which
             place
             they
             named
             
               Ancon
               de
               Sane
               Andres
            
             ,
             because
             they
             came
             thither
             on
             that
             saints
             daie
             :
             Then
             they
             came
             out
             a
             long
             the
             coast
             on
             the
             other
             side
             ,
             
             and
             doubled
             the
             point
             of
             California
             and
             entred
             in
             betwéene
             certaine
             Islands
             and
             the
             point
             ,
             and
             so
             sailed
             along
             by
             it
             ,
             till
             they
             
             came
             to
             32.
             degrées
             ,
             
             from
             whence
             they
             returned
             to
             newe
             Spaine
             ,
             enforced
             thereunto
             by
             contrarie
             windes
             and
             want
             of
             victuals
             ;
             hauing
             béene
             out
             about
             a
             yéere
             .
             Cortes
             according
             to
             his
             account
             ,
             spent
             200000.
             ducates
             in
             these
             discoueries
             .
          
           
             From
             
               Cabo
               del
               Enganno
            
             to
             another
             cape
             called
             
               Cabo
               de
               Liampo
               in
               China
            
             there
             are
             1000.
             or
             1200.
             leagues
             sayling
             .
             
             Cortes
             and
             his
             captaines
             discouered
             new
             Spaine
             ,
             from
             12.
             degrées
             to
             32.
             from
             south
             to
             the
             north
             ,
             being
             700.
             leagues
             ,
             finding
             it
             more
             warme
             then
             cold
             ,
             although
             snow
             do
             lie
             vpon
             certaine
             mountaines
             most
             part
             of
             the
             yéere
             .
             In
             new
             Spaine
             there
             be
             many
             trées
             ,
             flowers
             and
             fruits
             of
             diuers
             sorts
             and
             profitable
             for
             many
             things
             .
             The
             principall
             trée
             is
             named
             Metl
             .
             
             It
             groweth
             not
             very
             high
             nor
             thicke
             .
             They
             plant
             and
             dresse
             it
             as
             we
             do
             our
             vines
             .
             They
             say
             it
             hath
             fortie
             kinde
             of
             leaues
             like
             wouen
             clothes
             ,
             which
             serue
             for
             many
             vses
             .
             When
             they
             be
             tender
             they
             make
             conserues
             of
             them
             ,
             paper
             ,
             and
             a
             thing
             like
             vnto
             flaxe
             :
             they
             make
             of
             it
             mantles
             ,
             mats
             ,
             shooes
             ,
             girdles
             ,
             and
             cordage
             .
             These
             trées
             haue
             certaine
             prickles
             so
             strong
             and
             sharpe
             ,
             that
             they
             sewe
             with
             them
             .
             The
             roots
             make
             fire
             and
             ashes
             ,
             which
             ashes
             make
             excellent
             good
             lie
             .
             They
             open
             the
             earth
             from
             the
             roote
             and
             scrape
             it
             ,
             and
             the
             iuice
             which
             commeth
             out
             is
             like
             a
             sirrupe
             .
             If
             you
             do
             féeth
             it
             ,
             it
             will
             become
             honie
             ;
             if
             you
             purifie
             it
             it
             will
             be
             sugar
             .
             Also
             you
             may
             make
             wine
             and
             vineger
             thereof
             .
             It
             beareth
             the
             Coco
             .
             The
             rinde
             rosted
             and
             crushed
             vpon
             sores
             and
             hurts
             healeth
             and
             cureth
             .
             The
             iuice
             of
             the
             tops
             and
             roots
             mingled
             with
             incense
             are
             good
             against
             poyson
             ,
             and
             the
             biting
             of
             a
             viper
             .
             For
             these
             manifold
             benefits
             it
             is
             the
             most
             profitable
             trée
             knowne
             to
             growe
             in
             those
             parts
             .
          
           
             Also
             there
             be
             there
             certaine
             small
             birds
             named
             Vicmalim
             .
             Their
             bill
             is
             small
             and
             long
             .
             They
             liue
             of
             the
             dewe
             ,
             and
             the
             iuice
             of
             flowers
             and
             roses
             .
             Their
             feathers
             be
             verie
             small
             and
             of
             diuers
             colours
             .
             They
             be
             greatly
             estéemed
             to
             worke
             golde
             with
             .
             They
             die
             or
             sléepe
             euerie
             yéere
             in
             the
             moneth
             of
             October
             fitting
             vpon
             a
             little
             bough
             in
             a
             warme
             and
             close
             place
             :
             they
             reuiue
             or
             wake
             againe
             in
             the
             moneth
             of
             Aprill
             after
             that
             the
             flowers
             be
             sprung
             ,
             
             and
             therefore
             they
             call
             them
             the
             reuiued
             birds
             .
          
           
             Likewise
             there
             be
             snakes
             in
             these
             parts
             ,
             which
             sound
             as
             though
             they
             had
             bels
             when
             they
             créepe
             .
             There
             be
             other
             which
             
             engender
             at
             the
             mouth
             ,
             euen
             as
             they
             report
             of
             the
             viper
             .
             There
             be
             hogges
             which
             haue
             a
             nauell
             on
             the
             ridge
             of
             their
             backs
             ,
             which
             assoone
             as
             they
             be
             killed
             and
             cut
             out
             ,
             will
             by
             and
             by
             corrupt
             and
             stinke
             .
          
           
             Besides
             these
             there
             be
             certaine
             fishes
             which
             make
             a
             noyse
             like
             vnto
             hogs
             ,
             
             and
             will
             snort
             ,
             for
             which
             cause
             they
             be
             named
             snorters
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1538.
             and
             1539.
             after
             that
             
               Diego
               de
               Almagro
            
             was
             beheaded
             ,
             
             the
             Marques
             
               Francis
               Pisarro
            
             was
             not
             idle
             .
             For
             he
             sent
             straight
             one
             
               Peter
               de
               Baldiuia
            
             with
             a
             good
             companie
             of
             men
             to
             discouer
             and
             conquere
             the
             countrey
             of
             Chili
             .
             
             He
             was
             wel
             receiued
             of
             those
             of
             the
             countrey
             ,
             but
             afterwards
             they
             rose
             against
             him
             and
             would
             haue
             killed
             him
             by
             treason
             .
             Yet
             for
             all
             the
             warre
             that
             he
             had
             with
             them
             ,
             he
             discouered
             much
             land
             ,
             and
             the
             coast
             of
             the
             sea
             toward
             the
             southeast
             ,
             till
             he
             came
             into
             40.
             degrées
             and
             more
             in
             latitude
             .
             While
             he
             was
             in
             these
             discoueries
             he
             heard
             newes
             of
             a
             king
             called
             Leucengolma
             ,
             
             which
             commonly
             brought
             to
             the
             field
             two
             hundred
             thousand
             fighting
             men
             against
             another
             king
             his
             neighbour
             ,
             and
             that
             this
             Leucengolma
             had
             an
             Island
             ,
             and
             a
             temple
             therein
             with
             two
             thousand
             priestes
             :
             
             and
             that
             beyond
             them
             were
             the
             Amazones
             ,
             whose
             Quéene
             was
             called
             Guanomilla
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             
               The
               goldeu
               heauen
            
             .
             But
             as
             yet
             there
             are
             none
             of
             these
             things
             discouered
             .
             About
             this
             time
             
               Gomez
               de
               Aluarado
            
             went
             to
             conquer
             the
             prouince
             of
             Guanuco
             :
             and
             
               Francis
               de
               Chauez
            
             went
             to
             subdue
             the
             Conchincos
             ,
             which
             troubled
             the
             towne
             of
             Truxillo
             ,
             and
             the
             countreyes
             adioyning
             .
             
               Peter
               de
               Vergara
            
             went
             to
             the
             Bracamores
             ,
             a
             people
             dwelling
             toward
             the
             north
             from
             
               Quito
               .
               Iohn
               Perez
               de
               Vergara
            
             went
             against
             the
             
               Ciaciapoians
               :
               Alfonsus
               de
               Mercadiglio
            
             went
             vnto
             
               Mulubamba
               .
               Ferdinando
            
             and
             
               Gonzaluo
               Pisarros
            
             went
             to
             subdue
             Collao
             ,
             a
             countrey
             very
             rich
             in
             gold
             .
             
               Peter
               de
               Candia
            
             went
             to
             the
             lower
             part
             of
             
               Collao
               .
               Peranzures
            
             also
             went
             to
             conquer
             the
             said
             countrey
             .
             And
             thus
             the
             Spanyards
             dispersed
             themselues
             ,
             and
             conquered
             aboue
             seuen
             hundred
             leagues
             of
             countrey
             in
             a
             very
             short
             space
             ,
             though
             not
             without
             great
             trauailes
             and
             losse
             of
             men
             .
          
           
             The
             countreyes
             of
             Brasill
             and
             Peru
             stand
             east
             and
             west
             almost
             800.
             leagues
             distant
             .
             The
             néerest
             is
             from
             the
             Cape
             of
             
               Saint
               Augustine
            
             vnto
             the
             hauen
             of
             Truxillo
             :
             for
             they
             stand
             
             both
             almost
             in
             one
             parallele
             and
             latitude
             .
             And
             the
             farthest
             is
             950.
             leagues
             ,
             reckoning
             from
             the
             riuer
             of
             Peru
             to
             the
             streits
             of
             Magellan
             ,
             which
             places
             lie
             directly
             north
             &
             south
             ,
             through
             which
             countrey
             passe
             certaine
             mountaines
             named
             the
             Andes
             ,
             
             which
             diuide
             Brasill
             from
             the
             empire
             of
             the
             Ingas
             .
             After
             this
             maner
             the
             mountaines
             of
             Taurus
             and
             Imaus
             diuide
             Asia
             into
             two
             parts
             :
             which
             mountaines
             begin
             in
             36.
             and
             37.
             degrées
             of
             northerly
             latitude
             at
             the
             end
             of
             the
             Mediterran
             sea
             ouer
             against
             the
             Isles
             of
             Rhodes
             and
             Cyprus
             ,
             running
             still
             towards
             the
             East
             vnto
             the
             sea
             of
             China
             .
             And
             so
             likewise
             the
             mountaines
             of
             Atlas
             in
             Africa
             diuide
             the
             tawnie
             Moores
             from
             the
             blacke
             Moores
             which
             haue
             frisled
             haire
             ,
             beginning
             at
             mount
             Me●es
             about
             the
             desert
             of
             Barca
             ,
             and
             running
             along
             vnder
             the
             Tropicke
             of
             Cancer
             vnto
             the
             
               Atlanticke
               Ocean
            
             .
          
           
             The
             mountains
             of
             the
             Andes
             be
             high
             ,
             ragged
             ,
             and
             in
             some
             places
             barren
             without
             trées
             or
             grasse
             ,
             whereon
             it
             raineth
             and
             snoweth
             most
             commonly
             .
             Vpon
             them
             are
             windes
             and
             sudden
             blastes
             ;
             there
             is
             likewise
             such
             scarcitie
             of
             wood
             ,
             that
             they
             make
             fire
             of
             turffes
             ,
             
             as
             they
             do
             in
             Flanders
             .
             In
             some
             places
             of
             these
             mountaines
             and
             countries
             the
             earth
             is
             of
             diuers
             colours
             ,
             as
             blacke
             ,
             white
             ,
             red
             ,
             gréene
             ,
             blew
             ,
             yellow
             ,
             and
             violet
             ,
             wherewith
             they
             die
             colours
             without
             any
             other
             mixture
             .
             From
             the
             bottomes
             of
             these
             mountaines
             spring
             many
             small
             and
             great
             riuers
             ,
             principally
             from
             the
             east
             side
             ,
             as
             appéereth
             by
             the
             riuers
             of
             the
             Amazones
             ,
             of
             
               S.
               Francis
            
             ,
             of
             Plata
             ,
             and
             many
             others
             which
             runne
             through
             the
             countrey
             of
             Brasil
             ,
             being
             larger
             then
             those
             of
             Peru
             ,
             or
             those
             of
             
               Castilia
               del
               oro
            
             .
             There
             grow
             on
             these
             mountaines
             many
             turneps
             ,
             rapes
             ,
             and
             other
             such
             like
             rootes
             and
             herbes
             .
             One
             there
             is
             like
             vnto
             Aipo
             or
             Rue
             which
             beareth
             a
             yellow
             flower
             ,
             and
             healeth
             all
             kinde
             of
             rotten
             sores
             ,
             and
             if
             you
             apply
             it
             vnto
             whole
             and
             cleane
             flesh
             it
             will
             eate
             it
             vnto
             the
             bone
             :
             so
             that
             it
             is
             good
             for
             the
             vnsound
             and
             naught
             for
             the
             whole
             .
          
           
             They
             say
             there
             be
             in
             these
             mountains
             tigers
             ,
             lions
             ,
             beares
             ,
             woolues
             ,
             wilde
             cats
             ,
             foxes
             ,
             Dante
             's
             ,
             Ounces
             ,
             hogs
             and
             déere
             :
             birdes
             as
             well
             rauenous
             as
             others
             ,
             and
             the
             most
             part
             of
             them
             are
             blacke
             ,
             as
             vnder
             the
             North
             both
             beasts
             &
             birdes
             be
             white
             .
             Also
             there
             be
             great
             &
             terrible
             snakes
             which
             destroied
             a
             whole
             armie
             of
             the
             Ingas
             passing
             that
             way
             ,
             yet
             they
             say
             that
             an
             olde
             woman
             did
             inchant
             them
             in
             such
             sort
             that
             they
             became
             so
             
             gentle
             ,
             that
             a
             man
             might
             sit
             vpon
             one
             of
             them
             .
             The
             countrey
             of
             Peru
             adioining
             vnto
             the
             mountaines
             of
             Andes
             westward
             toward
             the
             sea
             ,
             and
             containing
             15.
             or
             20.
             leagues
             in
             bredth
             is
             all
             of
             very
             hot
             sand
             ,
             yet
             fresh
             ,
             bringing
             foorth
             many
             good
             trées
             and
             fruites
             because
             it
             is
             well
             watered
             :
             where
             there
             growe
             abundance
             of
             flags
             ,
             rushes
             ,
             herbes
             ,
             and
             trées
             so
             slender
             and
             loose
             ,
             that
             laying
             your
             hands
             vpon
             them
             the
             leaues
             will
             fall
             off
             .
             And
             among
             these
             herbes
             and
             fresh
             flowers
             the
             men
             and
             women
             liue
             and
             abide
             without
             any
             houses
             or
             bedding
             ,
             euen
             as
             the
             cattell
             doe
             in
             the
             fields
             :
             and
             some
             of
             them
             haue
             tailes
             .
             They
             be
             grosse
             ,
             and
             weare
             long
             haire
             .
             They
             haue
             no
             beards
             ,
             yet
             haue
             they
             diuers
             languages
             .
          
           
             Those
             which
             liue
             on
             the
             tops
             of
             these
             mountains
             of
             Andes
             betwéene
             the
             cold
             and
             the
             heate
             for
             the
             most
             part
             be
             blinde
             of
             one
             eie
             ,
             and
             some
             altogether
             blinde
             ,
             and
             scarce
             you
             shall
             finde
             two
             men
             of
             them
             together
             ,
             but
             one
             of
             them
             is
             halfe
             blinde
             .
             Also
             there
             groweth
             in
             these
             fields
             ,
             notwithstanding
             the
             great
             heate
             of
             the
             sand
             good
             Maiz
             ,
             and
             Potatos
             ,
             and
             an
             herbe
             which
             they
             name
             Coca
             ,
             which
             they
             carrie
             continually
             in
             their
             mouthes
             (
             as
             in
             the
             
               East
               India
            
             they
             vse
             another
             herbe
             named
             Betele
             )
             which
             also
             (
             they
             say
             )
             satisfieth
             both
             hunger
             and
             thirst
             .
             
             Also
             there
             are
             other
             kindes
             of
             graines
             and
             rootes
             whereon
             they
             féede
             .
             Moreouer
             there
             is
             plentie
             of
             wheate
             ,
             barly
             ,
             millet
             ,
             vines
             ,
             and
             fruitful
             trées
             ,
             which
             are
             brought
             out
             of
             Spaine
             and
             planted
             there
             .
             For
             all
             these
             things
             prooue
             well
             in
             this
             countrey
             ,
             because
             it
             is
             so
             commodiously
             watered
             .
          
           
             Also
             they
             sow
             much
             cotton
             wooll
             ,
             which
             of
             nature
             is
             white
             ,
             red
             ,
             blacke
             ,
             gréene
             ,
             yellow
             ,
             orange
             tawnie
             ,
             and
             of
             diuers
             other
             colours
             .
          
           
             Likewise
             they
             affirme
             ,
             that
             from
             Tumbez
             southward
             it
             doth
             neither
             raine
             ,
             thunder
             ,
             nor
             lighten
             ,
             for
             the
             space
             of
             fiue
             hundred
             leagues
             of
             land
             :
             but
             at
             some
             times
             there
             falleth
             some
             little
             shower
             .
             Also
             it
             is
             reported
             ,
             that
             from
             Tumbez
             to
             Chili
             there
             breede
             no
             peacocks
             ,
             hennes
             ,
             cocks
             ,
             nor
             eagles
             ,
             falcons
             ,
             haukes
             ,
             kites
             ,
             nor
             any
             other
             kinde
             of
             rauening
             fowles
             ,
             and
             yet
             there
             are
             of
             them
             in
             all
             other
             regions
             and
             countreies
             :
             but
             there
             are
             many
             duckes
             ;
             géese
             ,
             herous
             ,
             pigeons
             ,
             partriges
             ,
             quailes
             ,
             and
             many
             other
             kindes
             of
             birdes
             .
             There
             are
             also
             a
             certaine
             kinde
             of
             fowle
             like
             vnto
             a
             ducke
             which
             hath
             no
             wings
             to
             flie
             withall
             ,
             but
             it
             hath
             fine
             thinne
             feathers
             which
             
             all
             the
             body
             .
             Likewise
             there
             are
             bitters
             that
             make
             war
             with
             the
             seale
             or
             sea
             wolfe
             :
             for
             finding
             them
             out
             of
             the
             water
             they
             will
             labour
             to
             picke
             out
             their
             eies
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             not
             sée
             to
             get
             to
             the
             water
             againe
             ,
             and
             then
             they
             doe
             kill
             them
             .
             They
             say
             it
             is
             a
             pleasant
             sight
             to
             behold
             the
             fight
             betwéene
             the
             said
             bitters
             and
             seales
             .
             With
             the
             beards
             of
             these
             seales
             men
             make
             cleane
             their
             téeth
             ,
             because
             they
             be
             wholesome
             for
             the
             toothach
             .
             There
             are
             certaine
             beastes
             which
             those
             of
             the
             countrey
             call
             Xacos
             ,
             
             and
             the
             Spanyards
             shéepe
             because
             they
             beare
             wooll
             like
             vnto
             a
             shéepe
             ,
             but
             are
             made
             much
             like
             vnto
             a
             déere
             ,
             hauing
             a
             a
             saddle
             backe
             like
             vnto
             a
             camell
             .
             They
             will
             carrie
             the
             burteen
             of
             100.
             weight
             .
             The
             Spanyards
             ride
             vpon
             them
             ,
             and
             when
             they
             be
             wearie
             they
             will
             turne
             their
             heads
             backward
             ,
             and
             void
             out
             of
             their
             mouthes
             a
             woonderful
             stinking
             water
             .
          
           
             From
             the
             riuer
             of
             Plata
             and
             Lima
             southward
             there
             bréede
             no
             crocodiles
             nor
             lizards
             ,
             no
             snakes
             ,
             nor
             any
             kinde
             of
             vene
             mous
             vermine
             ,
             but
             great
             store
             of
             good
             fishes
             bréede
             in
             those
             riuers
             .
             On
             the
             coast
             of
             
               Saint
               Michael
            
             in
             The
             South
             sea
             there
             are
             many
             rocks
             of
             salt
             couered
             with
             egges
             .
             On
             the
             point
             of
             
               Saint
               Helena
            
             are
             certaine
             Well
             springs
             which
             cast
             foorth
             a
             liquor
             ,
             that
             serueth
             in
             stead
             of
             pitch
             and
             tarre
             .
             They
             say
             that
             in
             Chili
             there
             is
             a
             fountaine
             ,
             the
             water
             whereof
             will
             conuert
             wood
             into
             stone
             .
             In
             the
             hauen
             of
             Truxillo
             there
             is
             a
             lake
             of
             fresh
             water
             ,
             and
             the
             bottome
             thereof
             is
             of
             good
             hard
             salt
             .
             In
             the
             Andes
             beyond
             Xauxa
             there
             is
             a
             riuer
             of
             fresh
             water
             ,
             in
             the
             bottome
             whereof
             there
             lieth
             white
             salt
             .
             Also
             they
             affirme
             by
             the
             report
             of
             those
             of
             the
             countrey
             ,
             that
             there
             haue
             dwelt
             giants
             in
             Peru
             ,
             of
             whose
             statures
             they
             found
             in
             
               Porto
               viejo
            
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             hauen
             of
             Truxillo
             ,
             bones
             and
             iawes
             with
             téeth
             ,
             which
             were
             thrée
             and
             fower
             fingers
             long
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yeere
             1540.
             the
             captaine
             
               Ferdinando
               Alorchon
            
             went
             by
             the
             commandement
             of
             the
             Viceroy
             Don
             
               Antonio
               de
               Mendoça
            
             with
             two
             ships
             to
             discouer
             the
             bottome
             of
             the
             gulfe
             of
             California
             ,
             
             and
             diuers
             other
             countries
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             yeere
             1540.
             
             
               Gonsaluo
               Pisarro
            
             went
             out
             of
             the
             citie
             of
             Quito
             to
             discouer
             the
             countrey
             of
             Canell
             or
             Cinamome
             ,
             a
             thing
             of
             great
             fame
             in
             that
             countrey
             .
             He
             had
             with
             him
             two
             hundred
             Spanyards
             horsemen
             and
             footemen
             ,
             and
             thrée
             hundred
             Indians
             to
             carrie
             burthens
             .
             
             He
             went
             forward
             til
             he
             came
             to
             Guixos
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             farthest
             place
             gouerned
             by
             the
             Ingas
             :
             
             where
             there
             happened
             a
             great
             earthquake
             with
             raine
             and
             lightning
             ,
             which
             sunke
             70.
             houses
             .
             They
             passed
             ouer
             cold
             and
             snowie
             hils
             ,
             where
             they
             found
             many
             Indians
             frozen
             to
             death
             ,
             maruelling
             much
             of
             the
             great
             snowe
             that
             they
             found
             vnder
             the
             Equinoctiall
             line
             .
             From
             hence
             they
             went
             to
             a
             prouince
             called
             Cumaco
             ,
             
             where
             they
             tarried
             two
             monethes
             because
             it
             rained
             continually
             .
             And
             beyond
             they
             sawe
             the
             Cinamome-trées
             ,
             
             which
             be
             very
             great
             ,
             the
             leaues
             thereof
             resembling
             bay
             leeues
             ,
             both
             leaues
             ,
             branches
             ,
             rootes
             ,
             and
             all
             tasting
             of
             Cinamome
             .
             The
             rootes
             haue
             the
             whole
             taste
             of
             Cinamome
             .
             But
             the
             best
             are
             certaine
             knops
             like
             vnto
             Alcornoques
             or
             acornes
             ,
             which
             are
             good
             marchandise
             .
             
             It
             appéereth
             to
             be
             wilde
             Cinamome
             ,
             and
             there
             is
             much
             of
             it
             in
             the
             
               East
               Indies
            
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             Islands
             of
             Iaoa
             or
             Iaua
             .
          
           
             From
             hence
             they
             went
             to
             the
             prouince
             and
             citie
             of
             Coca
             ,
             
             where
             they
             rested
             fifty
             daies
             .
             From
             that
             place
             forwards
             they
             trauailed
             along
             by
             a
             riuers
             side
             being
             60.
             leagues
             long
             ,
             without
             finding
             of
             any
             bridge
             ,
             nor
             yet
             any
             foorde
             to
             passe
             ouer
             to
             the
             other
             side
             .
             They
             found
             one
             place
             of
             this
             riuer
             ,
             where
             it
             had
             a
             fall
             of
             200.
             fathoms
             déepe
             ,
             
             where
             the
             water
             made
             such
             a
             noise
             ,
             that
             it
             would
             make
             a
             man
             almost
             deafe
             to
             stand
             by
             it
             .
             And
             not
             far
             beneath
             this
             fall
             ,
             they
             say
             they
             found
             a
             chanell
             of
             stone
             very
             smooth
             ,
             of
             two
             hundred
             foote
             broad
             ,
             and
             the
             riuer
             runneth
             by
             :
             and
             there
             they
             made
             a
             bridge
             to
             passe
             ouer
             on
             the
             other
             side
             ,
             
             where
             they
             went
             to
             a
             countrey
             called
             Guema
             ,
             which
             was
             so
             poore
             ,
             that
             they
             could
             get
             nothing
             to
             eate
             but
             onely
             fruits
             and
             herbes
             .
             From
             that
             place
             forward
             they
             found
             a
             people
             of
             some
             reason
             ,
             wearing
             certaine
             clothing
             made
             of
             cotton
             wooll
             ,
             where
             they
             made
             a
             brigandine
             ,
             &
             there
             they
             found
             also
             certaine
             Canoas
             ,
             wherein
             they
             put
             their
             sicke
             men
             ,
             and
             their
             treasure
             and
             best
             apparell
             ,
             giuing
             the
             charge
             of
             them
             to
             one
             
               Francis
               de
               Orellana
            
             :
             and
             
               Gonsaluo
               Pizarro
            
             went
             by
             land
             with
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             companie
             along
             by
             the
             riuers
             side
             ,
             and
             at
             night
             went
             into
             the
             boates
             ,
             and
             they
             trauailed
             in
             this
             order
             two
             hundred
             leagues
             as
             it
             appeereth
             .
             When
             Pizarro
             came
             to
             the
             place
             where
             he
             thought
             to
             finde
             the
             brigandine
             and
             Canoas
             ,
             and
             could
             haue
             no
             sight
             of
             them
             nor
             yet
             heare
             of
             them
             ,
             he
             thought
             himselfe
             out
             of
             all
             hope
             ,
             because
             he
             was
             in
             a
             strange
             countrey
             without
             victuales
             ,
             clothing
             ,
             or
             any
             thing
             else
             :
             wherefore
             they
             were
             faine
             to
             eate
             their
             horses
             ,
             
             yea
             and
             dogs
             also
             ,
             because
             the
             countrey
             was
             poore
             and
             barren
             ,
             and
             the
             iourney
             long
             ,
             to
             goe
             to
             Quito
             .
             Yet
             notwithstanding
             taking
             a
             good
             hart
             to
             themselues
             they
             went
             on
             forwards
             in
             their
             iourney
             ,
             trauailing
             continually
             18.
             monethes
             and
             it
             is
             reported
             ,
             that
             they
             went
             almost
             5.
             hundred
             leagues
             ,
             wherein
             they
             did
             neither
             sée
             sunne
             nor
             any
             thing
             else
             whereby
             they
             might
             be
             comforted
             ,
             wherefore
             of
             two
             hundred
             men
             which
             went
             foorth
             at
             the
             first
             ,
             there
             returned
             not
             backe
             past
             ten
             vnto
             Quito
             ,
             and
             these
             so
             weake
             ,
             ragged
             ,
             and
             disfigured
             that
             they
             knew
             them
             not
             .
             Orellana
             went
             fiue
             hundred
             or
             sixe
             hundred
             leagues
             downe
             the
             riuer
             ,
             séeing
             diuers
             countreyes
             and
             people
             on
             both
             sides
             thereof
             ,
             among
             whom
             he
             affirmed
             some
             to
             be
             Amazones
             .
             He
             came
             into
             Castile
             ,
             excusing
             himselfe
             ,
             that
             the
             water
             and
             streames
             draue
             him
             downe
             perforce
             .
             This
             riuer
             is
             named
             The
             riuer
             of
             Orellana
             ,
             
             &
             other
             name
             it
             the
             riuer
             of
             the
             Amazones
             ,
             because
             there
             be
             women
             there
             which
             liue
             like
             vnto
             them
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1540.
             
             Cortes
             went
             with
             his
             wife
             into
             Spaine
             where
             he
             died
             of
             a
             disease
             seuen
             yéeres
             after
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1541.
             it
             is
             recorded
             that
             
               Don
               Stephan
               de
               Gama
            
             gouernour
             of
             India
             sailed
             toward
             the
             streit
             of
             Mecca
             .
             He
             came
             with
             al
             his
             fléete
             vnto
             an
             anker
             in
             the
             Island
             of
             Maçua
             ,
             
             and
             from
             thence
             vpwards
             in
             small
             shipping
             he
             went
             along
             the
             coast
             of
             the
             Abassins
             and
             Ethiopia
             ,
             till
             he
             came
             to
             the
             Island
             of
             Suachen
             ,
             
             standing
             in
             20.
             degrées
             towardes
             the
             north
             ,
             
             and
             from
             thence
             to
             the
             hauen
             of
             Cos●ir
             ,
             standing
             in
             27.
             degrées
             ,
             
             and
             so
             he
             crossed
             ouer
             to
             the
             citie
             of
             Toro
             standing
             on
             the
             shore
             of
             Arabia
             ,
             
             and
             along
             by
             it
             he
             went
             vnto
             Suez
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             farthest
             ende
             of
             the
             streit
             ,
             and
             so
             he
             turned
             backe
             the
             same
             way
             ,
             leauing
             that
             countrey
             and
             coast
             discouered
             so
             far
             as
             neuer
             any
             other
             Portugall
             captaine
             had
             done
             ,
             although
             
               Lopez
               Suarez
            
             gouernour
             of
             India
             went
             to
             the
             hauen
             of
             Iuda
             ,
             and
             the
             hauen
             of
             Mecca
             standing
             on
             the
             coast
             of
             Arabia
             in
             23.
             degrées
             of
             latitude
             ,
             and
             150.
             leagues
             from
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             streit
             .
             
               Don
               Stephan
               de
               Gama
            
             crossing
             ouer
             from
             Cos●ir
             to
             the
             citie
             of
             Toro
             ,
             
             as
             it
             is
             reported
             found
             an
             Island
             of
             Brimstone
             ,
             which
             was
             dispeopled
             by
             the
             hand
             of
             Mahumet
             ,
             wherein
             many
             crabs
             doe
             bréede
             ,
             which
             increase
             nature
             :
             wherefore
             they
             be
             greatly
             esteemed
             of
             such
             as
             are
             vnchaste
             .
             Also
             they
             say
             that
             there
             are
             in
             this
             streit
             many
             roses
             which
             open
             
             when
             women
             are
             in
             their
             labour
             .
          
           
             
               Iohn
               Leo
            
             writeth
             in
             the
             very
             end
             of
             his
             Geographie
             which
             he
             made
             of
             Africa
             ,
             that
             there
             is
             in
             the
             mountaines
             of
             Atlas
             a
             roote
             called
             Surnag
             ,
             ouer
             which
             if
             a
             maid
             chance
             to
             make
             water
             shée
             shall
             léese
             her
             virginitie
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             same
             yéere
             1541.
             
             
               Don
               Diego
               de
               Almagro
            
             killed
             the
             Marques
             
               Francis
               Pizarro
            
             ,
             and
             his
             brother
             
               Francis
               Martinez
            
             of
             Alcantara
             in
             the
             citie
             
               de
               los
               Reyes
            
             ,
             otherwise
             called
             Lima
             ,
             and
             made
             himselfe
             gouernour
             of
             that
             countrey
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1540.
             the
             Viceroy
             
               Don
               Antony
               de
               Mendoza
            
             sent
             one
             
               Francis
               Vasquez
               de
               Coronado
            
             by
             land
             vnto
             the
             prouince
             of
             Sibola
             with
             an
             armie
             of
             Spaniards
             and
             Indians
             .
             
             They
             went
             out
             of
             Mexico
             ,
             
             and
             came
             to
             Culuacan
             ,
             and
             from
             thence
             to
             Sibola
             ,
             which
             standeth
             in
             30.
             degrées
             of
             latitude
             .
             They
             required
             peace
             with
             the
             people
             and
             some
             victuals
             ,
             being
             thereof
             destitute
             .
             But
             they
             answered
             that
             they
             vsed
             not
             to
             giue
             any
             thing
             to
             those
             that
             came
             vnto
             them
             in
             warlike
             manner
             .
             So
             the
             Spaniards
             assalted
             the
             towne
             and
             tooke
             it
             ,
             and
             called
             it
             
               Nueua
               Granada
            
             ,
             because
             the
             generall
             himselfe
             was
             borne
             in
             Granada
             .
             The
             soldiers
             found
             themselues
             deceiued
             by
             the
             words
             of
             the
             Friers
             ,
             which
             had
             béene
             in
             those
             parts
             before
             ;
             and
             because
             they
             woulde
             not
             returne
             backe
             to
             Mexico
             againe
             with
             emptie
             hands
             ,
             they
             went
             to
             the
             towne
             of
             Acuco
             ,
             
             where
             they
             had
             knowledge
             of
             Axa
             and
             Quiuira
             ,
             where
             there
             was
             a
             king
             very
             rich
             ,
             that
             did
             worship
             a
             crosse
             of
             golde
             ,
             and
             the
             picture
             of
             the
             quéene
             of
             Heauen
             .
             They
             indured
             many
             extremities
             in
             this
             iourney
             ,
             and
             the
             Indians
             fled
             away
             from
             them
             ,
             and
             in
             one
             morning
             they
             found
             thirtie
             of
             their
             horses
             dead
             .
             
             From
             Cicuie
             they
             went
             to
             Quiuira
             ,
             which
             was
             two
             hundred
             leagues
             off
             ,
             
             according
             to
             their
             account
             ,
             passing
             all
             through
             a
             plaine
             countrey
             ,
             and
             making
             by
             the
             way
             certaine
             hillocks
             of
             cowe
             dung
             ,
             because
             thereby
             they
             might
             not
             loose
             their
             way
             in
             their
             returne
             .
             They
             had
             there
             haile-stones
             as
             bigge
             as
             Oranges
             .
             Now
             when
             they
             were
             come
             to
             Quiuira
             ,
             they
             found
             the
             king
             called
             Tatarrax
             ,
             which
             they
             sought
             for
             ,
             with
             a
             iewell
             of
             copper
             hanging
             about
             his
             necke
             ,
             which
             was
             all
             his
             riches
             .
             They
             saw
             neither
             any
             crosse
             ,
             nor
             any
             image
             of
             the
             quéene
             of
             Heauen
             ,
             nor
             any
             other
             token
             of
             Christian
             religion
             .
             
             It
             is
             written
             of
             this
             countrey
             that
             it
             is
             but
             smally
             inhabited
             ,
             principally
             in
             the
             plaine
             and
             champion
             
             places
             ,
             because
             the
             men
             and
             women
             goe
             in
             herds
             with
             their
             cattell
             ,
             whereof
             they
             haue
             great
             plentie
             ,
             euen
             as
             the
             Arabians
             do
             in
             Barbarie
             ,
             and
             they
             remooue
             from
             place
             to
             place
             ,
             euen
             as
             the
             season
             serueth
             ,
             
             and
             the
             pastures
             to
             féede
             their
             cattle
             .
             In
             these
             parts
             are
             certaine
             beasts
             almost
             as
             bigge
             as
             horses
             ,
             they
             haue
             very
             great
             hornes
             ,
             and
             they
             beare
             wooll
             like
             vnto
             shéepe
             ,
             and
             so
             the
             Spaniards
             call
             them
             .
             They
             haue
             abundance
             of
             oxen
             verie
             monstrous
             ,
             being
             camel-backed
             ,
             and
             hauing
             long
             beards
             ,
             and
             on
             their
             necke
             long
             manes
             like
             vnto
             horses
             .
             They
             liue
             with
             eating
             of
             these
             oxen
             and
             drinking
             of
             their
             blood
             ,
             and
             apparell
             themselues
             with
             the
             skins
             of
             the
             same
             .
             The
             most
             part
             of
             the
             flesh
             that
             they
             do
             eate
             is
             rawe
             ,
             or
             euill
             rosted
             ,
             for
             they
             lacke
             pots
             to
             séeth
             it
             in
             .
             They
             cut
             their
             meat
             with
             certaine
             kniues
             made
             of
             flint
             stone
             .
             Their
             fruite
             are
             damsons
             ,
             hasel-nuts
             ,
             walnuts
             ,
             melons
             ,
             grapes
             ,
             pines
             ,
             and
             mulberies
             .
             
             There
             be
             dogges
             so
             bigge
             ,
             that
             one
             of
             them
             alone
             will
             hold
             a
             bull
             ,
             though
             he
             be
             neuer
             so
             wilde
             .
             When
             they
             remooue
             ,
             these
             dogs
             do
             carrie
             their
             children
             ,
             wiues
             ,
             and
             stuffe
             vpon
             their
             backes
             ,
             and
             they
             are
             able
             to
             carrie
             fiftie
             pound
             waight
             .
             I
             passe
             ouer
             many
             things
             ,
             because
             the
             order
             which
             I
             follow
             will
             not
             permit
             me
             to
             be
             long
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             of
             our
             Lord
             1542.
             one
             
               Diego
               de
               Freitas
            
             being
             in
             the
             realme
             of
             Siam
             ,
             and
             in
             citie
             of
             Dodra
             as
             captaine
             of
             a
             ship
             ,
             there
             fled
             from
             him
             thrée
             Portugals
             in
             a
             Iunco
             (
             which
             is
             a
             kind
             of
             ship
             )
             towards
             China
             .
             Their
             names
             were
             
               Antony
               de
               Mota
               ,
               Francis
               Zeimoro
               ,
            
             and
             
               Antony
               Pexoto
            
             ,
             directing
             their
             course
             to
             the
             citie
             of
             Liampo
             ,
             standing
             in
             30.
             and
             odde
             degrées
             of
             latitude
             .
             There
             fell
             vpon
             their
             sterne
             such
             a
             storme
             ,
             that
             it
             set
             them
             off
             the
             land
             ,
             and
             in
             fewe
             daies
             they
             sawe
             an
             Island
             towards
             the
             east
             standing
             in
             32.
             degrées
             ,
             which
             they
             do
             name
             Iapan
             ,
             
             which
             seemeth
             to
             be
             the
             Isle
             of
             Zipangri
             ,
             whereof
             
               Paulus
               Venetus
            
             maketh
             mention
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             riches
             thereof
             .
             And
             this
             Island
             of
             Iapan
             hath
             gold
             ,
             siluer
             ,
             and
             other
             riches
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             yéere
             1542.
             
             
               Don
               Antonio
               de
               Mendoça
            
             Viceroy
             of
             
               Nueua
               Spagna
            
             ,
             sent
             his
             captaines
             and
             pilots
             to
             discouer
             the
             coast
             of
             
               Cape
               del
               Enganno
            
             ,
             where
             a
             fléete
             of
             Cortez
             had
             been
             before
             .
             They
             sailed
             till
             they
             came
             to
             a
             place
             called
             
               Sierras
               Neuadas
            
             ,
             or
             The
             snowie
             mountaines
             ,
             standing
             in
             40.
             degrées
             toward
             the
             north
             ,
             where
             they
             saw
             ships
             with
             merchandises
             ,
             
             which
             carried
             on
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             the
             images
             of
             certaine
             birdes
             called
             Alcatra●zi
             ,
             and
             had
             the
             yards
             of
             their
             sailes
             gilded
             ,
             and
             their
             prowesse
             laid
             ouer
             with
             siluer
             .
             
             They
             séemed
             to
             be
             of
             the
             Isles
             of
             Iapan
             ,
             or
             of
             China
             ;
             for
             they
             said
             that
             it
             was
             not
             aboue
             thirtie
             daies
             sailing
             vnto
             their
             countrey
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             same
             yéere
             1542.
             
             
               Don
               Antony
               de
               Mendoça
            
             sent
             vnto
             the
             Islands
             of
             Mindanao
             a
             fléete
             of
             sixe
             ships
             with
             fower
             hundred
             soldiers
             ,
             
             and
             as
             many
             Indians
             of
             the
             countrey
             ,
             the
             generall
             whereof
             was
             one
             
               Rui
               Lopez
               de
               villa
               Lobos
            
             ,
             
             being
             his
             brother
             in
             law
             and
             a
             man
             in
             great
             estimation
             .
             They
             set
             saile
             from
             the
             hauen
             of
             Natiuidad
             standing
             in
             20.
             degrées
             towards
             the
             north
             ,
             vpon
             
               All
               Saints
            
             éeue
             ,
             and
             shaped
             their
             course
             towards
             the
             west
             .
             
             They
             had
             sight
             of
             the
             Island
             of
             
               S.
               Thomas
            
             ,
             which
             
               Hernando
               de
               Grijalua
            
             had
             discouered
             ,
             and
             beyond
             in
             17.
             degrées
             they
             had
             sight
             of
             another
             Island
             which
             they
             named
             
               La
               Nublada
            
             ,
             
             that
             is
             ,
             The
             cloudie
             Island
             .
             From
             thence
             they
             went
             to
             another
             Island
             named
             
               Roca
               partida
            
             ,
             
             that
             is
             ,
             The
             clouen
             Rocke
             .
             The
             3.
             of
             December
             they
             found
             certaine
             Baxos
             or
             states
             of
             sixe
             or
             seuen
             fathoms
             déepe
             .
             
             The
             15.
             of
             the
             same
             moneth
             they
             had
             sight
             of
             the
             Islands
             ,
             which
             
               Diego
               de
               Roca
            
             ,
             and
             
               Gomez
               de
               Sequeira
            
             ,
             and
             
               Aluaro
               de
               Saauedra
            
             had
             discouered
             ,
             
             and
             named
             them
             
               Los
               Reyes
            
             ,
             because
             they
             came
             vnto
             them
             on
             
               Twelfe
               day
            
             .
             And
             beyond
             them
             they
             found
             other
             Islands
             in
             10.
             degrées
             all
             standing
             round
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             them
             they
             came
             to
             an
             anker
             ,
             where
             they
             tooke
             fresh
             water
             and
             wood
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             same
             yéere
             1542.
             
             
               Don
               Diego
               de
               Almagro
            
             was
             slaine
             in
             Peru
             by
             the
             hands
             of
             one
             
               Don
               Vaca
               de
               Castro
            
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1543.
             in
             Ianuarie
             they
             departed
             from
             the
             foresaid
             Islands
             with
             all
             the
             fléete
             ,
             and
             had
             sight
             of
             certaine
             Islands
             ,
             out
             of
             which
             there
             came
             vnto
             them
             men
             in
             a
             certaine
             kinde
             of
             boats
             ,
             and
             they
             brought
             in
             their
             hands
             crosses
             ,
             and
             saluted
             the
             Spaniards
             in
             the
             Spanish
             toong
             saying
             ,
             
               Buenas
               dias
               ,
               Matelotes
            
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             Good
             morrow
             ,
             companions
             ;
             whereat
             the
             Spaniards
             much
             marueiled
             ,
             being
             then
             so
             farre
             out
             of
             Spaine
             ,
             to
             sée
             the
             men
             of
             that
             countrey
             with
             crosses
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             saluted
             by
             them
             in
             the
             Spanish
             toong
             ,
             and
             they
             séemed
             in
             their
             behauiour
             to
             incline
             somewhat
             to
             our
             Catholique
             faith
             .
             The
             Spaniards
             not
             knowing
             ,
             that
             many
             thereabout
             had
             béene
             Christened
             by
             
               Francis
               de
               Castro
            
             ,
             at
             the
             commandement
             
             of
             
               Antony
               Galuano
            
             ,
             some
             of
             them
             named
             these
             Islands
             ,
             
             
               Islas
               de
               las
               cruzes
            
             ,
             and
             others
             named
             them
             
               Islas
               de
               los
               Matelotes
            
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             same
             yéere
             1543.
             the
             first
             of
             February
             
               Rui
               Lopez
            
             had
             sight
             of
             that
             noble
             Island
             Mindanao
             standing
             in
             9.
             degrées
             :
             
             they
             could
             not
             double
             it
             nor
             yet
             come
             to
             an
             ancre
             as
             they
             would
             ,
             because
             the
             christened
             kings
             and
             people
             resisted
             them
             ,
             hauing
             giuen
             their
             obedience
             to
             
               Antonie
               Galuano
            
             ,
             whom
             they
             had
             in
             great
             estimation
             ,
             and
             there
             were
             fiue
             or
             sixe
             kings
             that
             had
             receiued
             baptisme
             ,
             who
             by
             no
             meanes
             would
             incurre
             his
             displeasure
             .
             
               Rui
               Lopez
            
             perceiuing
             this
             ,
             and
             hauing
             a
             contrary
             winde
             ,
             sailed
             along
             the
             coast
             to
             finde
             some
             aide
             ;
             
             and
             in
             4.
             or
             5.
             degrées
             he
             found
             a
             small
             Island
             which
             they
             of
             the
             countrey
             call
             Sarangam
             ,
             which
             they
             tooke
             perforce
             ,
             and
             in
             memory
             of
             the
             vizeroy
             who
             had
             sent
             them
             thither
             they
             named
             it
             Antonia
             ,
             where
             they
             remained
             a
             whole
             yéere
             ,
             in
             which
             time
             there
             fell
             out
             things
             worthie
             to
             be
             written
             ;
             but
             because
             there
             are
             more
             histories
             that
             intreat
             of
             the
             same
             I
             leaue
             them
             ,
             meaning
             to
             medle
             with
             the
             discoueries
             onely
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             same
             yéere
             1543.
             and
             in
             the
             moneth
             of
             August
             the
             generall
             
               Rui
               Lopez
            
             sent
             ane
             
               Bartholmew
               de
               la
               torre
            
             in
             a
             smal
             ship
             into
             new
             Spaine
             ,
             to
             acquaint
             the
             vizeroy
             
               don
               Antonio
               de
               Mendoça
            
             with
             all
             things
             .
             
             They
             went
             to
             the
             Islands
             of
             
               Siria
               ,
               Gaonata
               ,
               Bisaia
            
             ,
             and
             many
             others
             ,
             standing
             in
             11.
             and
             12.
             degrées
             towards
             the
             north
             ,
             where
             Magellan
             had
             béene
             ,
             and
             
               Francis
               de
               Castro
            
             also
             ,
             who
             there
             baptized
             many
             ,
             and
             the
             spaniards
             called
             thē
             the
             Philippinas
             in
             memory
             of
             the
             prince
             of
             Spaine
             .
             
             Here
             they
             tooke
             victuals
             and
             wood
             ,
             and
             hoised
             sailes
             ,
             they
             sailed
             for
             certaine
             daies
             with
             a
             fore-winde
             ,
             till
             it
             came
             upon
             the
             skanting
             ,
             and
             came
             right
             vnder
             the
             tropique
             of
             Cancer
             .
             The
             25.
             of
             september
             they
             had
             sight
             of
             certaine
             Islands
             ,
             
             which
             they
             named
             Malabrigos
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             The
             euil
             roads
             .
             
             Beyond
             them
             they
             discouered
             
               Las
               dos
               Hermanas
            
             ,
             that
             is
             The
             two
             sisters
             .
             And
             beyond
             them
             also
             they
             saw
             4.
             islands
             more
             ,
             
             which
             they
             called
             
               los
               Volcanes
            
             .
             The
             second
             of
             October
             they
             had
             sight
             of
             Farsana
             ,
             
             beyond
             which
             there
             standeth
             an
             high
             pointed
             rock
             ,
             which
             casteth
             out
             fire
             at
             5.
             places
             .
             So
             sayling
             in
             16.
             degrées
             of
             northerly
             latitude
             ,
             from
             whence
             they
             had
             come
             ,
             as
             it
             seemeth
             wanting
             winde
             ,
             they
             arriued
             againe
             
             at
             the
             Islands
             of
             the
             Philippinas
             .
             
             They
             had
             sight
             of
             6.
             or
             7.
             
             Islands
             more
             ,
             but
             they
             ankered
             not
             at
             them
             .
             
             They
             found
             also
             an
             Archipelagus
             of
             Islands
             well
             inhabited
             with
             people
             ,
             lying
             in
             15.
             or
             16.
             degrées
             :
             the
             people
             be
             white
             ,
             and
             the
             weomen
             well
             proportioned
             ,
             and
             more
             beautifull
             and
             better
             arraied
             then
             in
             any
             other
             place
             of
             those
             parts
             ,
             hauing
             many
             iewels
             of
             gold
             ,
             which
             was
             a
             token
             ,
             that
             there
             was
             some
             of
             that
             metal
             in
             the
             same
             countrie
             .
             Here
             were
             also
             barkes
             of
             43.
             cubits
             in
             length
             ,
             and
             2.
             fathomes
             and
             a
             halfe
             in
             bredth
             ,
             and
             the
             plankes
             5.
             inches
             thicke
             ,
             which
             barkes
             were
             rowed
             with
             ●ares
             .
             They
             told
             the
             Spaniards
             ,
             that
             they
             vsed
             to
             saile
             in
             them
             to
             China
             ,
             
             and
             that
             if
             they
             would
             go
             thither
             they
             should
             haue
             pilots
             to
             conduct
             them
             ,
             the
             countrie
             not
             being
             aboue
             5.
             or
             6.
             daies
             sayling
             from
             thence
             .
             There
             came
             vnto
             them
             also
             certaine
             barkes
             or
             boates
             handsomely
             decked
             ,
             wherein
             the
             Master
             and
             principall
             men
             sate
             on
             high
             ,
             and
             vnderneath
             were
             very
             blacke
             moores
             with
             frizled
             haire
             :
             and
             being
             demanded
             where
             they
             had
             these
             black
             moores
             ,
             they
             answered
             ,
             that
             they
             had
             them
             from
             certaine
             Islands
             standing
             fast
             by
             Sebut
             ,
             where
             there
             were
             many
             of
             them
             ,
             a
             thing
             that
             the
             Spaniards
             much
             maruailed
             at
             ,
             because
             from
             thence
             it
             was
             aboue
             300.
             leagues
             to
             the
             places
             where
             the
             black
             people
             were
             .
             Therefore
             it
             seemed
             ,
             that
             they
             were
             not
             naturally
             borne
             in
             that
             climate
             ,
             but
             that
             they
             be
             in
             certaine
             places
             scattered
             ouer
             the
             whole
             circuite
             of
             the
             world
             .
             For
             euen
             so
             they
             be
             in
             the
             Islands
             of
             Nicobar
             and
             Andeman
             ,
             which
             stand
             in
             the
             gulfe
             of
             Bengala
             ,
             and
             from
             thence
             by
             the
             space
             of
             500.
             leagues
             we
             doe
             not
             know
             of
             any
             blacke
             people
             .
             Also
             
               Vasco
               Nunez
               de
               Valboa
            
             declareth
             that
             as
             he
             went
             to
             discouer
             The
             South
             sea
             ,
             in
             a
             certaine
             land
             named
             Quareca
             he
             found
             black
             people
             with
             frizled
             haire
             ,
             whereas
             there
             were
             neuer
             any
             other
             found
             either
             in
             
               Noua
               Spagna
            
             ,
             or
             in
             
               Castilia
               del
               Oro
            
             ,
             or
             in
             Peru.
             
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1544.
             
             Don
             
               Gutierre
               de
               Vargas
            
             bishop
             of
             Placenza
             sent
             a
             fléet
             from
             the
             city
             of
             Siuil
             vnto
             the
             streits
             of
             Magellan
             :
             
             which
             is
             reported
             to
             haue
             béene
             done
             by
             the
             counsel
             of
             the
             vizeroy
             
               Don
               Antonie
               de
               Mendoça
            
             his
             cousin
             .
             Some
             suspe●ed
             that
             they
             went
             to
             Maluco
             ,
             others
             to
             China
             ,
             others
             ,
             that
             they
             went
             onely
             to
             discouer
             the
             land
             betwixt
             the
             streite
             and
             the
             land
             of
             Peru
             on
             the
             other
             side
             of
             Chili
             ,
             because
             it
             was
             reported
             to
             be
             very
             rich
             in
             gold
             and
             siluer
             .
             But
             this
             fléete
             by
             
             reason
             of
             contrary
             windes
             could
             not
             passeth●
             streit
             ,
             yet
             one
             small
             barke
             passed
             the
             same
             ,
             and
             sailed
             along
             the
             coast
             ,
             and
             discouered
             all
             the
             land
             ,
             till
             he
             came
             vnto
             Chirimai
             ,
             and
             Arequipa
             ,
             which
             was
             aboue
             500.
             leagues
             ,
             for
             the
             rest
             was
             alreadie
             discouered
             by
             
               Diego
               de
               Almagro
            
             ,
             and
             
               Francis
               Pizarro
            
             ,
             and
             their
             captaines
             and
             people
             at
             diuers
             times
             .
             By
             this
             it
             appéereth
             ,
             that
             from
             The
             streit
             to
             the
             Equinoctial
             line
             on
             both
             sides
             is
             wholy
             discouered
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1545.
             &
             in
             the
             moneth
             of
             Ianuarie
             
               Rui
               Lopez
               de
               villa
               Lobos
            
             ,
             and
             Giraldo
             with
             the
             Castilians
             came
             to
             the
             Island
             of
             Moro
             ,
             
             and
             the
             citie
             of
             Camafo
             ,
             where
             they
             were
             well
             receiued
             of
             the
             kings
             of
             Gilolo
             and
             Tidore
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             people
             of
             the
             countrey
             (
             because
             
               Antony
               Galuano
            
             was
             gone
             )
             and
             put
             the
             captaine
             
               Don
               George
               de
               Castro
            
             to
             great
             trouble
             ,
             
             as
             appéered
             by
             those
             things
             which
             passed
             betwéene
             him
             and
             the
             Portugals
             ,
             and
             the
             great
             expences
             whereunto
             he
             put
             the
             fortresse
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             same
             yéere
             1545.
             
             
               Rui
               Lopez
               de
               villa
               Lobos
            
             sent
             from
             the
             Island
             of
             Tidore
             another
             ship
             towards
             
               New
               Spaine
            
             by
             the
             south
             side
             of
             the
             line
             ,
             wherein
             was
             captaine
             one
             
               Inigo
               Ortez
               de
               Rotha
            
             ,
             and
             for
             pilot
             one
             
               Iaspar
               Rico.
            
             They
             sailed
             to
             the
             coast
             of
             
               Os
               Papuas
            
             ,
             
             and
             ranged
             all
             along
             the
             same
             ,
             and
             because
             they
             knew
             not
             that
             Saauedra
             had
             béene
             there
             before
             ,
             they
             chalenged
             the
             honor
             and
             same
             of
             that
             discouerie
             .
             And
             because
             the
             people
             there
             were
             blacke
             and
             had
             frisled
             haire
             ,
             
             they
             named
             it
             
               Nueua
               Guinea
            
             .
             For
             the
             memorie
             of
             Saauedra
             as
             then
             was
             almost
             lost
             ,
             as
             all
             things
             else
             do
             fall
             into
             obliuion
             ,
             which
             are
             not
             recorded
             ,
             and
             illustrated
             by
             writing
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             yéere
             1545.
             and
             in
             the
             moneth
             of
             Iune
             ,
             there
             went
             a
             Iunk
             from
             the
             citie
             of
             Borneo
             ,
             wherein
             went
             a
             Portugall
             called
             
               Peter
               Fidalgo
            
             ,
             and
             by
             contrary
             windes
             he
             was
             driuen
             towards
             the
             north
             ;
             where
             he
             founde
             an
             Island
             standing
             in
             9.
             or
             10.
             degrées
             ,
             that
             stretched
             it selfe
             to
             22.
             degrées
             of
             latitude
             ,
             
             which
             is
             called
             The
             Isle
             of
             the
             Luçones
             ,
             because
             the
             inhabitants
             thereof
             were
             so
             named
             .
             It
             may
             haue
             some
             other
             name
             and
             harborowes
             ,
             which
             as
             yet
             we
             know
             not
             :
             it
             runneth
             from
             the
             north
             vnto
             the
             southwest
             ,
             and
             standeth
             betwéene
             Mindanao
             and
             China
             .
             They
             say
             they
             sailed
             along
             by
             it
             250.
             leagues
             ,
             where
             the
             land
             was
             fruitfull
             and
             well
             couered
             ,
             and
             they
             affirme
             ,
             that
             there
             they
             will
             giue
             two
             Pezos
             of
             
             gold
             for
             one
             of
             siluer
             :
             
             and
             yet
             it
             standeth
             not
             farre
             from
             the
             countrey
             of
             China
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             yéere
             1553.
             there
             went
             out
             of
             England
             certaine
             shipping
             ,
             and
             as
             it
             appéered
             they
             sailed
             northward
             along
             the
             coast
             of
             Norway
             and
             Finmark
             ,
             
             and
             from
             thence
             east
             ,
             till
             they
             came
             betwéene
             70.
             and
             80.
             degrées
             vnto
             Moscouie
             ,
             for
             so
             far
             one
             of
             the
             ships
             went
             :
             but
             I
             know
             not
             what
             became
             of
             the
             rest
             :
             &
             this
             was
             the
             last
             discouery
             made
             vntil
             this
             time
             .
             From
             this
             lande
             of
             Moscouie
             eastward
             you
             faile
             vnto
             Tartary
             ,
             and
             at
             the
             farther
             end
             of
             it
             standeth
             the
             countrey
             and
             prouince
             of
             China
             .
             It
             is
             said
             that
             betwéene
             China
             and
             Tartary
             there
             is
             a
             wall
             aboue
             200.
             leagues
             in
             length
             ,
             standing
             néere
             vnto
             50.
             degrées
             of
             latitude
             .
          
           
             Now
             I
             gather
             by
             all
             the
             precedent
             discoueries
             ,
             that
             the
             whole
             earth
             is
             in
             circuite
             360.
             degrées
             according
             to
             the
             Geometrie
             thereof
             :
             and
             to
             euery
             degrée
             the
             ancient
             writers
             allow
             17.
             leagues
             &
             a
             halfe
             ,
             which
             amount
             vnto
             6300.
             leagues
             yet
             I
             take
             it
             that
             euerie
             degrée
             is
             iust
             17.
             leagues
             .
             Howsoeuer
             it
             be
             ,
             all
             is
             discouered
             and
             sailed
             from
             the
             east
             vnto
             the
             west
             almost
             euen
             as
             the
             sunne
             compasseth
             it
             :
             but
             from
             the
             south
             to
             the
             north
             there
             is
             great
             difference
             ;
             for
             towardes
             the
             north
             pole
             there
             is
             found
             discouered
             no
             more
             then
             77.
             or
             78.
             degrées
             ,
             which
             come
             to
             1326.
             leagues
             :
             and
             towards
             the
             south
             pole
             there
             is
             discouered
             from
             the
             Equinoctiall
             to
             52.
             or
             53.
             degrées
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             to
             the
             streit
             which
             Magellan
             passed
             through
             ,
             which
             amounteth
             to
             about
             900.
             leagues
             ;
             and
             putting
             both
             these
             saide
             maine
             sums
             togither
             ,
             they
             amount
             to
             2226.
             leagues
             .
             Now
             take
             so
             many
             out
             of
             6300.
             leagues
             ,
             there
             remaineth
             as
             yet
             vndiscouered
             north
             and
             south
             aboue
             the
             space
             of
             4000.
             leagues
             .
          
           
             FINIS
             .
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Notes, typically marginal, from the original text
         
           Notes for div A01426-e270
           
             Antonie
             Galuano
             Captaine
             of
             Maluco
             .
          
           
             Variance
             vsually
             amon●
             the
             kings
             of
             Maluco
             .
          
           
             Good
             seruice
             full
             ill
             rewarded
             .
          
           
             A
             Counto
             is
             50000.
             crusadoes
             .
          
           
             Or
             rather
             Themistocles
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A01426-e480
           
             Augustine
             de
             C●●●t
             .
             Dei
             ,
             lib.
             15.
             cap.
             ●0
             .
          
           
             Contrarie
             opinions
             touching
             the
             discouerie
             of
             the
             world
             .
          
           
             Who
             were
             the
             first
             discouerers
             since
             the
             flood
             .
          
           
             *
             The
             people
             of
             China
             say
             they
             were
             the
             first
             sailers
             by
             sea
             .
          
           
             The
             inhabitants
             of
             the
             West
             Indies
             descended
             from
             China
             .
          
           
             The
             seas
             betweene
             the
             Tropicks
             very
             calm
             .
          
           
             An
             high
             bough
             in
             steed
             of
             mast
             and
             saile
             .
          
           
             Pomponius
             Mela
             lib.
             3.
             
          
           
             Plinius
             lib.
             2.
             cap
             67.
             
          
           
             Ioseph
             .
             Antiouit
             .
             Iudai●
             lib.
             1.
             ca.
             5.
             
          
           
             Iustinus
             lib.
             1.
             
          
           
             Bero●us
             .
          
           
             The
             first
             nauigation
             after
             the
             flood
             143.
             
          
           
             Diodorus
             Siculus
             lib.
             2.
             cap.
             5.
             
          
           
             Berosus
             .
          
           
             Gonsaluo
             Fernandes
             de
             Ouiedo
             lib.
             2.
             cap
             3.
             
             Generalis
             H●st
             .
          
           
             Plinius
             lib.
             6.
             cap.
             3●
             .
          
           
             The
             ancient
             nauigation
             was
             along
             the
             coast
             ,
             and
             not
             far
             into
             the
             maine
             Ocean
             .
          
           
             Length
             of
             time
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             of
             waters
             have
             much
             altered
             the
             situation
             of
             〈◊〉
             places
             .
          
           
             Plato
             in
             Timaeo
             .
          
           
             Plinius
             lib.
             4.
             cap.
             22.
             
          
           
             The
             Islands
             of
             the
             Açores
             somtimes
             ioined
             to
             the
             firme
             land
             .
          
           
             All
             Islands
             haue
             their
             rootes
             running
             from
             the
             maine
             land
             .
          
           
             Eratosthenes
             apud
             Strabonem
             lib.
             1.
             pag.
             26.
             
          
           
             Huls
             of
             ships
             and
             ankers
             ●ound
             on
             mountaines
             f●rre
             within
             land
             .
          
           
             At
             this
             Isle
             of
             Bali
             the
             Holla●ders
             were
             1596.
             and
             haue
             largely
             described
             it
             .
          
           
             Nine
             score
             miles
             of
             firme
             ground
             lately
             drowned
             in
             China
             .
          
           
             800.
             yeeres
             after
             the
             flood
             was
             trade
             of
             spices
             by
             the
             Red
             sea
             .
          
           
             Arsinoe
             ,
             now
             called
             Suez
             .
          
           
             Plinius
             lib.
             6.
             cap.
             29.
             
          
           
             Strabo
             lib.
             17.
             pag.
             560.
             
          
           
             900.
             yeeres
             after
             the
             flood
             .
          
           
             Strabo
             lib.
             17.
             
          
           
             Plinius
             lib.
             6.
             cap.
             29.
             
          
           
             Diodorus
             Siculus
             lib.
             4.
             cap.
             4.
             
          
           
             The
             lake
             Maeotis
             .
          
           
             Shipping
             of
             great
             antiquitie
             in
             the
             Germaine
             sea
             .
          
           
             Strabo
             lib.
             1.
             pag
             26.
             
          
           
             1.
             of
             Kings
             .
             9.
             
          
           
             2.
             
             Chron.
             8.
             
          
           
             Herodotus
             lib.
             4.
             
          
           
             Aristoteles
             lib.
             de
             mirandis
             in
             natura
             auditis
             .
          
           
             Gonzalo
             Fernandes
             de
             Quiedo
             lib.
             2
             cap.
             3.
             of
             his
             generall
             historie
             .
          
           
             Diodorus
             Siculus
             lib.
             1.
             cap.
             3.
             
          
           
             A
             digression
             .
          
           
             Plinius
             lib.
             9.
             cap.
             58.
             de
             mu●ibus
             Nili
             .
          
           
             Ioannes
             Leo
             Africanus
             lib.
             9.
             cap.
             de
             Nilo
             .
          
           
             Plinius
             lib.
             8.
             cap.
             25.
             
          
           
             Ioannes
             Leo
             Africanus
             lib.
             9.
             
          
           
             Hippopotami
             .
          
           
             Ibis
             .
          
           
             Plinius
             lib.
             2.
             cap.
             67.
             
          
           
             Plinius
             lib.
             6.
             cap.
             31.
             
          
           
             The
             nauigation
             of
             Hanno
             in
             Greeke
             herevnto
             agreeth
             .
          
           
             Enchanted
             snakes
             .
          
           
             Odericus
             writeth
             the
             like
             of
             one
             that
             brought
             multitudes
             of
             patridges
             to
             Trapezunda
             .
          
           
             Mermaides
             .
          
           
             Aristotel
             .
             de
             mirand●●
             in
             natura
             auditis
             .
          
           
             Strabo
             lib.
             2.
             pag.
             68.
             de
             Gad●tanorum
             longi●●●a
             nauiga●●●●
             ingentibus
             na●●bus
             .
          
           
             Plinius
             lib.
             6.
             cap.
             29.
             
          
           
             Strabo
             lib
             17.
             pag.
             560
             &
             561.
             
          
           
             Coptus
             .
             Myos-Hormos
             now
             〈◊〉
             on
             the
             Red
             sea
             .
          
           
             The
             cause
             of
             the
             greatnes
             of
             Alexandria
             .
          
           
             Strabo
             lib.
             17.
             pag.
             549.
             
          
           
             Strabo
             lib.
             17.
             pag.
             549.
             
          
           
             Plinius
             lib
             6.
             cap.
             23.
             
          
           
             Plinius
             lib.
             12.
             cap.
             18.
             
          
           
             Plinius
             lib.
             2.
             cap.
             67.
             
          
           
             Paulus
             Venetus
             commended
             .
          
           
             Cassiterides
             .
          
           
             *
             The
             northwest
             passage
             ,
             though
             the
             latitude
             be
             somewhat
             mistaken
             .
          
           
             What
             histories
             may
             these
             be
             ?
          
           
             Xiphil●nus
             in
             vita
             Traiani
             .
          
           
             Rome
             taken
             by
             the
             Gothes
             412.
             
          
           
             The
             originall
             of
             Venice
             450.
             
          
           
             The
             sect
             of
             Mahumet
             began
             anno
             611.
             
          
           
             Trafficke
             and
             nauigation
             cease
             .
          
           
             Ramusius
             1.
             vol.
             fol
             372.
             pag.
             2.
             
          
           
             Ramusius
             1.
             vol.
             fol.
             373.
             
          
           
             A
             way
             by
             the
             riuer
             Oxus
             ,
             the
             Caspian
             sea
             ,
             Volga
             ,
             and
             ouer
             land
             to
             Caffa
             .
          
           
             Strabo
             lib.
             11.
             
          
           
             The
             marte
             of
             spices
             at
             Trapezunda
             .
             Ramusius
             ibidem
             .
          
           
             Strabo
             lib.
             11.
             
             Plinius
             lib.
             6.
             cap.
             11.
             
          
           
             Another
             way
             to
             Boghar
             ,
             and
             so
             by
             carauans
             into
             Persia
             by
             the
             riuer
             Ganges
             .
          
           
             *
             Or
             Laor
             .
          
           
             Samarcande
             .
          
           
             Woollen
             cloth
             good
             marchandise
             for
             Cathay
             .
          
           
             The
             way
             by
             Ormus
             and
             Balsara
             and
             so
             to
             Aleppo
             and
             Barutti
             .
          
           
             Ioannes
             Leo
             Africanus
             .
          
           
             Ramusius
             1.
             vol.
             fol.
             373.
             
          
           
             Tombuto
             .
          
           
             The
             Canarie
             Islands
             .
          
           
             The
             Island
             of
             Madera
             discouered
             by
             Macham
             an
             English
             man.
             
          
           
             The
             first
             discouerie
             of
             the
             Canaries
             by
             the
             Christians
             1405.
             
          
           
             The
             first
             conquest
             of
             the
             Portugals
             in
             Barbarie
             1415.
             
          
           
             This
             victorie
             was
             gotten
             by
             the
             helpe
             of
             the
             English
             as
             Walsingham
             writeth
             .
          
           
             Iohn
             de
             Barros
             Asiae
             decad
             .
             1.
             lib
             1.
             cap.
             2.
             
          
           
             Cape
             de
             Non.
             
          
           
             Cape
             Bojador
             .
          
           
             The
             Canarie
             Islands
             conquered
             .
          
           
             Porto
             Santo
             .
          
           
             Iohn
             de
             Barros
             decad
             .
             1.
             lib.
             1.
             cap.
             2.
             
          
           
             Ba●●os
             decad
             .
             1.
             lib.
             1.
             cap.
             3.
             
          
           
             The
             chappell
             built
             by
             Macham
             found
             in
             Madera
             .
          
           
             Porto
             Santo
             .
          
           
             The
             Canarie
             Islands
             sold
             ouer
             to
             a
             Spanyard
             .
          
           
             Barros
             decad
             .
             1.
             lib.
             1.
             cap.
             12.
             
          
           
             The
             Canaries
             came
             to
             the
             crowne
             of
             Spaine
             in
             the
             yeere
             1431
             
          
           
             The
             ancient
             maners
             of
             the
             Canarians
             .
          
           
             The
             commodities
             of
             the
             Canaries
             .
          
           
             A
             tree
             yeelding
             abundance
             of
             water
             in
             Ferro
             .
          
           
             A
             most
             rare
             and
             excellent
             map
             of
             the
             world
             .
          
           
             A
             great
             helpe
             to
             Don
             Henry
             in
             his
             discoueries
             .
          
           
             As
             much
             discouered
             in
             ancient
             time
             as
             now
             is
             .
          
           
             Barros
             decad
             .
             1.
             lib.
             1.
             cap.
             4.
             
          
           
             Cape
             Bojador
             first
             passed
             .
             Anno
             1132.
             
          
           
             The
             death
             of
             Don
             Iohn
             the
             first
             of
             Portugall
             .
          
           
             Barros
             decad
             .
             1.
             lib.
             1.
             cap.
             5.
             
          
           
             The
             death
             of
             Don
             Duarte
             king
             of
             Portugall
             .
          
           
             Barros
             decad
             .
             1.
             lib.
             1.
             cap.
             6.
             
          
           
             Cape
             Blanco
             .
          
           
             I●dulgences
             ●●anted
             to
             encourage
             to
             this
             enterprise
             .
          
           
             Barros
             decad
             .
             1.
             lib.
             1.
             cap.
             7.
             
          
           
             Rio
             de
             Oro
             ,
             why
             so
             called
             .
          
           
             The
             Islands
             of
             Arguin
             .
          
           
             The
             Islands
             of
             Garze
             .
          
           
             Barros
             decad
             .
             1.
             lib.
             1.
             cap.
             9.
             
          
           
             Angra
             de
             Gonsaluo
             de
             Syntra
             .
          
           
             Barros
             decad
             .
             1.
             lib.
             1.
             cap.
             9.
             &
             cap.
             13.
             
          
           
             The
             riuer
             of
             Sanaga
             .
          
           
             Cape
             Verde
             .
          
           
             Barros
             decad
             .
             1.
             lib.
             1.
             cap.
             14.
             
          
           
             Rio
             Grande
             .
          
           
             The
             Island
             of
             seuen
             cities
             .
          
           
             Don
             Alfonso
             king
             of
             Portugall
             come
             to
             age
             .
          
           
             Barros
             decad
             .
             1.
             lib.
             2.
             cap
             1.
             
          
           
             The
             Açores
             first
             inhabited
             .
          
           
             Alcaçer
             taken
             .
          
           
             The
             castle
             of
             Arguin
             builded
             .
          
           
             Ibidem
             .
          
           
             Barros
             decad
             .
             1.
             lib.
             2.
             cap.
             1.
             
          
           
             The
             Isles
             of
             Cape
             Verde
             disc●uered
             by
             three
             Genowais
             .
          
           
             The
             death
             of
             Don
             Henry
             1463.
             
          
           
             Sierra
             Leona
             .
          
           
             Barros
             decad
             .
             1.
             lib.
             2
             cap.
             2.
             
          
           
             The
             countrey
             of
             Guiney
             let
             out
             to
             farme
             .
          
           
             Ibidem
             .
          
           
             Arzila
             taken
             .
          
           
             Tanger
             taken
             .
          
           
             Ibidem
             .
          
           
             La
             Mina
             .
          
           
             Ibidem
             .
          
           
             The
             Isle
             de
             Fernan
             de
             Poo
             .
          
           
             Sainct
             Thome
             .
             Rha
             del
             Principe
             .
          
           
             Benin
             .
          
           
             Cape
             de
             Santa
             Catarina
             .
          
           
             Don
             Iohn
             the
             second
             .
          
           
             Barros
             decad
             .
             1.
             lib.
             3
             cap.
             2.
             
          
           
             Castell
             de
             Mina
             .
             built
             .
          
           
             Barros
             decad
             .
             1.
             lib.
             3.
             cap.
             3.
             
          
           
             Rio
             de
             Congo
             .
          
           
             Discouerie
             neere
             vnto
             the
             Tropick
             of
             Capricorne
             .
          
           
             An
             ambassadour
             from
             the
             king
             of
             Congo
             .
          
           
             Pepper
             of
             Benin
             .
          
           
             Barros
             decad
             .
             1.
             lib.
             3.
             cap.
             5.
             
             Pedro
             de
             Couillan
             and
             Alfonso
             de
             Pavua
             sent
             to
             discouer
             India
             .
          
           
             Alexandria
             .
          
           
             Cairo
             .
          
           
             Toro
             .
          
           
             Aden
             .
          
           
             Cananor
             .
          
           
             Calicut
             .
          
           
             Goa
             .
          
           
             Sofala
             .
          
           
             Mosambique
             .
          
           
             Quiloa
             .
          
           
             Mombaza
             .
          
           
             Melinde
             .
          
           
             The
             voiage
             of
             Pedro
             de
             Couillan
             vnto
             the
             countrey
             of
             Prete
             Ianni
             .
          
           
             Cape
             Razalgate
             .
          
           
             Ormuz
             .
          
           
             Abassini
             .
          
           
             Pedro
             de
             Couillan
             the
             first
             Portugall
             that
             came
             into
             the
             East
             India
             and
             Aethiopia
             by
             the
             Red
             sea
             .
          
           
             Barros
             decad
             .
             1.
             lib.
             3.
             cap
             9.
             
          
           
             A
             great
             part
             of
             the
             kingdome
             of
             Congo
             baptized
             .
          
           
             The
             first
             that
             in
             sailing
             are
             thought
             to
             haue
             obserued
             latitud●s
             .
          
           
             The
             Isle
             of
             Guanahany
             first
             discouered
             .
          
           
             Lucaios
             Islands
             .
          
           
             Cuba
             .
          
           
             Hispaniola
             .
          
           
             Contention
             betweene
             the
             kings
             of
             Spaine
             and
             Portugall
             .
          
           
             The
             bull
             of
             donation
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             historiae
             general
             .
             lib.
             1.
             cap.
             17.
             
          
           
             Columbus
             second
             voiage
             .
          
           
             Deseada
             discouered
             .
          
           
             Caribas
             .
          
           
             Boriquen
             of
             S.
             Iohn
             de
             porto
             riceo
             .
          
           
             Iamaica
             .
          
           
             The
             first
             line
             of
             partition
             .
          
           
             The
             death
             of
             Don
             Iohn
             the
             second
             .
          
           
             The
             great
             discouerie
             of
             Iohn
             Cabota
             and
             the
             English
             .
          
           
             This
             is
             to
             the
             south
             of
             the
             Chese●ian
             Bay.
             
          
           
             Columbus
             third
             voiage
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             historiae
             general
             .
             lib.
             2.
             cap.
             21.
             
          
           
             Trinidada
             .
          
           
             Testigos
             .
          
           
             Cubagua
             .
          
           
             Frailes
             ,
             Roques
             ,
             Aruba
             ,
             Caraçao
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             Cabo
             de
             Vela
             .
          
           
             Beata
             .
          
           
             Barros
             decad
             .
             1.
             lib
             4
             cap.
             2.
             and
             to
             the
             end
             of
             the
             11.
             chapter
             .
          
           
             The
             Cape
             of
             Bona
             Sperança
             .
          
           
             Mosambique
             .
          
           
             Mombaza
             .
             Melinde
             .
          
           
             Los
             Baxos
             de
             Padua
             .
          
           
             Calicut
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             historiae
             general
             lib.
             
          
           
             The
             Cape
             of
             S.
             Augustine
             .
          
           
             Rio
             de
             Maria
             Tambal
             .
          
           
             Angla
             de
             San
             Lucas
             .
          
           
             The
             riuers
             of
             Marannon
             ,
             Amazones
             and
             Rio
             Dolce
             .
          
           
             Barros
             decad
             .
             1.
             lib.
             5
             cap.
             2.
             
          
           
             Puerto
             Seguro
             in
             Brasil
             .
          
           
             Sofala
             .
          
           
             Terra
             Corterealis
             .
          
           
             Many
             entrances
             of
             riuers
             in
             the
             northwest
             .
          
           
             Barros
             decad
             .
             1.
             lib.
             5.
             cap.
             10.
             
          
           
             I●●ha
             de
             Ascension
             .
          
           
             The
             Isle
             of
             Santa
             Helena
             .
          
           
             Bezequiche
             .
          
           
             Brasil
             discouered
             to
             32.
             degrees
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             historiae
             general
             .
             lib.
             2.
             
          
           
             Vraba
             .
          
           
             The
             fourth
             voiage
             of
             Columbus
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             historiae
             general
             .
             l●b
             .
             1.
             cap.
             24.
             
          
           
             Cabo
             de
             Higueras
             .
          
           
             Cabo
             de
             Hunduras
             .
          
           
             Cabo
             Gracias
             a
             Dios.
             
          
           
             Veragua
             .
          
           
             Rio
             de
             Chagres
             .
          
           
             Isla
             de
             Bastimentos
             .
          
           
             Puerto
             Bello
             .
          
           
             Nombre
             de
             Dios.
             
          
           
             The
             Cape
             of
             marble
             .
          
           
             Barros
             decad
             .
             1.
             lib.
             6.
             cap.
             2.
             
          
           
             The
             Island
             of
             Mosambique
             .
          
           
             Cattell
             and
             camels
             led
             with
             dried
             fish
             .
          
           
             Socotora
             .
          
           
             Cape
             de
             Guardafu
             .
          
           
             Carthagena
             .
          
           
             Codego
             .
          
           
             The
             death
             of
             Queene
             Isabella
             150●
             .
          
           
             Barros
             decad
             .
             1.
             lib.
             8.
             cap.
             3.
             
          
           
             A
             fort
             built
             in
             Quiloa
             .
          
           
             Angediua
             possessed
             .
          
           
             Forts
             builded
             in
             Cananor
             and
             in
             Cochin
             .
          
           
             A
             fort
             builded
             in
             Sofala
             .
          
           
             Ceilan
             .
          
           
             The
             death
             of
             Philip
             the
             first
             king
             of
             Spaine
             1506.
             
          
           
             The
             death
             of
             Christopher
             Columbus
             .
          
           
             Barros
             decad
             .
             2.
             lib.
             1.
             cap.
             1.
             
          
           
             Bezequiche
             is
             by
             Cape
             Verde
             .
          
           
             The
             Isles
             of
             Tristan
             de
             Acunna
             in
             37.
             degrees
             .
          
           
             Samatra
             discouered
             .
          
           
             The
             Inland
             of
             S.
             Laurence
             discouered
             .
          
           
             Braua
             .
          
           
             A
             fortresse
             builded
             in
             Soc●tora
             .
          
           
             Barros
             decad
             .
             2.
             lib.
             2.
             cap.
             1.
             
          
           
             The
             Cape
             of
             Rosalgate
             .
          
           
             Barros
             decad
             .
             2.
             lib.
             1.
             cap.
             3.
             
          
           
             The
             Isle
             of
             S.
             Laurence
             .
          
           
             The
             Islands
             of
             Nicubar
             .
          
           
             Samatra
             .
          
           
             The
             Isle
             of
             A
             Poluoreira
             .
          
           
             The
             flats
             of
             Capacia
             .
          
           
             Malacca
             .
          
           
             Rarities
             in
             Samatra
             .
          
           
             In
             Samatra
             buffes
             ,
             kine
             ,
             and
             hennes
             haue
             flesh
             as
             blacke
             as
             inke
             .
          
           
             People
             hauing
             tailes
             like
             sheepe
             .
          
           
             Gold
             coined
             in
             Samatra
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             historiae
             general
             .
             lib.
             3.
             cap.
             7.
             
          
           
             Castilia
             del
             oro
             .
          
           
             The
             booke
             of
             the
             Bachiler
             Anciso
             of
             these
             discoueries
             .
          
           
             Beata
             is
             a
             prouince
             in
             the
             west
             part
             of
             H●●paniola
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             gen
             .
             hist
             .
             lib.
             3.
             cap.
             6.
             
          
           
             Nuestra
             Sennora
             de
             la
             antigua
             builded
             .
          
           
             Many
             gentlewomen
             went
             to
             dwell
             in
             Hispaniola
             .
          
           
             Cuba
             peopled
             .
          
           
             Barros
             decad
             .
             2.
             lib.
             5
             cap
             10.
             &
             lib.
             6.
             cap.
             2.
             
          
           
             Barros
             decad
             .
             2.
             lib.
             6.
             cap.
             5.
             
          
           
             The
             Streight
             of
             Cincapura
             .
          
           
             Odia
             the
             chiefe
             citie
             of
             Sian
             .
          
           
             Tanaçerim
             .
          
           
             M.
             Ralph
             Fitch
             which
             had
             beene
             in
             this
             countrey
             brought
             diuers
             of
             these
             bels
             into
             England
             .
          
           
             The
             liuer
             of
             a
             little
             beast
             good
             against
             any
             wo●d
             of
             iron
             .
          
           
             Pegu.
             
          
           
             Pera.
             
          
           
             Master
             Ralph
             Fitch
             saw
             this
             in
             Pegu
             also
             .
          
           
             Barros
             decad
             2.
             lib
             6.
             cap.
             7.
             
          
           
             The
             Isles
             of
             Banda
             and
             Maluco
             .
          
           
             The
             Salites
             .
          
           
             Iaua
             .
          
           
             Madura
             .
          
           
             Bali
             .
          
           
             *
             Or
             Guliam
             .
          
           
             *
             Or
             Aru.
             
          
           
             The
             people
             of
             the
             Isles
             of
             Maluco
             weare
             such
             apparell
             .
          
           
             Gouernours
             carrying
             red
             staues
             like
             those
             of
             China
             .
          
           
             Ternate
             .
          
           
             Burro
             .
          
           
             Amboino
             .
          
           
             Guliguli
             .
          
           
             Cloues
             ,
             nutmegs
             ,
             and
             mace
             in
             8.
             degrees
             toward
             the
             south
             .
          
           
             Mindanao
             .
          
           
             Maluco
             .
          
           
             Monstrous
             men
             .
          
           
             Batochina
             .
          
           
             The
             flowers
             of
             Xistus
             and
             Arbor
             〈◊〉
             are
             such
             .
          
           
             Barros
             decad
             2.
             lib.
             7.
             cap.
             1.
             
          
           
             The
             Isles
             of
             Maldiua
             .
          
           
             Iohn
             de
             Solis
             .
          
           
             Rio
             de
             Plata
             .
          
           
             Pet.
             Martyr
             .
             decad
             .
             3
             cap.
             10.
             
          
           
             Pet.
             Martyr
             .
             decad
             .
             2
             cap
             10.
             
          
           
             Gomara
             historiae
             general
             .
             lib.
             2.
             cap.
             10.
             
          
           
             Bimini
             Islands
             .
          
           
             Florida
             .
          
           
             Martyr
             .
             decad
             .
             3.
             cap.
             10.
             
          
           
             Pet
             Mart●r
             .
             de●ad
             .
             3.
             cap.
             1.
             
          
           
             The
             South
             sea
             dis●o●ered
             .
          
           
             Barro●
             decad
             .
             2.
             lib.
             7
             cap.
             7.
             
          
           
             The
             streight
             of
             Mecha
             or
             of
             the
             Red
             sea
             discouered
             .
          
           
             The
             Isle
             of
             Camaran
             .
          
           
             Pet.
             Martyr
             .
             decad
             .
             3.
             cap.
             5.
             
          
           
             The
             Island
             of
             Tararequi
             or
             of
             pearles
             in
             the
             South
             sea
             .
          
           
             Martyr
             .
             decad
             .
             3.
             cap.
             10.
             
          
           
             Gomara
             historia●
             general
             .
             lib.
             ●
             .
             cap.
             2.
             
          
           
             Pet.
             Martyr
             .
             decad
             .
             3.
             cap.
             1●
             .
          
           
             Cape
             de
             Guerra
             .
          
           
             Punta
             de
             Borica
             .
          
           
             Cape
             Blanco
             .
          
           
             Panama
             peopled
             .
          
           
             Barros
             decad
             .
             2.
             lib.
             10.
             cap.
             5.
             
          
           
             Osorius
             lib.
             10.
             pag
             277.
             
          
           
             An
             ambassage
             to●
             Ismael
             king
             of
             Persia
             .
          
           
             Pepper
             a
             principall
             ma●chandise
             in
             China
             .
          
           
             The
             death
             of
             Fernando
             king
             of
             Spaine
             .
          
           
             Osorius
             lib.
             11.
             fol.
             312.
             
          
           
             China
             discouered
             .
          
           
             Canton
             .
          
           
             *
             Or
             Pakin
             .
          
           
             〈◊〉
             da
             Veniaga
             or
             Tama
             according
             to
             Osorius
             .
          
           
             Foquiem
             .
          
           
             The
             comming
             of
             Charles
             the
             fift
             into
             Spaine
             .
          
           
             Gomar
             .
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             3.
             cap.
             2.
             
          
           
             Iucatan
             .
          
           
             The
             Seuen
             cities
             .
          
           
             Castagneda
             lib.
             4.
             cap.
             36.
             and
             37.
             
          
           
             Osorius
             lib.
             11.
             fol.
             315.
             pag.
             2.
             
          
           
             Chatigam
             in
             Bengala
             .
          
           
             Pet.
             Martyr
             .
             decad
             .
             4.
             cap.
             3.
             
             Gomar
             .
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             2
             ▪
             cap.
             14.
             &
             cap.
             17.
             
          
           
             *
             Or
             Acuzamil
             .
          
           
             The
             Isle
             of
             Ascension
             .
          
           
             The
             Bay
             of
             Hunduras
             .
          
           
             ●io
             de
             Grisalua
             .
          
           
             Gomar
             .
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             2.
             cap.
             12.
             
             &
             61
             
          
           
             Panuco
             .
          
           
             Pet.
             Martyr
             .
             decad
             .
             4.
             cap.
             6.
             
          
           
             Gomar
             .
             hist
             .
             gen
             lib.
             2.
             cap.
             18.
             &c.
             
          
           
             Tauasco
             .
          
           
             Potoncian
             now
             called
             Victoria
             .
          
           
             S.
             Iohn
             de
             Vllhua
             
          
           
             Gomara
             historiae
             general
             .
             lib.
             2.
             cap.
             21.
             22.
             23
             
             ▪
             24.
             
          
           
             Zempoallan
             .
          
           
             Chiauitztlan
             .
          
           
             Villa
             rica
             de
             la
             vera
             Cruz.
             
          
           
             Gomara
             historiae
             general
             .
             lib.
             2.
             cap.
             61.
             
          
           
             Gomar
             .
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             2.
             cap.
             25.
             
          
           
             Zalapan
             .
          
           
             Sicuchimatl
             .
          
           
             Zaclotan
             .
          
           
             Tlaxcallan
             .
          
           
             Muteçuma
             prisoner
             .
          
           
             Zuçolla
             .
          
           
             Malinaltepec
             .
          
           
             Zenich
             .
          
           
             Tututepec
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             2.
             cap.
             48.
             
          
           
             Pamphilus
             de
             Narua●z
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             ●
             ▪
             cap.
             2.
             
          
           
             The
             discouerie
             of
             Magallanes
             from
             the
             riuer
             of
             Plate
             forward
             .
          
           
             Patagones
             .
          
           
             Los
             Iardines
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             hist
             gen
             .
             lib.
             4
             cap.
             3.
             
          
           
             Pet.
             Martyr
             .
             decad
             5.
             cap.
             7.
             
          
           
             Gomar
             .
             lib.
             4.
             cap.
             17.
             
          
           
             Ramusius
             1.
             vol.
             fol.
             374.
             
          
           
             Maçua
             .
          
           
             Ramusius
             1.
             vol.
             fol.
             190.
             
          
           
             Gomara
             hist
             gen
             .
             lib
             2.
             cap.
             7.
             
          
           
             Chicora
             .
          
           
             Gualdapé
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             2.
             cap.
             48.
             
          
           
             The
             reuolt
             of
             the
             Mexicans
             in
             absence
             of
             Cortes
             .
          
           
             Muteçuma
             slaine
             .
          
           
             Gomar
             .
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             2.
             cap.
             50.
             
          
           
             Gomar
             .
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             2.
             cap
             60.
             
          
           
             Tochtepec
             .
          
           
             Coazacoalco
             .
          
           
             Emmanuels
             death
             .
          
           
             Osorius
             lib.
             12.
             fol.
             366.
             
          
           
             Gomara
             historiae
             general
             .
             lib.
             4.
             cap.
             8.
             
          
           
             Burro
             .
          
           
             Timor
             .
          
           
             Eude
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             6.
             cap.
             4.
             
          
           
             Tecoantepec
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             histori●
             general
             .
             lib.
             6.
             cap.
             12.
             
          
           
             Castagneda
             Historia
             delle
             Indie
             Orientali
             lib.
             6.
             cap.
             41.
             
          
           
             Gomar
             .
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             4.
             cap.
             8.
             
             &
             12.
             
          
           
             Two
             Islands
             in
             16.
             degrees
             of
             northerly
             latitude
             .
          
           
             42.
             degrees
             of
             northerly
             latitude
             .
          
           
             Gomar
             .
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             6.
             cap.
             12.
             
          
           
             The
             South
             sea
             first
             searched
             by
             Cortes
             ●is
             pilots
             .
          
           
             Tecoentepec
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             hist
             gen
             .
             lib.
             6.
             cap.
             12.
             
          
           
             A
             wittie
             stratageme
             .
          
           
             Sant
             Iago
             built
             .
          
           
             Castagneda
             hist
             .
             delle
             Indie
             Orientali
             lib.
             6.
             c
             42.
             
          
           
             Manada
             .
          
           
             Panguensara
             .
          
           
             The
             Islands
             of
             S.
             Michael
             .
          
           
             Borneo
             .
          
           
             Pedra
             branca
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             2.
             cap.
             61.
             
          
           
             Santo
             Stephano
             del
             puerto
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             2.
             cap.
             61.
             &
             en
             la
             Conquista
             de
             Mexico
             .
          
           
             Rio
             de
             las
             Palmas
             .
          
           
             Rio
             Montalco
             .
          
           
             Chila
             .
          
           
             Gomar
             .
             en
             la
             Conquesta
             de
             Mexico
             fol.
             226.
             
          
           
             Gomara
             en
             la
             Conquista
             de
             Mex●co
             fol
             242.
             
          
           
             San
             Gil
             de
             buena
             Vista
             in
             the
             Bay
             of
             Honduras
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             en
             la
             Conquista
             de
             Mexico
             fol.
             229.
             &
             in
             sequentibus
             .
          
           
             Oile
             distilling
             out
             of
             hils
             .
          
           
             Ibidem
             fol.
             230.
             
          
           
             Sant
             Iago
             de
             Quahutemallan
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             en
             la
             Conquista
             de
             Mexico
             fol.
             233.
             
          
           
             Villa
             del
             Espiritu
             santo
             .
          
           
             Chamolla
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             en
             la
             Conquista
             de
             Mexico
             fol.
             234.
             
          
           
             Gomar
             .
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             3.
             cap.
             21.
             
          
           
             Gomara
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             2.
             cap.
             7.
             
          
           
             Gomar
             .
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             2.
             cap.
             65.
             &
             en
             la
             Conquista
             de
             Mexico
             fol.
             243.
             
          
           
             Gomar
             .
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             2.
             cap.
             66.
             &
             en
             la
             Conqu●sta
             de
             Mexico
             fol.
             246.
             
             &
             251.
             
          
           
             An
             excellent
             large
             map
             of
             cotton
             wooll
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             2.
             cap.
             67.
             &
             68
             &
             en
             la
             Conquista●ie
             Mexico
             fol.
             257.
             
          
           
             Mazatlan
             .
          
           
             Tiaca
             .
          
           
             Zuzullin
             .
          
           
             Gomar
             .
             in
             the
             Conquest
             of
             Mexico
             fol.
             268.
             
          
           
             Natiuidad
             de
             Nuestra
             Sennora
             .
          
           
             Truxillo
             .
          
           
             Honduras
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             in
             the
             Conquest
             of
             Mexico
             fol.
             170.
             
             &
             273.
             
          
           
             Gomara
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             5.
             cap.
             1.
             
             &
             2.
             
          
           
             Peru.
             
          
           
             Isla
             del
             Gorgona
             .
          
           
             Isla
             del
             Gallo
             .
          
           
             Rio
             del
             Peru.
             
          
           
             Cabo
             de
             Passaos
             .
          
           
             Puerto
             vejo
             .
          
           
             Tumbez
             .
          
           
             Payta
             .
          
           
             Pet.
             Martyr
             .
             decad
             .
             8.
             cap.
             9.
             
          
           
             Gomar
             .
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             4.
             cap.
             ●2
             .
          
           
             The
             Isle
             of
             S.
             Mathew
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             in
             the
             Conquest
             of
             Mexico
             pag.
             28●
             .
          
           
             Pet.
             Martyr
             .
             decad
             8
             pag
             601.
             
          
           
             Gomara
             historiae
             general
             .
             lib.
             1.
             cap.
             5.
             
          
           
             The
             Isle
             of
             Batochina
             by
             Gilolo
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             historiae
             general
             .
             lib.
             3.
             cap.
             39.
             
          
           
             〈◊〉
             Parana
             .
          
           
             Rio
             Paragioa
             .
          
           
             The
             fountaine
             of
             the
             Riuer
             of
             Plata
             .
          
           
             The
             biggest
             riuers
             proceede
             from
             lakes
             .
          
           
             Ramusius
             3.
             vol.
             fol.
             310.
             
          
           
             The
             Isle
             of
             Xamo
             or
             Malhada
             .
          
           
             Apalachen
             .
          
           
             Aute
             .
          
           
             Xamo
             .
          
           
             Gomar
             .
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             2.
             cap.
             72.
             and
             in
             the
             Conquest
             of
             Mexico
             fol.
             28●
             .
          
           
             Islas
             de
             los
             Reyes
             .
          
           
             Candiga
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             2.
             cap.
             73.
             
          
           
             Gomara
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             2.
             cap.
             72.
             
          
           
             Noua
             Guinea
             .
          
           
             Os
             Papuas
             are
             blacke
             people
             with
             frisled
             haire
             .
          
           
             Isla
             de
             los
             Pintados
             .
          
           
             Los
             Iardines
             .
          
           
             〈◊〉
             wood
             .
          
           
             Fower
             narrow
             passages
             from
             sea
             to
             sea
             in
             the
             West
             Indies
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             4.
             cap.
             14.
             
          
           
             The
             northwest
             passage
             very
             beneficiall
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             5.
             cap.
             3.
             
          
           
             Much
             gold
             and
             emeraulds
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             5.
             cap.
             4.
             
          
           
             The
             Isle
             of
             Puna
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             5.
             cap.
             5.
             
          
           
             S.
             Michael
             of
             Tangarara
             .
          
           
             Payta
             an
             excellent
             harbour
             in
             5.
             degrees
             to
             the
             South
             of
             the
             line
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             historiae
             general
             .
             lib.
             3.
             cap.
             17.
             
          
           
             The
             famous
             riuer
             Maragnon
             .
          
           
             Iohn
             de
             Barros
             factor
             of
             the
             house
             of
             India
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             6.
             cap.
             16.
             
          
           
             Nueua
             Galicia
             .
          
           
             Compostella
             .
          
           
             Guadalaira
             .
          
           
             Santo
             Espirito
             .
          
           
             De
             la
             conception
             .
          
           
             San
             Miguel
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             2.
             cap.
             74.
             
          
           
             Gomara
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             5.
             cap.
             6.
             7.
             8.
             9.
             
          
           
             Guascar
             slaine
             .
          
           
             Gomar
             .
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib
             5
             cap.
             11.
             
          
           
             Attabalipa
             strangied
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             historiae
             general
             .
             lib.
             5.
             cap.
             ●8
             .
          
           
             Cruell
             snowe
             vnder
             the
             line
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             historiae
             general
             .
             lib.
             5.
             cap.
             19.
             
          
           
             Gomara
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             5.
             cap.
             16.
             
          
           
             Casco
             taken
             .
          
           
             The
             Bay
             of
             S.
             Laurence
             discouered
             .
          
           
             Gomar
             .
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             2.
             cap.
             74.
             &
             lib.
             2.
             cap.
             98.
             
          
           
             Plaia
             de
             Santa
             Cruz.
             
          
           
             The
             Isle
             of
             S.
             Thomas
             .
          
           
             Lima
             builded
             .
          
           
             Gomar
             .
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             4.
             cap.
             23.
             
          
           
             Lib.
             5.
             cap.
             22.
             
             Truxillo
             .
          
           
             S.
             Iago
             de
             Porto
             v●ejo
             .
          
           
             Go●ara
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             5.
             cap.
             24.
             
             Chili
             .
          
           
             Lib.
             5.
             cap.
             25.
             
          
           
             Lib.
             5.
             cap.
             27.
             
          
           
             The
             fortresse
             of
             Diu.
             
          
           
             Badu
             king
             of
             Cambaia
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             4.
             cap.
             13.
             
          
           
             Gomara
             historiae
             general
             .
             lib.
             3.
             cap.
             39.
             
          
           
             The
             riuer
             of
             Plata
             runneth
             vp
             to
             Potossi
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             hist
             gen
             .
             lib.
             2.
             cap
             74
             &
             98
             
          
           
             Saint
             Iago
             Isle
             .
          
           
             La
             plaia
             de
             Santa
             Cruz.
             
          
           
             Rio
             de
             S.
             Pedro
             y
             San
             Paulo
             .
          
           
             Guajaual
             Rio.
             
          
           
             Mar
             Vermejo
             or
             the
             Gulfe
             of
             California
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             in
             the
             conquest
             of
             Mexico
             folio
             290.
             291.
             292.
             
          
           
             Asea
             Island
             .
          
           
             Isla
             de
             los
             Pescadores
             .
          
           
             Hayme
             Island
             .
          
           
             Apia
             Island
             .
          
           
             Seri
             .
          
           
             Coroa
             .
          
           
             〈◊〉
             Bufu
             .
          
           
             Os
             papuas
             .
          
           
             These
             seeme
             to
             be
             like
             Ostriches
             .
          
           
             Guelles
             Islands
             .
          
           
             Terenate
             .
          
           
             Moro.
             
          
           
             Moluccae
             .
          
           
             Antonie
             Galuano
             ,
             the
             author
             of
             this
             booke
             .
          
           
             The
             case
             now
             is
             much
             altered
             .
          
           
             Pedro
             de
             Cieça
             parte
             primera
             de
             la
             Cl●●onica
             del
             Peru
             cap
             9.
             &
             cap.
             107.
             
          
           
             La
             Pla●a
             .
          
           
             The
             mountaines
             of
             Abibe
             
          
           
             Villa
             de
             la
             Plata
             .
          
           
             Ramusius
             3.
             vol.
             fol.
             356.
             
          
           
             Frier
             Marke
             de
             Nizza
             .
          
           
             Sibola
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             5.
             cap.
             34.
             
          
           
             Antonie
             Galuano
             chiefe
             captaine
             of
             Maluco
             author
             of
             this
             worke
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             hist
             gen
             .
             lib.
             2.
             cap.
             74.
             
             &
             .
             Ramusius
             3.
             vol.
             fol.
             339.
             
          
           
             The
             bottome
             of
             the
             gulfe
             of
             California
             discouered
             .
          
           
             California
             doubled
             .
          
           
             Cabo
             del
             Enganno
             .
          
           
             The
             distance
             betweene
             America
             and
             China
             in
             32.
             degrees
             is
             1000
             leagues
             Gomar
             .
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             6.
             cap.
             17.
             
          
           
             Metl
             an
             excellent
             tree
             .
          
           
             The
             reuiued
             birds
             .
          
           
             Snorting
             fishes
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             5.
             cap.
             35.
             
          
           
             Chili
             .
          
           
             This
             might
             be
             the
             temple
             in
             the
             lake
             of
             Titicaca
             .
          
           
             Cieça
             cap.
             103.
             
          
           
             The
             mountaines
             of
             Andes
             .
          
           
             Earth
             of
             diuers
             colours
             good
             to
             dy
             withall
             .
          
           
             An
             herbe
             named
             Coca
             which
             satisfieth
             hunger
             and
             thirst
             .
          
           
             Xacos
             a
             kinde
             of
             great
             sheepe
             that
             men
             ride
             vpon
             .
          
           
             Ramusius
             3
             vol.
             fol.
             303.
             
          
           
             Gomara
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             5.
             cap.
             〈◊〉
             .
          
           
             Cumaco
             .
          
           
             Cinamom
             trees
             
          
           
             Wild.
             Cinamom
             in
             the
             Islands
             of
             Iaua
             .
          
           
             Coca
             .
          
           
             El
             pongo
             .
             a
             mighty
             fall
             of
             a
             riuer
             .
          
           
             Guema
             .
          
           
             Rio
             de
             Orellana
             .
          
           
             Maçua
             .
          
           
             Suachen
             .
          
           
             Cossir
             .
          
           
             Toro
             .
          
           
             Suez
             .
          
           
             An
             Island
             of
             brimstone
             in
             the
             Red
             sea
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             6.
             cap.
             17.
             
          
           
             Sibola
             .
          
           
             Acuco
             .
          
           
             Circuie
             .
          
           
             Quiuira
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             6.
             cap.
             18.
             
             &
             19.
             
          
           
             Sheepe
             as
             big
             as
             horses
             .
          
           
             Dogs
             carying
             50.
             pound
             waight
             on
             their
             backs
             .
          
           
             Iapan
             discouered
             by
             chance
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             6.
             cap.
             18.
             
          
           
             Gomara
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             4.
             cap.
             13.
             
          
           
             Ramusius
             1.
             vol.
             fol.
             375.
             pag.
             1.
             
          
           
             Saint
             Thomas
             .
          
           
             La
             Nublada
             .
          
           
             Roca
             Partida
             .
          
           
             Baxo●
             .
          
           
             Los
             Reyes
             .
          
           
             ●he
             Isles
             of
             Matelates
             .
          
           
             Mindanao
             .
          
           
             Sarangam
             .
          
           
             The
             relation
             of
             Iohn
             Ga●etan
             in
             the
             first
             vol.
             of
             Ramusu●●
             fol.
             376.
             
          
           
             The
             Philippinas
             .
          
           
             Malabrigos
             .
          
           
             Las
             dos
             Hermanas
             .
          
           
             Los
             Volcanes
             .
          
           
             La
             Farsana
             .
          
           
             Sixe
             or
             〈◊〉
             Islands
             more
             .
          
           
             An
             Archipelagus
             of
             Islands
             .
          
           
             Pilots
             for
             China
             .
          
           
             Gomara
             hist
             .
             gen
             .
             lib.
             4.
             cap.
             14.
             
          
           
             The
             Isle
             of
             Moro.
             
          
           
             Antonie
             Galua●o
             gon
             out
             of
             ●he
             Malucas
             .
          
           
             Os
             Papuas
             .
          
           
             Nueua
             Guinea
             .
          
           
             The
             Isle
             of
             Lu●ones
             .
          
           
             〈…〉
             gold
             .
          
           
             Moscouie
             discouered
             by
             sea
             ,
             by
             the
             English
             .